ALBERTON JOINT SCHOOL DISTRICT #2 POLICY MANUAL
Please note that we make an effort to keep the information in this document as accurate and up to-date as possible. We do not guarantee that at any point in time, all information provided by the district is complete, accurate, and timely. New content is posted as soon as possible. If you have any questions regarding the accuracy of a document, please email jbrott@mtsba.org
Copyright 2022 by the Montana School Boards Association. All rights reserved.
ALBERTON JOINT SCHOOL DISTRICT
1000 SERIES THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
R 1000 Legal Status, Operation and Organization 1005FE Proficiency Based Learning
1006FE Transfers for School Safety 1009FE Educator Licensure
1014FE 1014FEF Increase to Non Voted Levy 1010FE Enrollment Under Exceptional Circumstances
R 1105 Membership 1110 Taking Office 1111 Election 1112 Resignation 1113 Vacancies 1120 Annual Organization Meeting 1130 Committees 1210 Qualifications, Terms, and Duties of Board Officers 1230 Clerk
R 1240 Duties of Individual Trustees
R 1310 District Policy and Procedures
R 1400 Board Meetings 1401 Records Available to Public 1402 School Board Use of Electronic Mail
R 1420 School Board Meeting Procedure 1425 Abstentions From Voting
R 1441 Audience Participation 1512 Conflict of Interest
R 1513 Management Rights 1520 Board/Staff Communications
R 1521 Board Superintendent Relationship 1531 Trustee Expenses
R 1610 Annual Goals and Objectives 1620 Board Development and Self Evaluation 1635 Internships
R 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure 1710 Non Lethal CS Gel
© MTSBA 2017 18
#2 = required
1
Alberton
School
TRUSTEES
Legal Status, Operation and Organization
legal name of this District
Adopted on:9/2009
on:
on: 02/20/2018
Alberton Joint School District No. 2, Mineral County, State of
District is classified as a class 3 district and is operated according to the laws and
rules
to a class 3 district.
Board of Trustees of Alberton Joint School District No.
by the state of Montana
District’s operations.
is the governmental entity established
constitutionally charged of the supervision and control of all aspects of
achieve its primary goal of providing each child with a basic system of free quality education as
required by Montana Law, the Board shall exercise the full authority granted to it by the laws of the
state. Its legal powers, duties, and responsibilities are derived from the Montana Constitution and
statutes and administrative rules.
of the District define and frame the manner via which the District conducts its official
The policies of the District are modified/updated from time to time to reflect the operation
of the District.
20
20
20
MCA District policy and record of
MCA Powers and
MCA Definition of elementary and high school districts
MCA
district classification
MCA High school district
MCA
system of free quality public elementary and
schools
identifying educationally
of funding
© MTSBA 2017 18
Joint
District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1000 - R BOARD OF
Revised
5 6
7 8 The
is
9 Montana. The
10 administrative
pertaining
11 12 The
2
13
and
14 the
15 16 To
17
18
19 state
20 21 Policies
22 business.
23
24 25 26 27 28 29 Legal Reference: §
3 323,
acts30 §
3 324,
duties31 §
6 101,
32 § 20 6 201,
Elementary
33 § 20 6 301,
classification34 § 20 9 309,
Basic
35 secondary
defined
36 relevant factors establishment
formula37 and budgetary structure legislative review38 Article X, Section 8, MT Constitution39 40
Alberton Joint School District #2
AND EFFICIENCY
Adopted on:
Reviewed on:
on:
Proficiency Based ANB
is the policy of the District to increase the flexibility and efficiency of the District’s resources
by utilizing the provision of law allowing proficiency based ANB.
The school district has a definition of proficiency within the meaning of that term as used in 20
9 311(4)(d). The definition must not require seat time as a condition or other element of
determining proficiency. The definition must be incorporated in the district's policies and must
be used for purposes of determining content and course mastery and other progress, promotion
from grade to grade, grades, and graduation for pupils enrolled in the district's transformational
learning program.
Definition of Proficiency
purposes of this policy, the term “proficiency” means a degree of mastery of the underlying
content for a course that is reflective of a final grade, in the professional opinion of the teacher of
record, of not less than a “B”. The determination of proficiency by a teacher must not require
seat time as a condition or other element of determining proficiency.
The determination of proficiency for a pupil enrolled in a course shall be made no earlier than
the deadline for submitting the final grade for the course. The determination of proficiency for a
pupil not enrolled in a course shall be based on the pupil’s mastery of the underlying content of
the course, demonstrated through completion of a final exam designed by the teacher of record
for the applicable course with a minimum grade of a “B”.
of record have full professional discretion in determining proficiency of pupils in
taught. Teachers of record are encouraged to integrate trial and error into the learning
process and to incorporate continued opportunity for practice and revision of assignments until a
pupil reaches a performance level that demonstrates to the teacher’s satisfaction that mastery of
learning expectations has been attained.
include in its calculation of ANB a pupil who is enrolled in a program
than the required aggregate hours of pupil instruction required under Montana
the pupil has demonstrated proficiency in the content ordinarily covered by the instruction
determined by the school board
district assessments. The ANB of a pupil who
proficiency in any content/subject matter will be converted to an hourly equivalent
on the hours of instruction ordinarily provided for the content over which the student has
demonstrated proficiency.
on a case by case
fractional credit for partial completion of a
course for
student who is unable to attend class for the required amount of time.
© MTSBA 2017 18
1
2/11/202
3 1005FE FLEXIBILITY
Revised
4 5 6
7 8 It
9
10 11
12
13
14
15
16
17 18
19 For
20
21
22
23 24
25
26
27
28
29 30 Teachers
31 courses
32
33
34
35 36 The District may
37 providing fewer
38 law if
39 as
using
40 demonstrates
41 based
42
43 44 The District may,
basis, provide
45
a
46
District may waive specific course requirements based on individual student needs and
performance levels. Waiver requests shall also be considered with respect to age, maturity,
interest, and aspirations of the students and shall be in consultation with the parents or guardians.
the discretion of the District, a student may be given credit for a course satisfactorily
completed in a period of time shorter or longer than normally required and, provided that the
course meets the District's curriculum and assessment requirements, which are aligned with the
content standards stated in the education program. Examples of acceptable course work include,
are not necessarily limited to, those delivered through correspondence, extension, and
distance learning courses, adult education, summer school, work study, specially designed
courses, and challenges to current courses.
Reference: 20 1 301, MCA School fiscal year
20 9 311(4)(a)(b)(d), MCA Calculation of average number belonging
(ANB) 3 year averaging
3 324, MCA Powers and duties
High School Credit
402 (2019) Transformational Learning Incentives
© MTSBA 2017 18 1005FE1 Page 2 of 22 3 The
4
5
6 7 At
8
9
10
11 but
12
13
14 15 16 17 Legal
18
19
20 20
21 10.55.906 ARM
22 Chapter
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Adopted on: 9/10/19
on:
on:
ensure
the
and/or when Community
Waiver of
assignment of all qualifying
in this policy. The administration shall place children enrolled pursuant to this policy
in either a half time or full time
program as an integral part of the elementary
school program. The administration shall also ensure provision of a free appropriate public
in the least restrictive environment possible, pursuant to terms of each student’s
individualized education program, for all children enrolled under this policy who are qualified
for services under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act.
shall include
of
Board of Trustees
the meaning of that term
101(1), MCA
the
used in
pursuant to this policy in the district’s
(ANB) as reported to OPI.
be
“exceptional circumstances”
101(3), that merit waiving the age provisions of
at least
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1010FE FLEXIBILITY AND EFFICIENCY Revised
5 6 7 Early Enrollment Exceptional Circumstances8 9 It is the policy of the District to provide enhanced educational opportunities to students under
10 age of 5 when either individual exceptional circumstances exist
Based11 exceptional circumstances are present.12 13 Student Enrollment, Exceptional Circumstances Meriting
Age Requirements for14 Pupils15 16 The administration shall
admission, enrollment and
children17 referenced
18
kindergarten
19
20 education
21
22
23 24 The administration
children enrolled
25 calculation
average number belonging
26 27 The
declares
following to
qualifying
28 within
as
20 5
29 20 5
for children under 6 years of age who are either 4 years of age or older on or30 before September 10 of the school year in which enrollment is to occur or who are
331 years of age with a disability qualifying the child for services under Section 504 of the Federal32 Rehabilitation Act of 1973 or the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education Act.33 34 1. Homeless rates of the district’s pupils in comparison to statewide averages;35 2. Percentage of the district’s pupils qualifying for services under The Federal Individuals36 with Disabilities Education Act in comparison to statewide averages;37 3. Percentage of the district’s pupils eligible for free or reduced lunch in comparison to38 statewide averages;39 4. Average performance on standardized tests at the 3rd grade level in comparison to40 statewide averages;41 5. Percentage of the district’s pupils who are enrolled members of a federally recognized42 American Indian Tribe in comparison to statewide averages.43 44 Student Enrollment, Exceptional Circumstances Meriting Waiver of Age Requirements for45 Pupils46 47
implementing Board Policy 3100, the District shall follow these procedures:
1. The administration shall review the criteria set forth in the Policy 3100 and make the
preliminary
determination whether an individual student or class of students meets the criteria for
exceptional circumstances set forth therein;
2. The administration shall notify the parent(s)/legal guardian(s) of the administration’s
recommendation to the Board regarding the enrollment of the student(s) under the
exceptional circumstances meriting waiving of the age requirements;
of
The administration shall present the information to the Board for approval within _____
the preliminary determination;
In presenting the information to the Board, the administration shall either: (1) remove all
identifying information about the student(s) when presenting the information to the Board
in order to protect the privacy rights of the student under state and federal law, or (2)
provide the name(s) of the students(s) to the Board in a closed session with notice to the
parent(s)/legal guardian(s) that he/she/they have the right to attend the closed session; and
5. The Board shall make the final decision on the enrollment of students under the District’s
exceptional circumstances policy.
trustees shall annually review this policy and procedure based on changing circumstances
pertaining to the criteria used for determination of the program.
Reference:
20 5 101, MCA Admittance of child to school
20 6 501, MCA
of various schools
20 7 117, MCA Kindergarten and preschool programs
20 9 309, MCA
with Disabilities Act
School
ESEA
system of free quality public
and secondary schools defined
Rehabilitation Act of 1973
Act (Public Law 396, 79th congress, chapter 281,
nd session)
language Enhancement,
and Academic Achievement Act)
Assistance Act of 1987 (Pub. L. 100-77, July
1987, 101 Stat. 482, U.S.C. § 11301 et
seq.
© MTSBA 2017 18 When
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 3.
10 days
11 making
12 4.
13
14
15
16
17
18
19 20 21 The
22
23 24 Legal
25 §
26 §
Definition
27 §
28 §
Basic
29 elementary
30 Individual
Federal
31 National
Lunch
32 2
33 Title III,
(English language Acquisition,
34
35 McKinney-Vento Homeless
36 22,
37
38 39 40
Alberton
School
Adopted on:
on:
on:
for School Safety
or non budgeted fund, other
in an amount not to
to school and student safety and
for improvements
but
and maintenance of school and student safety,
limited to the cost of services provided by architects,
engineers, school resource officers, counselors, and other staff or consultants
to support school
or updating
to school and student safety and security;
student safety and security, including but not
threat assessments and restorative justice;
and ingress and egress systems at
but not limited to systems for exterior
and rooms, using contemporary
© MTSBA 2017 18
Joint
District #21 2
2/11/203 Reviewed
4 1006FE FLEXIBILITY AND EFFICIENCY Revised
5 6 7 Transfers
8 9 It is the policy of the District to increase the flexibility and efficiency of the District’s resources10 by utilizing the provision of law allowing transfers of funds to improve school safety and11 security.12 13 The District may transfer state or local revenue from any budgeted
14 than the debt service fund or retirement fund, to its building reserve fund
15 exceed the school district's estimated costs of improvements
16 security17 18 The transfer of such funds can be for:19 20 1. planning
to
21 including
not
22
23 assisting with improvements
24 2. programs
and
25 limited to active shooter training,
26 3. installing
locking mechanisms
27 public school access points, including
28 egress doors and interior passageways
29 technologies;30 4. installing or updating bullet resistant windows and barriers; and31 5. installing or updating emergency response systems using contemporary32 technologies33 34 Any transfers made under this policy and Montana law are not considered expenditures to be35 applied against budget authority. Any revenue transfers that are not encumbered for expenditures36 in compliance with the four reasons stated above, within 2 full school fiscal years after the funds37 are transferred, must be transferred back to the originating fund from which the revenue was38 transferred.39 40 If transfers of funds are made from a District fund supported by a non voted levy, the District41 may not increase its non voted levy for the purpose of restoring the transferred funds.42 43 Legal Reference: 20 9 503, MCA Budgeting, tax levy, and use of building reserve44 fund.45 20 9 236, MCA Transfer of funds improvements to school46 safety and security47
Alberton Join School District
Adopted on: 2/11/20
on:
on:
Recruitment and Retention
the policy of the District
retaining
this objective
Flexible Instructor Licensing
utilize all
to meet the District’s objective of
on the individual success of each student. To
opportunities available
the policy of the District to increase the
the provision of law allowing
and efficiency of the District’s resources
in licensure of instructors and as a means of
recruitment and retention of staff. Flexibilities in the following areas are available for
District’s enhancement of its programs and services with a focus on individual student
to anyone
to move to a new
a
and endorsement in one subject who
role/endorsed area.
include a plan between the intern, the school district and an accredited
can provide
intent to
a
a class 1 or class 2 certificate and
college program or its equivalent, and
a unit of the Montana university system or
has
from November
absences of
staff as
covering is back by
© MTSBA 2017 18
#21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1009FE FLEXIBILITY AND EFFICIENCY Revised
5 6 7
8 9 It is
to
resources available
10 recruiting and
high quality staff focused
11 meet
the District will utilize the flexible instructor licensure
12 to the District.13 14
15 16 It is
flexibility
17 by utilizing
flexibility
18 addressing
19 the
20 success:21 • Internships22 o Available
with
current license
23 wants
licensed
24 o Requirements must be satisfied within 3 years25 o Must
26 preparation program27 • Provisionally Certified28 o May be issued to an otherwise qualified applicant who
satisfactory29 evidence of:30 § The
qualify in the future for
31 § Who has completed a 4 year
32 § Holds
bachelor’s degree from
33 its equivalent.34 • Substitutes35 o Must have a GED or high school diploma36 o Will have completed 3 hours of training by the district37 o Will have submitted a fingerprint background check38 (All requirements can be waived by the district if the substitute
prior39 substitute teaching experience in another public school
2002 to40 earlier)41 o May not substitute more than 35 consecutive days for the same teacher, however42 the same substitute can be used for successive
different
long43 as each regular teacher for whom the substitute is
3544 consecutive teaching days45 • Retired Educators46 1009FE47
o School district must certify to OPI and TRS that the district has been unable to fill
position due to no qualified applications or no acceptance of offer by a non
teacher.
o
o
o
to employment in a second or third class elementary district or a second
or third class
teacher
is a 3 year
school
have
years of experience in TRS
the retired individual going to work under this
o
o
o
elementary principal, secondary
superintendent, and supervisor.
be eligible for an appropriately endorsed Class 1,2 or 5 license to teach in
the school(s) in which the applicant would be an administrator or would
supervise, and qualify as set forth in ARM 10.57414 through 10.57.418
applicant for a Class 3 administrative license who completed an educator
currently licensed in
considered for licensure
not meet the definition in ARM 10.57.102(2),
state at the same level of licensure, may be
verification of five years of successful
defined in ARM 10.57.102 as documented by a
recommendation from a state accredited P 12 school employer on a form
prescribed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction and approved by the Board
of Public Education. The requirements of ARM 10.57.414(1)(c)(i iii) must be
met
endorsement.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Page 3 of 31 2
3 the
4 retired
5
Limited
6
high
district7
Retired
must
27
8
There
lifetime limit on
9 provision.10 11 • Class 3 Administrative License12 o Valid for a period of 5 years13
Appropriate administrative areas include:
14 principal, K 12 principal, K 12
15
Must
16
17
18
An
19 preparation program which does
20 who is
another
21
with
22 administrative experience as
23
24
25
26
by an applicant seeking a superintendent
27 28 • Class 4 for CTE29 o Valid for a period of 5 years30 o Renewable pursuant to the requirements of 10.57.215, ARM and the requirements31 specific to each type of Class 4 license.32 o 4A for licensed teachers without a CTE endorsement33 o 4B for individuals with at least a bachelor’s degree34 o 4C for individuals with a minimum of a high school diploma or GED35 • Class 5 alternatives36 o Good for a maximum of 3 years37 o Requirements dependent upon the alternative the district is seeking38 • Emergency authorization of employment39 o Individual must have previously held a valid teacher or specialist certificate or40 have met requirements of rule 10.57.107, ARM41 o Emergency authorization is valid for one year, but can be renewed from year to42 year provided conditions of scarcity continue to persist43 44 45 46
(1) is employed
hired in
shortage area as defined in
default and that has a minimum
application.
quality educator is eligible for state funded
state’s
provided on behalf of a quality educator
school described in a critical quality
and (2) has an educational loan that is not in
of at least $1,000 at the time of
repayment assistance for no more than 3 years
an additional 1 year of loan repayment assistance voluntarily funded by the impacted school
or the district under which the impacted school is operated, with the maximum annual loan
assistance not to exceed:
$3,000 of state funded loan repayment assistance after the first complete year of teaching
in an impacted school;
$4,000 of state funded loan repayment assistance after the second complete year of
teaching in the same impacted school or another impacted school within the same school
district;
$5,000 of state funded loan repayment assistance after the third complete year of
teaching in the same impacted school or another impacted school within the same school
district;
up to $5,000 of loan repayment
by the impacted school or the district
under which the impacted school is operated after the fourth complete year of teaching in
the same impacted school
school within the same school district.
© MTSBA 2017 18 1009FE1 Page 3 of 32 3 Loan Repayment Program4 5 The District will assist any quality educator who meets the qualifications for the
loan6 repayment program. Loan repayment assistance may be
7 who:
newly
an identified impacted
8 educator
20 4 502;
9
unpaid current balance
10
11 12 A
loan
13 and
14
15 repayment
16 •
17
18 •
19
20
21 •
22
23
and24 •
assistance funded
25
26
or another impacted
27 28 29 Legal References: 10.55.716, ARM Substitute Teachers30 10.55.607, ARM Internships31 10.57.107, ARM Emergency Authorization of Employment32 10.57.215, ARM Renewal Requirements33 10.57.420, ARM Class 4 Career and Technical Education License34 10.57.424, ARM Class 5 Provisional License35 19 20 732, MCA Reemployment of certain retired teachers,36 specialists and administrators procedure37 definitions38 20 4 501 20 4 505 Loan Repayment Assistance for Quality Educator39 40
Alberton Joint School District
Adopted on: 2/11/20
Reviewed on:
on:
trustees intend to
year for the purposes of
of the funds
Tuition fund under 20 5 324;
Adult education fund under 20 7/705;
Building reserve fund under 20-9-502 and 20-9-503;
Transportation fund under 20 10 143 and 20 10 144;
Bus depreciation reserve fund under 20 10 147; and
Flexibility fund for purposes of transformational learning.
shall provide notice of intent to impose an increase in a non-voted levy for the
school fiscal year
Adopting a resolution of intent to impose an increase in a non voted levy that includes, at
a minimum, the estimated number of increased or decreased mills to be imposed and the
estimated increased or decreased revenue to be raised compared to non voted levies
under a e imposed in the current school fiscal year and, based on the district’s taxable
valuation most recently certified by the department of revenue under 15 10 202, the
estimated impacts of the increase or decrease on a home valued at $100,000 and a home
valued at $200,000,
Publish a
of the
the largest number
the resolution
© MTSBA 2017 18
#21 2
3
4 1014FE FLEXIBILITY AND EFFICIENCY Revised
5 6 7 Intent to Increase Non Voted Levy8 9 The trustees shall adopt a resolution no later than March 31 whenever the
10 impose an increase in a non voted levy in the ensuing school fiscal
11 funding any
listed below:12 13 a)
14 b)
15 c)
16 d)
17 e)
18 f)
19 20 The trustees
21 ensuing
by:22 23 a)
24
25
26
27
28
29
and30 b)
copy
resolution in a newspaper that will give notice to
31 of people of the district as determined by the trustees and posting a copy of
32 to the school district’s website.33 34 The resolution and publication of same must take place no later than March 31.35 36 The Superintendent shall keep the trustees informed of any changes that may have occurred,37 which may have an effect on the estimated change in the mills and revenue, between the38 adoption of the resolution and the final adoption of the budget.39 40 Legal Reference: 20 9 116, MCA Resolution of intent to increase nonvoted levy41 notice42 Chapter 402 (2019) Transformational Learning Incentives43 44 45 46 47
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 2/11/203 Reviewed on:4 1014FE F1 FLEXIBILITY AND EFFICIENCY Revised on:5 6 7 Notice of Intent to Impose an Increase in Levies Form8 9 As an essential part of its budgeting process, the ___________________ Board of Trustees is10 authorized by law to impose levies to support its budget. The ___________________ Board of11 Trustees estimates the following increases/decreases in revenues and mills for the funds noted12 below for the next school fiscal year beginning July 1, __________, using certified taxable13 valuations from the current school fiscal year as provided to the district:14 15 16 Fund Supported Estimated Change in Revenues* Estimated Change in Mills* Estimated Impact, Home of $100,000* Estimated Impact, Home of $200,000* Adult Education $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease Bus Depreciation $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease Transportation $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease Tuition $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease Building Reserve $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease Flexibility $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease Total $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease *Impacts above are based on current certified taxable valuations from the current school fiscal year 17 Regarding the increase in the building reserve levy referenced above, the following are school18 facility maintenance projects anticipated to be completed at this time:19 20 1. ______________________________21 2. ______________________________22 3. ______________________________23 4.24 25 Legal Reference: 20 9 116, MCA Resolution of intent to increase nonvoted levy26 notice27 28
Adopted on: 2/11/20
on:
on:
Personalized
Opportunities
is the policy of the District to create an environment and culture that supports and meets the
individual needs, skills and interests of each student, provides advanced opportunities for
students and supports transformational learning. As a result of the collective efforts of Trustees,
Administrators, and Educators, the District ensures equality of educational opportunity for each
student and have fully developed the potential of each student in District schools. In addition to
other initiatives/strategies, the District is committed to the following:
Expanding the personalized learning opportunities for each student to accelerate in their
career and college readiness, reduce the out of pocket costs for families and empower
students to actively engage in forming successful post secondary pathways by:
developing an advanced opportunity plan for students in grades 6 12 that
fosters individualized pathways for career and postsecondary educational
opportunities and that honors individual interests, passions, strengths,
needs, and culture and is supported through relationships among teachers,
family, peers, the business community, postsecondary education officials,
and other community stakeholders; and
embeds community based, experiential, online, and work based learning
opportunities and foster a learning environment that incorporates both
face to face and virtual connections
Supporting and embracing a culture of transformational learning by:
developing a transformational learning plan for each participating student that
honors individual interests, passions, strengths, needs, and culture, and
that is rooted in relationships with teachers, family, peers, and community
members;
embeds community based, experiential, online, and work based learning
opportunities and foster a learning environment that incorporates both
face to face and virtual connections; and
provide effective professional development to assist employees in
transitioning to a transformational learning model.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1015FE FLEXIBILITY AND EFFICIENCY Revised
5 6 7 8
Learning
9 10 It
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 1.
18
19
20 a.
21 i.
22
23
24
25
26 ii.
27
28
29 30 2.
31 a.
32 i.
33
34
35 ii.
36
37
38 iii.
39
40 41 42 43 44 45 46
Alberton Joint School District
TRUSTEES
Adopted on: 9/2009
on: 02/20/2018
on:
Membership and Terms of Office
The District is governed by a Board of Trustees consisting of five (5) members. The powers and
duties of the Board include the broad authority to adopt and enforce all policies necessary for the
management, operations and governance of the District. Except as otherwise provided by law,
shall hold office for terms of three (3) years, or until their successors are elected and
qualified. Terms of trustees shall be staggered as provided by law.
trustees shall participate on an equal basis with other members in all business transactions
pertaining to the high school maintained by the District. Only those trustees elected from the
district may participate in business transactions pertaining to the elementary schools
maintained by the District.
References:
20 3 301, MCA Election and term of office
20 3 302, MCA Legislative intent to elect less than majority of
trustees
20 3 305, MCA Candidate qualification, filing deadline, and
withdrawal
20-3-306, MCA Conduct of election
20 3 307, MCA Qualification and oath
20 3 341, MCA Number of trustee positions in elementary districts
20 3 351, MCA Number of trustee positions in high school districts
20-3-352, MCA Request and determination of number of high
school district additional trustee positions
nonvoting trustee
MCA Joint board of trustees
and voting
© MTSBA 2017 18
#21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1105 - R BOARD OF
Revised
5 6
7 8
9
10
11 trustees
12
13 14 All
15
16 elementary
17
18 19 20 Legal
§
21 §
22
23 §
24
25 §
26 §
27 §
28 transition29 §
30 §
31
32
33 § 20 3 361,
organization
34 membership35 36
Alberton Joint School District #2
Adopted on: 9/2009
Reviewed on:
OF TRUSTEES Revised on: 8/8/2011, 02/20/2018
Taking Office
newly elected trustee shall take office as soon as election results have been certified and the
elected trustee has taken and subscribed to an oath to faithfully and impartially discharge
duties of the office to the best of his/her ability.
newly appointed trustee shall take office, after the trustee has taken and subscribed to an oath
to faithfully and impartially discharge the duties of the office to the best of his/her ability.
The person shall qualify by taking an oath of office administered by the county superintendent,
the superintendent’s designee, or any officer provided for in 1-6-101, MCA or 2-16-116, MCA.
oath must be filed with the county superintendent not more than fifteen (15) days after the
receipt of the certificate of election or the appointment.
Reference:
Legal References:
Vacancies
1 6 101, MCA Officers who may administer oaths
2 16 116, MCA Power to administer oaths
20-1-202, MCA Oath of office
20 3 307, MCA Qualification and oath
© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3
4 1110 BOARD
5 6
7 8 A
9 newly
10 the
11 12 A
13
14 15
16
17 Such
18
19 20 21 Cross
Policy 1113
22 23
§
24 §
25 §
26 §
27 28 29
TRUSTEES
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
on: 8/2011, 02/20/2018
Elections conducted by the District are nonpartisan and are governed by applicable election laws
found in Titles 13 & 20 of the Montana Code Annotated. The ballot at such elections may
include candidates for trustee positions, various public policy propositions, and advisor
Board elections shall take place on the first (1st) Tuesday after the first (1st) Monday in May of
each year. Any person who is a qualified voter of the District is legally qualified to become a
trustee. A declaration of intent to be a candidate must be submitted to the District Clerk at least
forty (40) days before the regular school election day. If different terms are to be filled, the term
for the position for which the candidate is filing must also be indicated. Any person seeking to19 become a write in candidate for a trustee position shall file a declaration of intent no later than
5:00 p.m. on the day before the ballot certification deadline in 20 20 401. If the number of21 candidates filing for vacant positions or filing a declaration of intent to be a write in candidate is22 equal to or less than the number of positions to be elected, the trustees may give notice no later
than thirty (30) days before the election that a trustee election will not take place. If a trustee
election is not held, the trustees shall declare the candidates elected by acclamation and shall
issue a “certificate of election” to each candidate.
candidate intending to withdraw from the election shall send a statement of withdrawal to the
clerk of the district containing all information necessary to identify the candidate and the office
for which the candidate filed. The statement of withdrawal must be acknowledged by the clerk
of the district. A candidate may not withdraw after 5:00 p.m. the day before the ballot
certification deadline in 20 20 401.
the event of an unforeseen emergency occurring on the date scheduled for the funding
district
allowed to reschedule the election for a different day of the calendar
years when the Legislature meets in regular session
in a special session that affects school
the trustees may order the election on a date other than the regular school election day
order for the electors to consider a proposition requesting additional funding under § 20 9
MCA.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1111 BOARD OF
Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27 Elections8 9
10 as
11
12 questions.13 14
15
16
17
18
20
23
24
25
26 27 A
28
29
30
31
32 33 In
34 election, the
will be
35 year.36 37 In
or
38 funding,
39 in
40 353,
41 42 43 44 45 46 47
Legal Reference:
13 10 211, MCA Declaration of intent for write in candidates
20-3-305, MCA Candidate qualification, nomination and withdrawal
20 3 313, MCA Election by acclamation notice
20 3 322, MCA Meetings and quorum
20 3 322(5), MCA Meetings and quorum (unforeseen emergency
definition)
20 3 324(4), MCA Powers and duties
20 9 353, MCA Additional financing for general fund election for
to impose
§ 20 20 105, MCA Regular school election day and special school
limitation exception
20 20 204, MCA Election Notice
20 20 301, MCA Qualifications of elector
© MTSBA 2017 18 11111 Page 2 of 22 3
§
4 §
5 §
6 §
7 §
8
9 §
10 §
11 authorization
12
13 elections
14 §
15 §
16 17 18 19
trustee
that
on: 02/20/2018
is
by the
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed
4 1112 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised on:5 6 Resignation7 8 The resignation of a trustee must be submitted in writing to the Clerk. A resignation
effective9 seventy two (72) hours after its submission unless withdrawn during
period
trustee10 through written notification of withdrawal made to the Clerk.11 12 13 Trustees retiring from the Board may be recognized for their service to the District by14 presentation of a service plaque or other appropriate activities.15 16 17 Legal Reference: § 2 16 502, MCA Resignations18 § 20 3 308, MCA Vacancy of
position19 20 21
Adopted on:
on: 02/20/2018
expiration of a term, when any of the following
of
in writing, filed with the Clerk;
Trustee moves out of the nominating district, establishing residence elsewhere;
Trustee is no longer a registered elector of the District under the provisions of § 20 20
MCA;
Trustee is absent from the District for sixty (60) consecutive days;
Trustee fails to attend three (3) consecutive meetings of the trustees without good excuse;
Trustee has been removed under the provisions of § 20 3 310, MCA; or
A trustee position also shall be vacant when an elected candidate fails to qualify.
a trustee vacancy occurs, the remaining trustees shall declare such position vacant and fill
vacancy by appointment. The Board will receive applications from any qualified persons
to fill the position after suitable public notice. The Board will appoint one (1) candidate
to fill the position.
the Board fail to fill a vacancy
superintendent
qualify
(15)
appoint,
completing
sixty (60) days from the creation of a vacancy, the
writing,
competent person to fill such vacancy. An
filing an oath of office with the county superintendent
shall serve until the next
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
9/20093 Reviewed
4 1113 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised on:5 6 Vacancies7 8 A trustee position becomes vacant before the
9 occurs:10 11 1. Death
the trustee;12 2. Resignation,
13 3.
14 4.
15 301,
16 5.
17 6.
18 7.
19 9.
20 21 When
22 such
23 seeking
24
25 26 Should
within
27 county
shall
in
a
28 appointee shall
by
and
29 within fifteen
days after receiving notice of the appointment and
30 regularly scheduled school election and a successor has qualified.31 32 33 34 Cross Reference: 1240 Duties of Individual Trustees35 1112 Resignations36 37 Legal References: § 20 3 308, MCA Vacancy of trustee position38 § 20 3 309, MCA Filling vacated trustee position appointee39 qualification and term of office40 41 42 43
on:
than
on:
on:
Chairperson
unable to continue to
Chairperson,
functions of the Chairperson
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 1120 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
02/20/2018; 12/10/195 6 Annual Organization Meeting7 After issuance of election certificates to newly elected trustees, but no later
25 days after the8 election, the Board shall elect from among its members a Chairperson and a Vice
to9 serve until the next annual organizational meeting. If a Board member is
10 serve as an officer, a replacement shall be elected at the earliest opportunity to serve the11 remainder of the term. In the absence of both the Chairperson and the Vice
the12 Board shall elect a Chairperson pro tempore, who shall perform the
13 during the latter’s absence. The Clerk shall act as Board secretary.14 15 The normal order of business shall be modified for the annual organizational meeting by16 considering the following matters after the approval of the minutes of the previous meeting:17 18 1. Welcome and introduction of newly elected Board members by the current Chairperson19 20 2. Swearing in of newly elected trustees21 22 3. Call for nominations for Chairperson to serve during the ensuing year23 24 4. Election of a Chairperson25 26 5. Assumption of office by the new Chairperson27 28 6. Call for nominations for Vice Chairperson to serve during the ensuing year29 30 7. Election of Vice Chairperson31 32 8. Appointment of a Clerk33 34 35 36 Legal References: § 20 3 321, MCA Organization and officers37 § 20 3 322(a), MCA Meetings and quorum38 § 1 5 416(1)(b), MCA Powers and duties of Notary Public39 40 41
TRUSTEES
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
on: 02/20/2018
trustees will function as a whole and will not form committees of the Board.
the Board may create Board committees as deemed necessary or useful. All
created by the Board shall comply with the open meeting laws and all other laws
to school board meetings.
of the Board may be created and their purposes defined by a majority of the Board.
Board Chairperson shall appoint trustees to serve on such committees. Trustees serving on
shall be limited to fewer than a majority of the Board.
Board or the Superintendent may create committees that involve community members as
deemed necessary, either on an ad hoc or regular basis. The Board Chair or the Superintendent
will make all appointments to citizen committees and will establish the parameters and duties for
the citizen committees. Notice of citizen committee meetings shall be given in the same manner
notice for special meetings, and citizen committee meetings shall be open to the public.
Reference:
2 3 203, MCA Meetings of public agencies and certain associations
public agencies to be open to public exceptions
v. Yellowstone (2002), 2002 MT 264
v. Associated Press (2004), 2004 MT 120
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1130 BOARD OF
Revised
5 6 Committees7 8 Generally,
9 Nevertheless
10 committees
11 applicable
12 13 Committees
14 The
15 committees
16 17 Citizen Committees18 19 The
20
21
22
23 as
24 25 26 27 28 Legal
§
29 of
30 Bryan
31 Crofts
32 33 34 35
other
the right
on: 8/2011, 02/20/2018
provided for in 20 3
of an elementary district described
issues pertaining only to the elementary district.
by the Board’s policies;
authorized by action of the Board, and;
all Board meetings in a manner
participate in debate and to vote.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed on:4 1210 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
5 6 Qualifications, Terms, and Duties of Board Officers7 8 The Board officers are the Chairperson and Vice Chairperson. These officers are elected at the annual9 organizational meeting10 11 Chairperson12 13 The Chairperson may be any trustee of the board, including an additional trustee as
14 352(2). If an additional trustee is chosen to serve as the Chairperson
15 in 20 3 351(1)(a), the additional trustee may not vote on
16 The duties of the Chairperson include the following:17 18 • Preside at all meetings and conduct meetings in the manner prescribed
19 • Make all Board committee appointments;20 • Sign all papers and documents as required by law and as
21 • Close Board meetings as authorized by Montana law22 23 Except as provided above, the Chairperson is permitted to participate in
24 equal to all
Board members, including
to
25 26 Vice Chairperson27 28 The Vice Chairperson shall preside at all Board meetings in the absence of the Chairperson and shall29 perform all the duties of the Chairperson during the Chairperson’s absence or unavailability. The Vice30 Chairperson shall work closely with the Chairperson and shall assume whatever duties the Chairperson31 may delegate.32 33 34 Cross Reference: Policy 1120 Annual Organizational Meeting35 36 Legal References: § 2 3 203, MCA Meetings of public agencies and certain37 associations of public agencies to be open to38 public exceptions39 § 20 3 321(2), MCA Organization and officers40 § 20 3 351(1)(a), MCA Number of trustee positions in high school41 districts42 § 20 3 352(2), MCA Request and determination of number of high43 school district additional trustee positions44 nonvoting trustee45 46
Alberton Joint School District #2
OF TRUSTEES
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
Reviewed on:
on:
The Clerk of the Board shall attend all meetings of the Board, unless excused by the
Chairperson, and shall keep an accurate and permanent record of all proceedings. The Clerk
shall have custody of the records, books, and documents of the Board. In the absence or inability
of the Clerk to attend a Board meeting, the trustees will have one (1) of their members or a
District employee act as clerk for the meeting and said person will supply the Clerk with a
certified copy of the proceedings.
The Clerk will keep accurate and detailed accounts of all receipts and disbursements made by the
District. The Clerk shall draw and countersign all warrants for expenditures that have been
approved by the Board.
Clerk will make the preparations
elections.
Clerk shall prepare and submit to the
required for the notice and conduct of all District
financial report of receipts and disbursements
of all school funds on an annual basis, unless the Board requests such reports on a more frequent
basis. The Clerk shall perform all functions pertaining to the preparation of school elections.
The Clerk shall perform other duties as prescribed by state law or as directed by the Board and
the
© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3
4 1230 BOARD
Revised
5 6 Clerk7 8
9
10
11
12
13
14 15
16
17
18 19 The
legally
20
21 22 The
Board a
23
24
25
26
Superintendent.27 28 29 30 Legal references: § 20-3-321, MCA Organization and officers31 § 20 3 325, MCA Clerk of district32 § 20 4 201, MCA Employment of teachers and specialists by contract33 § 20 9 133, MCA Adoption and expenditure limitations of final34 budget35 § 20 9 165, MCA Budget amendment limitation, preparation, and36 adoption procedures37 § 20 9 221, MCA Procedure for issuance of warrants38 § 20 20 401(2), MCA Trustees’ election duties ballot certification39 40 41
Duties of Individual Trustees
Alberton Joint School District
OF TRUSTEES
Adopted on: 9/2009
Reviewed on:
on: 02/20/2018
The authority of individual trustees is limited to participating in actions taken by the Board as a
whole when legally in session. Trustees shall not assume responsibilities of administrators or
other staff members. The Board or staff shall not be bound by an action taken or statement made
by an individual trustee, except when such statement or action is pursuant to specific instructions
and official action taken by the Board.
Each trustee shall review the agenda and attendant materials in advance of a meeting and shall be
prepared to participate in discussion and decision making for each agenda item. Each trustee
shall visit every school at least once per year to examine its management, conditions, and needs.
All trustees are obligated to attend Board meetings regularly. Whenever possible, a trustee shall
give advance notice to the Chairperson or Superintendent, of the trustee’s inability to attend a
Board meeting. A majority of the Board may excuse a trustee’s absence from a meeting if
requested to do so.
Board members, as individuals, have no authority over school affairs, except as provided by law
or as authorized by the Board.
Cross Reference: 1113 Vacancies
References:
20 3 301, MCA Election and term of office
20 3 308, MCA Vacancy of trustee position
20-3-324(22), MCA Powers and duties
20 3 332, MCA Personal immunity and liability of trustees
© MTSBA 2017 18
#21 2
3
4 1240 - R BOARD
Revised
5 6
7 8
9
10
11
12
13 14
15
16
17 18
19
20
21
22 23
24
25 26
27 28 Legal
§
29 §
30 §
31 §
32 33 34
District Policy and Procedures
policies contained in this manual
Joint School District
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
TRUSTEES Revised on: 02/20/2018, 6/8/21
adopted, implemented, and enforced in accordance with the
supervisory authority vested with the Board of Trustees in accordance with Article X, section 8 of the
Constitution and related
new policies and proposed changes
and court decisions
shall be presented in writing for reading
discussion at a regular or special Board meeting. Interested parties may submit views, present data or
orally or in writing, in support of or in opposition to proposed policy. Any written statement
a person, relative to a proposed policy or amendment, should be directed to the District Clerk prior to
the final reading. New or revised policies that are required, or have required language changes based on
State or Federal law, or are required changes by administrative rule, may be adopted after the first (1st)
if sufficient notice has been given through the board agenda.
new or amended policies shall become effective on adoption, unless a specific effective date is stated
in the motion for adoption.
as adopted or amended, shall be made a part of the minutes of the meeting at which action was
taken and also shall be included in the District’s policy manual. Policies of the District shall be reviewed
basis.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton
#21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1310 - R BOARD OF
5 6
7 The
are
8
9 Montana
statues, regulations
10 11 Adoption and Amendment of Policies12 13 Proposed
to existing policies
14 and
15 arguments,
16 by
17
18
19 reading
20 21 All
22
23 24 Policies,
25
26 on a regular
27 28 Policy Manuals29 30 The Superintendent shall develop and maintain a current policy manual which includes all policies of the31 District. Every administrator, as well as staff, students, and other residents, shall have ready access to32 District policies.33 34 Suspension of Policies35 36 Under circumstances that require waiver of a policy, the policy may be suspended by a majority vote of37 the trustees present. To suspend a policy, however, all trustees must have received written notice of the38 meeting, which includes the proposal to suspend a policy and an explanation of the purpose of such39 proposed suspension.40 41 Administrative Procedures42 43 The Superintendent shall develop such administrative procedures as are necessary to ensure consistent44 implementation of policies adopted by the Board.45 46 When a written procedure is developed, the Superintendent shall submit it to the Board as an information47 item.48 49 Legal References: § 20 3 323, MCA District policy and record of acts50
10.55.701, ARM Board of Trustees
© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2 3
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
on: 8/2011, 02/20/2018
Board Meetings
of the Board must occur at a duly called and legally conducted meeting. “Meeting” is
defined as the convening of a quorum of the constituent membership of the Board, whether in
person or by means of electronic equipment, to hear, discuss, or act upon a matter over which the
control, jurisdiction, or advisory power.
Regular Meetings
otherwise specified, all meetings will take place in the High School. Regular meetings
shall take place at 7:00 p.m. on the second Tuesday of each month, or at other times and places
determined by a majority vote. The Board may choose to not convene a meeting in the month of19 July if there is no pressing business to attend to at that time. Except for an unforeseen
emergency, meetings must be held in school buildings or, upon the unanimous vote of the
trustees, in a publicly accessible building located within the District. If regular meetings are
scheduled at places other than as stated above or are adjourned to times other than the regular
meeting time, notice of the meeting shall be made in the same manner as provided for special
meetings. The trustees may meet outside the boundaries of the District for collaboration or
cooperation on educational issues with other school boards, educational agencies, or
cooperatives. Adequate notice of the meeting, as well as an agenda, must be provided to the
public in advance. Decision making may only occur at a properly noticed meeting held within
the District’s boundaries. When a meeting date falls on a school holiday, the meeting may take
place
next
Meetings
day.
or against
part of
a
from day to day until
appear at the meeting and
be published in the Missoulian
or before August
by law.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1400 - R BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27
8 9 Meetings
10
11
12 Board has supervision,
13 14
15 16 Unless
17
18
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
the
business
30 31 Emergency
32 33 In the event of an emergency involving possible personal injury or property damage, the Board34 may meet immediately and take official action without prior notification.35 36 Budget Meetings37 38 Between July 1 and August 10 of each year, the Clerk shall publish a notice stating the date,39 time, and place trustees will meet for the purpose of considering and adopting
final budget for40 the District, stating that the meeting of the trustees may be continued
final41 adoption of a District budget and that any taxpayer in the District may
42 be heard for
any
the budget. This notice shall
.43 44 On the date and at the time and place stated in the published notice (on
20),45 trustees shall meet to consider all budget information and any attachments required
The46 47
may continue from day to day; however, the Board must adopt a final budget not later
than August 25.
Meetings
Special meetings may be called by the Chairperson or by any two (2) trustees. A written notice
of a special meeting, stating the purpose of the meeting, shall be delivered to every trustee not
less than forty eight (48) hours before the time of the meeting, except that the forty eight (48)
hour notice is waived in an unforeseen emergency as stated in § 20 3 322(5), MCA. Such written
notice shall be posted conspicuously within the District in a manner that will receive public
attention. Written notice also shall be sent not less than twenty four (24) hours prior to the
meeting, to each newspaper and radio or television station that has filed a written request for
such notices. Business transacted at a special meeting will be limited to that stated in the notice
of the meeting.
Under Montana law, the Board may meet in closed sessions to consider matters of individual
privacy. Before closing a meeting, the presiding officer must determine that the demands of
individual privacy exceed the merits of public disclosure and so state publicly before going into
closed session. The Board also may go into closed session to discuss a strategy to be followed
with respect to litigation, when an open meeting would have a detrimental effect on the litigating
position of the District. This exception does not apply if the litigation involves only public bodies
or associations as parties. Before closing a meeting for litigation purposes, the District may wish
to consult legal counsel on the appropriateness of this action. No formal action shall take place
during any closed session.
© MTSBA 2017 18 14001 Page 2 of 22 3 meeting
4
5 6 Special
7 8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17 18 Closed Sessions19 20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29 30 Legal References: § 2-3-103, MCA Public participation governor to ensure guidelines31 adopted32 § 2 3 104, MCA Requirements for compliance with notice provisions33 § 2 3 105, MCA Supplemental notice by radio or television34 § 2 3 201, MCA Legislative intent liberal construction35 § 2-3-202, MCA Meeting defined36 § 2 3 203, MCA Meetings of public agencies and certain associations37 of public agencies to be open to public exceptions38 § 20 3 322, MCA Meeting and quorum39 § 20 9 115, MCA Notice of final budget meeting40 § 20 9 131, MCA Final budget meeting41 10.55.701, ARM Board of Trustees42 43 44 45 46
Alberton Joint School District #2
OF TRUSTEES
Adopted on: 9/2009
Reviewed on:
on: 9/8/15, 02/20/2018
District records, except those restricted by state and federal law, shall be available to citizens
inspection at the Clerk’s office.
individual may request public information from the district. The district shall make the
of requesting public information
to all persons.
receiving a request for public information, the district shall respond in a timely manner to
requesting person
Making the public information available for inspection and copying by the requesting
person;
Providing the requesting person with an estimate of the time it will take to fulfill the
request if the public information cannot be readily identified and gathered and any fees
that maybe charged.
district may charge a fee for fulfilling a public information request. The fee may not exceed
the actual costs directly incident to fulfilling the request in the most cost efficient and timely
manner possible. The fee must be documented. The fee may include the time required to gather
public information. The district may require the requesting person to pay the estimated fee prior
to identifying and gathering the requested public information.
district is not required to alter or customize public information to provide it in a form
specified to meet the needs of the requesting person. If the district agrees to a request to
a records
by the district.
the cost of the customization may be included in the fees
of
funds
be charged for any copies
amount of time following a request.
by the Board.
© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3
4 1401 BOARD
Revised
5 6 Records Available to Public7 8 All
9 for
10 11 Any
12 means
accessible
13 14 Upon
15 the
by:16 17 (a)
18
or19 (b)
20
21
22 23 The
24
25
26
27
28 29 The
30
31 customize
request response,
32 charged
33 34 In accordance with § 20 9 213(1), MCA, the record of the accounting
school
shall be35 open to public inspection at any meeting of the trustees. A fee may
36 requested. Copies will be available within a reasonable
37 38 A written copy of Board minutes shall be available to the general public within five (5) working39 days following approval of the minutes by the Board. If requested, one (1) free copy of minutes40 shall be provided to local media within five (5) working days following approval
41 42 Legal References: § 2 6 1003, MCA Access to Public Information43 § 2 6 1006, MCA Public Information requests fees44 § 20 3 323, MCA District policy and record of acts45 § 20 9 213, MCA Duties of trustees46 47 48
on:
on:
deliberations
containing information relating to
which may be inspected by any
by law.
because of the risk of
with the same standards as
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on:3 Reviewed
4 1402 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
02/20/2018, 12/10/195 6 School Board Use of Email and Mobile Messaging7 8 Use of email and mobile messaging by members of the Board will conform to the same standards9 of judgment, propriety, and ethics as other forms of school board related communication. Board10 members will comply with the following guidelines when using e mail and mobile messaging in11 the conduct of Board responsibilities:12 13 1. The Board will not use e mail or mobile messaging as a substitute for
at14 Board meetings or for other communications or business properly confined to Board15 meetings.16 17 2. Board members will be aware that mobile messages, e mail and e mail attachments18 received or prepared for use in Board business or
19 Board business may be regarded as public records,
20 person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential
21 22 3. Board members will avoid reference to confidential information about employees,23 students, or other matters in e mail and mobile communications,
24 improper disclosure. Board members will comply
school25 employees, with regard to confidential information.26 27 28 29 Cross Reference: 1400 Board Meetings30 1401 Records Available to Public31 32 Legal Reference: § 2 3 103, MCA Public participation governor to ensure guidelines33 adopted34 § 2 3 201, MCA Legislative intent liberal construction35 § 2 3 203, MCA Meetings of public agencies and certain associations36 of public agencies to be open to public exceptions37 § 20 3 322, MCA Meeting and quorum38 39 40
Alberton Joint School District
TRUSTEES
School Board Meeting Procedure
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
on: 8/11, 10/8/13, 9/8/15,
02/20/2018, 12/10/19
agenda for any Board meeting shall be prepared by the Superintendent in consultation with the
Board Chair or presiding officer. Items submitted by Board members to be placed on the agenda
must have prior approval of the Board Chairperson. Citizens may also suggest inclusions on the
agenda. Such suggestions must be received by the Superintendent at least five (5) days before the
Board meeting, unless of immediate importance. Individuals who wish to be placed on the Board
agenda must also notify the Superintendent, in writing, of the request. The request must include the
reason for the appearance. If the reason for the appearance is a complaint against any District
employee, the individual filing the complaint must demonstrate that the Uniform Complaint
Procedure has been followed. Citizens wishing to make brief comments about school programs or
procedures or items on the agenda need not request placement on the agenda and may ask for
recognition by the Chairperson at the appropriate time.
agenda also must include a “public comment” portion to allow members of the general public to
comment on any public matter under the jurisdiction of the District which is not specifically listed on26 the agenda, except that no member of the public will be allowed to comment on contested cases,
other adjudicative proceedings, or personnel matters. The Board Chairperson may place reasonable
time limits on any “public comment” period to maintain and ensure effective and efficient operations
of the Board. The Board shall not take any action on any matter discussed, unless the matter is
specifically noticed on the agenda, and the public has been allowed opportunity to comment.
consent of a majority of members present, the order of business at any meeting may be
Copies of the agenda for the current Board meeting, minutes of the previous Board
and relevant supplementary information will be prepared and distributed to each trustee not
less than 48 hours prior to the Board meeting and will be available to any interested citizen not less
than
hours prior to the Board meeting.
be available
and designated as official, the
is made, a written
© MTSBA 2017 18
#21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1420 - R BOARD OF
Revised
5
6 7 Page 1 of 38
9 10 Agenda11 12 The
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23 24 The
25
27
28
29
30
31 32 With
33 changed.
34 meeting,
35
36
48
37 38 Minutes39 40 Appropriate minutes of all meetings required to be open must be kept and must
for41 inspection by the public. If an audio recording of a meeting is made
42 recording constitutes the office record of the meeting. If an official recording
43 record of the meeting must also be made and must also include:44 45 • Date, time, and place of the meeting;46 • Presiding officer;47 • Board members recorded as absent or present;48
Summary of discussion on all matters discussed (including those matters discussed during the
“public comment” section), proposed, deliberated, or decided, and a record of any votes
statement of
of recessing to closed session;
of adjournment.
Clerk shall keep minutes of student
are educationally related that are
taken by the Board, including those portions held in closed session. The Board shall keep minutes of
sessions.
shall be sealed.
the minutes are recorded and designated as the official record, a log or time stamp for each main
agenda item is required for the purpose of providing assistance to the public in accessing that portion
the meeting.
minutes shall be delivered to Board members in advance of the next regularly scheduled
meeting of the Board. Minutes need not be read publicly, provided that Board members have had an
to review them before adoption. A file of permanent minutes of Board meetings shall be
in the office of the Clerk, to be made available for inspection upon request. A written
shall be made available within five (5) working days following approval by the Board.
Quorum
business shall be transacted at any meeting of the Board unless a quorum of its members is
present. Three (3) members of the Elementary Board shall constitute a quorum of that Board. Four
(4) members of the High School Board shall constitute a quorum of that Board. Board members
be present physically or present via electronic means to establish a quorum. A majority of the
quorum
pass a resolution, except as provided in § 20 4 203(1), MCA, and § 20 4 401(4), MCA.
Board may allow members
participate
not simply vote
discussion of business.
business has been opened,
business is opened.
or other electronic
must be connected with the meeting
a Board member electronically joins the meeting after an
located member shall not participate until the next
© MTSBA 2017 18 14201 Page 2 of 32 3 •
4
5 taken;6 • Detailed
all expenditures;7 • Purpose
and8 • Time
9 10 The
disciplinary actions that
11
12 all closed
Minutes taken during closed sessions
13 14 15 16 17 If
18
19 of
20 21 Unofficial
22
23 opportunity
24 maintained
25 copy
26 27
28 29 No
30
31
32 may
33
may
34 35 Electronic Participation36 37 The
to
in meetings by telephone
means.38 Board members may
electronically but
39 throughout the
If
40 item of
the remotely
41 item of
42 43 44 45 46 47 142048
the Board allows a member to participate electronically, the member will be considered present
and will have his or her actual physical presence excused. The member shall be counted present for
purposes of convening a quorum. The Clerk will document it in the minutes, when members
participate in the meeting electronically.
Board member wishing to participate in a meeting electronically will notify the Chairperson and
Superintendent as early as possible. The Superintendent will arrange for the meeting to take place in
location with the appropriate equipment so that Board members participating in the meeting
may interact, and the public may observe or hear the comments made. The
will take measures to verify the identity of any remotely located participants.
Meeting Conduct and Order of Business
General rules of parliamentary procedure are used for every Board meeting. Robert’s Rules of Order
be used as a guide at any meeting. The order of business shall be reflected on the agenda. The
use of proxy votes shall not be permitted. Voting rights are reserved to those trustees in attendance.
shall be by acclamation or show of hands.
Rescind a Motion
motion to rescind (cancel previous action) may be made anytime by any trustee. A motion to
rescind must be properly noticed on the Board’s agenda for the meeting. It is in order any time prior
to accomplishment of the underlying action addressed by the motion.
Reference:
Audience
2 3 103, MCA Public participation governor to ensure guidelines
2-3-202, MCA
2 3 212, MCA Minutes of meetings public inspection
20
MCA
of records by school officer
20-3-322, MCA Meetings and quorum
20 3 323, MCA District policy and record of acts
and Nash v. Missoula Co., 2006 MT2, 330 Mont 2005
© MTSBA 2017 18 Page 3 of 31 2 If
3
4
5
6 7 Any
8
9 a
10 electronically
11 Superintendent
12 13
14 15
16 may
17
18 Voting
19 20
21 22 A
23
24
25 26 Cross
1441
Participation27 28 Legal References: §
29 adopted30 §
Meeting defined31 §
32 §
1 212,
Destruction
33 §
34 §
35 Jones
36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
School District
TRUSTEES
Regarding Public
Adopted on: 2/11/20
Reviewed on:
on:
Montana law requires school districts and other public agencies to include on the agenda for
public meetings an item allowing public comment on any public matter not otherwise
listed on the agenda that is within the jurisdiction of the agency. The public comment
of the agenda is not the time designated to hear items that are specifically
listed/identified on the agenda.
those individuals who desire to address the Board during the public comment portion of the
meeting, if you haven’t already done so, please sign your name to the sheet and indicate the
general topic on which you will be commenting. The Board Chairperson will call individuals to
speak in the order listed on the sheet provided. Please state your name prior to beginning your
comment. There will be an opportunity for citizens who have not signed in to comment at the
conclusion of the comment period. The Board would like to remind everyone in attendance to
avoid violations of individual rights of privacy when providing comment. The Board is not
authorized to hear comments on contested cases or other adjudicative proceedings.
law, the District cannot take any action on any matter discussed during the public comment
portion of the meeting as those matters are not specifically noticed on the agenda The Board
may take a matter raised during the public comment period under consideration for inclusion on
a future agenda
accordance with Montana law, citizens have the right to comment on an item that is
specifically listed on the agenda. Citizens will be permitted to do so when the item comes up for
discussion and action. The board chair will indicate when the public has the opportunity to
comment prior to board action on a particular agenda item.
Board Chair has the authority to manage all public comment periods and will do so in
accordance with state law and district policy.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint
#21 2
3
4 1420F - R BOARD OF
Revised
5 6 7 Notice
Comment8 9
10
11 specifically
12 portion
13
14 15 For
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23 24 By
25
26
27
28 29 In
30
31
32
33 34 The
35
36 37 38 39
From Voting
Joint School District
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
Reviewed on:
on:
3 323(2), MCA, requires the minutes of each Board meeting to include the voting records of
each trustee present. As a general rule trustees should vote on all issues, unless casting a vote would be a
violation of law. Under Montana law, instances in which it would be unlawful or inappropriate for a
trustee to cast a vote on a particular issue
When hiring a relative of a trustee;
are not necessarily limited to the following:
2. When casting a vote would directly or substantially affect, to its economic benefit, a business or
other undertaking in which the trustee either has a substantial financial interest or in which the
trustee is engaged as counsel, consultant, representative, or agent;
When casting a vote would directly and substantially affect a business or other undertaking to its
economic detriment, where a trustee has a substantial personal interest in a competing firm or
undertaking;
4. When casting a vote would cause a trustee to have a pecuniary interest, either directly or
indirectly, in a contract made by the trustee (while acting in the trustee’s official capacity) or by
the Board, and;
When casting a vote would put the trustee in the position of an agent or solicitor in the sale or
© MTSBA 2017 18 1 Alberton
#22 3
4
5 1425 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
6 7 Abstentions
8 9 Section 20
10
11
12
include but
13 14 1.
15 16
17
18
19 20 3.
21
22
23 24
25
26
27 28 5.
29 supply of goods or services to the District.30 31 In addition, a trustee shall be allowed to abstain from voting to avoid the appearance of impropriety or the32 appearance of a perceived conflict. If a trustee abstains from voting, the abstention should be recorded in33 the minutes and may include an explanation of the reasons for the abstention. The B oard discourages34 abstentions, unless the reasons are substantiated as provided herein.35 36 37 38 Legal References: § 2 2 105, MCA Ethical requirements for public officers and public39 employees40 § 2 2 121, MCA Rules of conduct for public officers and public41 employees42 § 2 2 302, MCA Appointment of relative to office of trust or emolument43 unlawful exceptions publication of notice44 § 20 1 201, MCA School officers not to act as agents45 § 20 3 323, MCA District policy and record of acts46 § 20 9 204, MCA Conflicts of interests, letting contracts, and calling for47 bids48 49 50
School
TRUSTEES
Audience Participation
recognizes the value of public comment
members of the public in its meetings.
on: 9/2009
on: 02/20/2018
on: 8/11, 10/08/13, 9/8/15, 12/10/20
educational issues and the importance of
Board also recognizes the statutory and
rights of the public to participate in governmental operations. To allow fair and
of public
Board
permit public participation through oral or
comments during the “public comment” section of the Board agenda and prior to a final
on a matter of significant interest to the public. The Chairperson may control such
ensure an orderly progression of the meeting in the manner described in Policy
School Board Meeting Procedure
Section 8, Montana Constitution Right of participation
Section 10, Montana Constitution Right of privacy
3 101, et seq., MCA Notice and Opportunity to Be Heard
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint
District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 1441 - R BOARD OF
Revised
5 6 7
8 9 The Board
on
10 involving
The
11 constitutional
12 orderly expression
comments, the
will
13 written
14 decision
15 comment to
16 1420F.17 18 19 20 Cross Reference: 1420
21 22 Legal Reference: Article II,
23 Article II,
24 §§ 2
25 26 27 28
Engage in a substantial financial transaction
with a person
on: 9/2009
on:
on: 02/20/2018, 12/10/19
the trustee’s private business purpose,
the trustee inspects or supervises in the course of official duties.
Perform an official act directly and substantially affecting, to its economic benefit, a
or other undertaking in which the trustee either has a substantial financial
interest or is engaged as counsel, consultant, representative, or agent.
Act as an agent or solicitor in the sale or supply of goods or services to a district.
Have a pecuniary interest, directly or indirectly, in any contract made by the Board, when
the trustee has more than a ten percent (10%) interest in the corporation. A contract does
not include: 1) merchandise sold to the highest bidder at public auctions; 2) investments
or deposits in financial institutions that are in the business of loaning or receiving money,
when such investments or deposits are made on a rotating or ratable basis among
financial institutions in the community or when there is only one (1) financial institution
in the community; or 3) contracts for professional services other than salaried services or
for maintenance or repair services or supplies when the services or supplies are not
reasonably available from other sources, if the interest of any Board member and a
determination of such lack of availability are entered in the minutes of the Board meeting
at which the contract is considered.
5. Be employed in any capacity by the District, with the exception of officiating at athletic
competitions under the auspices of the Montana Officials Association.
Appoint to a position of trust or emolument
consanguinity
(4th)
or
person related or connected by
affinity within the second (2nd) degree.
prohibition does not apply to the issuance of an employment contract to a
person
a substitute
(30)
is not employed as a substitute teacher for more
This prohibition does not apply to the renewal of an employment contract of a
tenured teacher or classified employee employed without a written contract for a
term related to a Board member, who was initially hired before the Board
trustee position.
This prohibition does not apply
,
trustees comply with the following
the trustee related to the person to be
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 1512 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 37 Conflict of Interest8 9 A trustee may not:10 11 1.
for
12
whom
13 14 2.
15 business
16
17 18 3.
19 20 4.
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31 32
33
34 35 6.
any
36
within the fourth
degree
by
37 38 a. This
39
as
teacher who
40 than thirty
consecutive school days.41 b.
42
43 specific
44 member assumed the
45 c.
if
46 requirements: 1) All trustees
except
47
© MTSBA 2017 18 employed or appointed, vote to employ the related person; 2) the trustee related to1 the person to be employed abstains from voting; and 3) the trustees give fifteen2 (15) days written notice of the time and place of their intended action in a3 newspaper of general circulation in the county where the school is located.4 5 Degrees of Affinity6 7 Affinity is the legal relationship arising as the result of marriage. Relationship by affinity8 terminates upon the death of one of the spouses or other dissolution of marriage, except when the9 marriage has resulted in issue still living.10 11 Degrees of Consanguinity12 13 414 Great Great Grandparent15 16 3 517 Great Grandparent Great Great Uncle/Aunt18 19 2 4 620 Grandparent Great Uncle/Aunt Child of Great Uncle/Aunt21 22 1 3 5 723 Parent Uncle/Aunt Child of GG Uncle/Aunt Grandchild of GG Uncle/Aunt24 25 26 Trustee27 2 4 6 828 Brother/Sister 1st Cousin 2nd Cousin 3rd Cousin29 30 1 3 5 731 Child Nephew/Niece 1st Cousin 2nd Cousin32 once removed once removed33 34 2 4 635 Grandchild Grand Nephew/Niece 1st Cousin36 twice removed37 38 3 539 Great Grandchild Great Grand Nephew/Niece40 41 442 Great Great Grandchild43 44 45 46
© MTSBA 2017 18 15121 Page 3 of 32 3 Degrees of Affinity4 5 36 Great Grandparent in law7 8 29 Grandparent in law10 11 1 312 Father/Mother in law Uncle/Aunt in law13 14 1 215 Trustee Spouse Brother/Sister in law16 17 18 1 319 Step Child Nephew/Niece in law20 21 222 Step Grandchild23 24 325 Step Great Grandchild26 27 28 29 30
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 1513 - R BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised on:5 6 7 Management Rights8 9 The Board retains the right to operate and manage its affairs in such areas as but not limited to:10 11 1. Direct employees;12 13 2. Employ, dismiss, promote, transfer, assign, and retain employees;14 15 3. Relieve employees from duties because of lack of work or funds under conditions where16 continuation of such work would be inefficient and nonproductive;17 18 4. Maintain the efficiency of District operations;19 20 5. Determine the methods, means, job classifications, and personnel by which District21 operations are to be conducted;22 23 6. Take whatever actions may be necessary to carry out the missions of the District in24 situations of emergency;25 26 7. Establish the methods and processes by which work is performed.27 28 The Board reserves all other rights, statutory and inherent, as provided by state law.29 30 The Board also reserves the right to delegate authority to the Superintendent for the ongoing31 direction of all District programs.32 33 34 35 Cross Reference: 6110 Superintendent36 37 Legal Reference: § 20 3 324, MCA Powers and duties38 § 39 31 303, MCA Management rights of public employers39 Bonner School District No. 14 v. Bonner Education Association,40 MEA MFT, NEA, AFT, AFL CIO, (2008), 2008 MT 941 42 43
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
OF TRUSTEES Revised on: 9/8/15, 02/20/2018, 8/9/22
Board/Staff Communications
reasonable means of communication is encouraged throughout the education community.
an organization must maintain some order and structure to promote efficient and
Staff Communications to the Board
official communications or reports to the Board, from supervisors, teachers, or other staff
members, shall be submitted through the Superintendent. This procedure shall not deny any staff
member the right to appeal to the Board from administrative decisions, provided that the
shall have been notified of the forthcoming appeal and that it is processed
to the applicable procedures for complaints and grievances. The provision does not
limit or restrict employees from engaging in public comment during Board meetings as permitted
by Montana law.
Board Communications to Staff
official communications, policies, and directives of staff interest and concern will be
communicated to staff members through the Superintendent. The Superintendent will employ all
such media as are appropriate to keep staff fully informed of Board concerns and actions.
to Schools
accordance with Montana statutes, each trustee shall visit every school of the District at least
once each school fiscal year to examine its condition and needs. As a courtesy, individual Board
members interested in visiting schools should make arrangements for visitations through the
principals of the various schools. Such visits shall be regarded as informal expressions of
interest in school affairs and not as “inspections” or visits for supervisory or administrative
purposes.
affairs
other functions,
and education. When they meet at
discussion about such matters as educational trends,
issues, and innovations and general District problems can be anticipated. Discussions of
staff grievances
© MTSBA 2022 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1520 BOARD
5 6
7 Every
8 Nevertheless,
9 effective communications.10 11
12 All
13
14
15 Superintendent
16 according
17
18
19 20
21 All
22
23
24 25 Visits
26 In
27
28
29
30
31
32 33 Social Interaction34 Staff and Board members share a keen interest in schools
35 social
and
informal
36
37 personalities or
are not appropriate.38 39 Legal Reference: § 20 3 324(21), MCA Powers and duties40 § 2 3 103, MCA Public Participation41 42 43
on:
on:
on: 02/20/2018
Superintendent Relationship
Board
of
the
hires, evaluates, and seeks the
executive officer.
District
mutual respect for their complementary roles.
regarding the duties and
of the Superintendent as the District
necessary to provide the general direction for
to encourage achievement of District goals. The Superintendent develops plans,
and procedures
to implement the policies and directs the District’s day to day
Reference:
20 4 401, MCA Appointment and dismissal of district
or county high school principal
20 4 402, MCA Duties of district superintendent or county high
school principal
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 Adopted
9/20092 Reviewed
3 1521 R BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
4 5 6 7 8 9 Board
10 11 The Board Superintendent relationship is based on
12 The relationship requires clear communication
expectations
13 responsibilities of both the
and
Superintendent.14 15 The Board
recommendations
16 chief
The Board adopts policies
17 the
and
18 programs,
needed
19 operations.20 21 22 23 Cross Reference: 6110 Superintendent24 25 Legal
§
26 superintendent
27 §
28
29 30 31
on:
on: 02/20/2018
attend
institutes,
at both the state and national
attend out of District meetings, at
site transportation during the course of the meeting, i.e., bus, taxi, or rental car;
Hotel or motel costs for trustee, as necessary;
Telephone services for necessary communications with business or family, resulting from the
being away from Alberton;
Incidental expenditures for tips and other necessary costs attributable to the trustee’s attendance
meeting; however, the District will not reimburse or pay for such items as liquor, expenses of
spouse, separate entertainment, or other
expenditures.
MCA Trustee
board.
of
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed
4 1531 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised on:5 6 Trustee Expenses7 8 9 Expenses for Board Members at Out of District Meetings10 11 Trustees normally
workshops, training
and conferences
12 levels. The District will pay all legitimate costs for trustees to
13 established rates for reimbursement set by the District:14 15 1. Transportation as approved by the Board;16 2. On
17 3.
18 4. Food costs as necessary;19 5.
20 trustee
21 6.
22 at a
23 a
unnecessary
24 25 26 Cross Reference: 7336 Travel Allowances and Expenses27 28 29 Legal Reference: §2-18-503, MCA Mileage - allowance30 §20 3 311,
reimbursement and compensation
31 secretary for joint
32 33 34
on: 02/20/2018
on:
on:
Objectives
year, during the month of June,
will have available a
reflect the District’s
in writing
shall be
conclusion of the
degree to which
of
formulate or review the annual objectives
comprehensive philosophy of education with
philosophy of education and goals
submit a report to the Board which
accomplished.
Board of Trustees
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 1610 - R BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Annual Goals and
12 13 Each
the Board will
14 for the District and
written
15 goals that
philosophy
education. The
16 shall be
and
available to all.17 18 At the
year, the Superintendent shall
19 reflects the
annual objectives have been
20 21 22 23 Legal Reference: 10.55.701, ARM
24 25 26
on:
on: 02/20/2018
Development and Self Evaluation
Board strives to learn, understand and practice
governance for the benefit of the
determined by the Board, individual members have the opportunity to attend state
national meetings designed to familiarize members with public school issues, governance
legislation. Notice of training opportunities will be provided either through the
or through the Board Chair.
elected or appointed trustees shall be given a copy of the District policy manual and shall
have the opportunity to meet with the Superintendent and/or members of the Board for the
of answering questions and providing information about the District. The Board Chair
request that a veteran Board member mentor a new member.
part of the Board’s professional development and in an effort to improve on a continuous
improvement basis
the Board may conduct a self evaluation as needed.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed
4 1620 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised on:5 6 7 8 Board
9 10 The
effective
11 District. As
12 and
13 and
14 Superintendent
15 16 Newly
17
18 purpose
19 may
20 21 As
22
,
23 24 25 26 27 28
School
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
on:
on:
Internship means an agreement between a fully licensed Class 1, 2, or 3 educator, the school
district, and a Montana accredited educator preparation program. Internships are permitted in
areas approved by the Board of Public Education.
Board recognizes the need to provide
for prospective teachers and
Internships for those in the process of acquiring teaching endorsements and/or
credentials
be considered and approved on an individual basis. The
or designee involved will review the internship proposal with the candidate and
the university representative, much in the same manner as student teachers are assigned.
part of an internship agreement, the parties must agree to the following:
the intern will complete the requirements for the appropriate endorsement within three years;
the school district will provide local supervision and support of the intern; and
the accredited educator preparation program will approve the coursework and provide support
periodic supervision.
superintendent intern shall be supervised throughout the year by a licensed and endorsed
contracted by the district, including participation in, and review of, and written
in all performance
§20-4-111,
of
staff completed by the intern.
of Public
not
for
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint
District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1635 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
5 6 Internships7 8
9
10 endorsement
11 12 The
training opportunities
13 administrators.
14 administrative
shall
15 Superintendent
16
17 18 As
19 20 (a)
21 (b)
22 (c)
23 and
24 25 A
26 superintendent
27 concurrence
evaluations
licensed
28 29 An emergency authorization of employment granted by the Superintendent
Instruction30 pursuant to
MCA is not a license; therefore is
eligible
an internship.31 32 Legal Reference: § 20 4 111, MCA Emergency authorization of employment33 ARM 10.55.602 Definitions34 ARM 10.55.607 Internships35 ARM 10.55.702 Licensure and duties of District36 Administrator District Superintendent37 ARM 10.57.412 Class 1 and 2 Endorsements38 ARM 10.57.413 Class 3 Administrative License39 40 41 42 43
Alberton Joint School District #2
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
OF TRUSTEES Revised on: 02/20/2018, 12/10/19
Uniform Complaint Procedure
Board establishes this Uniform Complaint Procedure as a means to address complaints
arising within the District. This Uniform Complaint Procedure is intended to be used for all
complaints except those governed by a collective bargaining agreement.
District requests all individuals to use this complaint procedure, when the individual
believes the Board or its employees or agents have violated the individual’s rights under: (1)
Montana constitutional, statutory, or administrative law; (2) United States constitutional,
statutory, or regulatory law; or (3) Board policy.
District will endeavor to respond to and resolve complaints without resorting to this formal
complaint procedure and, when a complaint is filed, to address the complaint promptly and
equitably. The right of a person to prompt and equitable resolution of a complaint filed hereunder
will not be impaired by a person’s pursuit of other remedies. Use of this complaint procedure is
not a prerequisite to pursuit of other remedies and use of this complaint procedure does not
extend any filing deadline related to pursuit of other remedies. Complaints against a building
administrator shall be filed with the Superintendent. Complaints against the Superintendent or
District administrator shall be filed with the Board.
Superintendent has the authority to contract with an independent investigator at any time
the complaint procedure process.
fifteen (15) calendar days of the
receipt of the independent investigator’s report and recommendation, the
respond to the complaint and take such administrative steps as the
deems appropriate and necessary.
Level
Informal
individual with a complaint is first encouraged to discuss it with the appropriate teacher,
counselor, or building administrator, with the objective of resolving the matter promptly and
informally.
exception is that a complaint of sexual harassment should be discussed directly
with an administrator not involved in the alleged harassment.
Level
Building Administrator
a complaint has not been or cannot
rise to the complaint,
remedy or resolution requested.
an individual may file a signed
the nature of the complaint; (2) a description of the event
any school personnel involved; and (3) the
written complaint must be filed within thirty (30) calendar
© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3 Reviewed
4 1700 - R BOARD
5 6 Page 1 of 37 8
9 10 The
11
12
13 14 The
15
16
17
18 19 The
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27 28 The
29 during
Within
30 Superintendent’s
31 Superintendent will
32 Superintendent
33 34
1:
35 36 An
37
38
An
39
40 41
2:
42 43 When
be resolved at Level 1,
44 and dated written complaint stating: (1)
45 or incident giving
including
46
This
47
of the event or incident or from the date an individual could reasonably become aware of
such event or incident.
When a complaint alleges violation of Board policy or procedure, the building administrator will8 investigate and attempt to resolve the complaint. The administrator will respond in writing to the9 complaint, within thirty (30) calendar days of the administrator’s receipt of the complaint.
If either the complainant or the person against whom the complaint is filed is dissatisfied with
the administrator’s decision, either may request, in writing, that the Superintendent review the
administrator’s decision. (See Level 3.) This request must be submitted to the Superintendent
within fifteen (15) calendar days of the administrator’s decision.
When a complaint alleges sexual harassment or a violation of Title IX of the Education17 Amendments of 1972 (the Civil Rights Act), Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act of18 1990, or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the building administrator may turn the19 complaint over to a District nondiscrimination coordinator. The coordinator will complete an20 investigation and file a report and recommendation with the Superintendent. A coordinator may21 hire, with the approval of the Superintendent, an independent investigator to conduct the22 investigation. Within fifteen (15) calendar days of the Superintendent’s receipt of the23 coordinator’s or independent investigator’s report and recommendation, the Superintendent will24 respond to the complaint and take such administrative steps as the Superintendent deems
appropriate and necessary. If either the complainant or the person against whom the complaint is
filed is dissatisfied with the Superintendent’s decision, either may request, in writing, that the
Board consider an appeal of the Superintendent’s decision. (See Level 4.) This request must be
submitted in writing to the Superintendent, within fifteen (15) calendar days of the
Superintendent’s written response to the complaint, for transmission to the Board.
3: Superintendent
either the complainant or the person against whom the complaint is filed appeals the
administrator’s decision provided for in Level 2, the Superintendent will review the complaint
the administrator’s decision. The Superintendent will respond in writing to the appeal, within
thirty (30) calendar days of the Superintendent’s receipt of the written appeal. In responding to
the appeal, the Superintendent may: (1) meet with the parties involved in the complaint; (2)
conduct a separate or supplementary investigation; (3) engage an outside investigator or other
District employees to assist with the appeal; and/or (4) take other steps appropriate or helpful in
resolving the complaint.
either the complainant or the person against whom the complaint is filed is dissatisfied with
Superintendent’s decision, either may request, in writing, that the Board consider an appeal
the Superintendent’s decision. (See Level 4.) This request must be submitted in writing to the
within fifteen (15) calendar days of the Superintendent’s written response to the
© MTSBA 2017 18 1 17002 Page 2 of 33 4 days
5
6 7
10 11
12
13
14
15 16
25
26
27
28
29
30 31 Level
32 33 If
34
35 and
36
37
38
39
40
41 42 If
43 the
44 of
45 Superintendent,
46
Level 4: The Board
written appeal, the Board will consider the Superintendent’s decision in Level 2 or 3. Upon
receipt of written request for appeal, the Chair will either place the appeal on the agenda of a
or special Board
Board will report its decision on the appeal, in writing, to
all parties, within thirty (30) calendar days of the Board meeting. A decision of the Board is
final,
it is appealed pursuant to Montana law within the period provided by law.
Level 5: County Superintendent
a matter falls within the jurisdiction of a county superintendent of schools, the decision of
Board
be appealed to the
by filing written appeal within thirty
days of the Board’s decision, pursuant to Montana law.
Legal Reference: Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (Civil Rights Act)
of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990
of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
© MTSBA 2017 18 17001 Page 3 of 32 complaint, for transmission to the Board.3 4
5 6 Upon
7
8 regular
meeting The
9
10
unless
11 12
13 14 When
15 the
may
county superintendent
16 (30) calendar
17 18 19 20
21 Title II
22 § 504
23 24 25 26
Non Lethal CS Gel
Board of Trustees authorizes the storage and use of non lethal CS gel on School District
property in accordance with the terms of this policy and Section 45 8 361, MCA.
Storage
lethal CS gel will be stored in locations on School District property selected by the
administrative team in consultation with the school safety consultant or school resource officer.
lethal CS gel will be stored in a manner identified by the administrative team as being only
accessible by staff members. Non lethal CS gel units will be regularly checked by members of
the administrative team or their designee to confirm inventory, proper storage, and compliance
with stated effective date. The administrative team will provide an annual report to the Board of
Trustees on the regular review of non lethal CS gel units present on School District property.
Only non lethal CS gel units purchased by the School District are authorized to be present on21 School District property.
Training
Staff members may volunteer for training on use of non lethal CS gel placed in School District
buildings. The administrative team will select volunteers for training in consultation with the26 school safety consultant or school resource officer. Only those staff members who have been
selected for and successfully completed training are authorized to use non lethal CS gel on
School District property. Staff members not trained in effective use of non lethal CS gel are not
authorized to use the gel units on School District property. Students are not authorized to use
non-lethal CS gel on School District property. Staff members are not entitled to additional
compensation for volunteering for training or use of non lethal CS gel. Training on effective use
will be renewed for authorized staff members every 24 months.
Use
members are authorized under this policy to use non-lethal CS gel in a manner consistent
with the School District approved training on effective use of non lethal CS gel Effective use
will include but is not limited to redirection or incapacitation of an individual or individuals
intending to harm School District students or staff. Effective use expressly excludes use to
redirect, discipline or otherwise harm students in violation of the School District’s corporal
punishment policy and Montana law. Confirmed misuse or unauthorized use of non lethal CS gel
by
student, staff member or citizen on School District property may result in School District
loss of use authorization, and, if applicable, referral to law enforcement. Unauthorized
use of non lethal CS gel on School District property by a staff member is expressly outside the
scope of the staff member’s duties under Montana law.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #2 R1 2 3 THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 17104 5 6
7 8 Scope9 The
10
11 12
13 Non
14
15 Non
16
17
18
19
20
22 23
24
25
27
28
29
30
31
32
33 34
35 Staff
36
37
38
39
40
41
a
42 discipline,
43
44
45 46
20
© MTSBA 2017 18 Insurance1 The administration will confirm that the storage and use of non lethal CS gel is consistent the2 School District’s workers’ compensation and general liability insurance policies on an annual3 basis.4 5 Legal Reference Section 45 8 361, MCA6 Section
5 202, MCA7 Section 20 4 302, MCA8 9 Policy History:10 Adopted on: 8/201911 Reviewed on:12 13 14
2000 SERIES INSTRUCTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
R 2000 Goals
2050 Student Instruction
R 2100 School Year Calendar and Day
R 2105 Grade Organization
R 2120 Curriculum and Assessment
R 2132 Student and Family Privacy Rights 2140 Guidance and Counseling 2150 Suicide Awareness and Prevention
R 2158 Family Engagement
R 2160 Title I Parent Involvement
R 2160P Title I parent Involvement Procedures
R 2161 Special Education
R 2161P Special Education Child Find Procedures
R 2162 2162P Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (“Section 504”)
2166 Gifted Program
2167 Correspondence Courses
2168 Distance Learning Courses 2170 Digital Academy
R 2171 Significant Writing Program 2221 School Emergencies and Closures
R 2250 Community and Adult Education
R 2309 Library Materials
R 2310 2310P Selection of Library Materials
R 2311 Instructional Materials
R 2311P Selection, Adoption, and Removal of Textbooks and Instructional Materials
R 2312 Copyright
R 2312P Copyright Compliance
R 2314 Learning Materials Review 2320 Field Trips, Excursions, and Outdoor Education
R 2330 Controversial Issues and Academic Freedom 2332 Religion and Religious Activities
R 2333 Participation in Commencement Exercises
2410 2410P High School Graduation Requirements
R 2413 Credit Transfer and Assessment for Placement 2420 Grading and Progress Reports 2421 Promotion and Retention
R 2450 Recognition of Native American Cultural Heritage
R 2510 School Wellness
ALBERTON JOINT SCHOOL DISTRICT #2 R = required
2600 2600P 2600F Work Based Learning
Adopted on: 9/2009
on: 02/20/2018
on: 10/08/13
District will provide equal opportunity for students to receive an education which will
enable them to fulfill their role in society, commensurate with individual ability, in compliance
legal requirements, and reflecting the desires of the people.
programs, methods, and resources should meet the needs of each student, regardless
of race, color, creed, sex, or level of ability. The District recognizes that equal opportunity
does not imply uniformity and that each student’s unique characteristics must be
acknowledged. Instructional programs, methods, and materials will not imply, teach, or
any beliefs or practices reflecting bias or discrimination toward other individuals or
groups and will not deny others their basic human rights.
District has developed a Statement of Learner Goals that is available through the District
Office. This philosophical goal statement will be publicized and made available to interested
citizens. This statement will be reviewed annually and revised as deemed necessary.
References: § 20-1-102, MCA Legislative goals for public elementary and
secondary schools.
ARM Board of Trustees
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2000 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 7 8 Goals9 10 The
11
12 with
13 14 Instructional
15
16 education
17
18 encourage
19
20 21 The
22
23
24 25 Legal
26
27 10.55.701,
28 29
Alberton Joint School District
Adopted on: 6/8/21
Reviewed on:
on:
Student Instruction
The School District has adopted the protocols outlined in this policy to ensure the delivery of
education services to students onsite at the school, offsite at other locations using available
resources. The District administration or designated personnel are authorized to implement this11 policy. As outlined in District Policy 2100, and except for students determined by the School
District to be proficient using School District assessments, the adopted calendar has a minimum
number of 720 aggregate instructional hours for students in kindergarten through third grade;
1,080 hours for students in fourth through eleventh grade and 1,050 hours for students in twelfth
grade.
The School District may satisfy the aggregate number of hours through any combination of
onsite, offsite, and online instruction The District administration is directed to ensure that all19 students are offered access to the complete range of educational programs and services for the20 education program required by the accreditation standards adopted by the Montana Board of21 Public Education.
For the purposes of this policy and the School District’s calculation of ANB and “aggregate
hours of instruction” within the meaning of that term in Montana law, the term “instruction”
shall be construed as being synonymous with and in support of the broader goals of “learning”
and full development of educational potential as set forth in Article X, section 1 of the Montana
Constitution. Instruction includes innovative teaching strategies that focus on student
engagement for the purposes of developing a students’ interests, passions, and strengths. The
term instruction shall include any directed, distributive, collaborative and/or experiential learning
provided, supervised, guided, facilitated, work based, or coordinated by the teacher of
record in a given course that is done purposely to achieve content proficiency and facilitate the
learning of, acquisition of knowledge, skills and abilities by, and to otherwise fulfill the full
educational potential of each child.
shall calculate the number of hours students have received instruction as defined in this
a combined calculation of services received onsite at the school or services
or accessed at offsite or online
including, but not limited to, any
of physical instructional packets, virtual or electronic based course meetings and
self directed or parent assisted learning opportunities, and other educational efforts
by the staff and students that can be given for grade or credit. Staff shall report
of instruction
principal, or district administrator
MCA,
defined in this policy to the supervising teacher, building
calculation.
comply with the requirements of the calendar,
implement the
Policy and Section 20 1 301,
schedules and methods identified in this
©MTSBA 2021
#21 2
3
4 2050 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16 17
18
22 23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30 activity
31
32
33
34 35 Staff
36 policy through
37 provided
instructional settings
38 combination
39 assignments,
40 undertaken
41 completed hours
as
42
for final
43 44 In order to
District
45
the District shall
instructional
46 policy47
Offsite
The Board of Trustees authorizes offsite instruction of students in a manner that satisfies the
aggregate number of instructional hours outlined in the School District’s adopted or revised
calendar for a school year affected by a public health emergency. Offsite delivery methods shall
include a complete range of educational services offered by the School District and shall comply
with the requirements of applicable statutes. Students completing course work through an offsite
instructional setting shall be treated in and have their hours of instruction calculated in the same
manner as students attending an onsite institutional setting.
Offsite instruction is available to students:
1. meeting the residency requirements for that district as provided in 1 1 215;
living in the district and eligible for educational services under the Individuals With
Disabilities Education Act or under 29 U.S.C. 794; or
attending school in the district under a mandatory attendance agreement as provided in19 20 5 321;
attending school in the nearest district offering offsite instruction that agrees to enroll the
student when the student’s district of residence does not provide offsite instruction in an
equivalent course in which the student is enrolled. A course is not equivalent if the course
does not provide the same level of advantage on successful completion, including but not
limited to dual credit, advanced placement, and career certification. Attendance under this
provision is subject to approval of the Trustees
Board of Trustees authorizes the supervising teacher or district administrator to permit
to utilize an offsite or online
Proficiency-Based Learning
Board of Trustees authorizes
setting at when circumstances require.
ANB calculation in situations
student demonstrates proficiency in a course area as determined by the Board of Trustees
District assessments consistent with District Policy 1005FE, or other measures approved
by the Board of Trustees.
Board of Trustees waives the minimum number of instructional hours for students who
demonstrate proficiency in a course area using district assessments that include, but are not
to, the course or class teacher’s determination of proficiency as defined by the Board of
Trustees. This determination shall be based on a review of the student’s completed coursework,
in course delivery, and other methods applicable to the specific course or class. The
of Trustees authorizes the use of the proficiency determination process for students who
selected this method of delivery,
whom the School District is unable to
satisfaction of the required minimum aggregate number of hours through the offsite or
©MTSBA 2021 20501 Page 2 of 32 3
Instruction4 5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12 13
14 15
16 2.
17
18 3.
20 4.
21
22
23
24
25
26 27 The
28 students
instructional
29 30
31 32 The
proficiency based learning and
33 when a
34 using
35
36 37 The
38
39 limited
40
41 participation
42 Board
43 have
students for
44 document
45 46
onsite methods outlined in this policy, or other students whom School District personnel
determine satisfy the definition of proficient or meeting proficiency.
This provision is based in the declaration by the Montana Legislature that any regulation
discriminating against a student who has participated in proficiency based learning is
inconsistent with the Montana Constitution.
Legal Reference: Article X, Section 1, Montana Constitution
Section 20 1 101, MCA Definitions
Section 20 1 301, MCA School Fiscal Year
Section 20 9 311, MCA Calculation of Average Number Belonging
Section 20 7 118, MCA Offsite Provision of Educational Services
Section 20 7 1601, MCA Transformational Learning Legislative Intent
ARM 10.55.906(4)) High School Credit
Cross Reference: Policy 1005FE Proficiency Based Learning
2100 School Calendar
Policy 2140 Guidance and Counseling
Policy 2168 Distance Learning
Policy 2410 Graduation
Policy 2420 Grading and Progress Reports
©MTSBA 2021 20501 Page 2 of 32 3
4
5 6
7
8
9 10 11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18 19
20 Policy
21
22
23
24
25 26
School District
on:
on:
on: 8/2011, 02/20/2018, 6/8/21
School Year
to §§ 20 1 301 and 20 1 308, MCA, and any applicable collective bargaining agreement
the employment of affected employees, the trustees of a school district shall set the
of hours in a school term, the length of the school day, and the number of school days in
school week. When proposing to adopt changes to a previously adopted school term, school
week, or school day, the trustees shall: (a) negotiate the changes with the recognized collective
bargaining unit representing the employees affected by the changes; (b) solicit input from the
affected by the changes but not represented by a collective bargaining agreement; (c)
from the people who live within the boundaries of the school district.
and students will devote a portion of the day on each commemorative holiday
in § 20 1 306, MCA, to study and honor the commemorated person or occasion. The
Board may from time to time designate a regular school day as a commemorative holiday.
emergencies, including during reasonable efforts of the trustees to make up aggregate hours of
instruction lost during a declaration of emergency by the trustees under Section 20-9-806, MCA,
instruction
instruction
be conducted on a Saturday when it is approved by the trustees
be held on a Saturday at the discretion of a school district for the purpose
providing additional pupil instruction beyond the minimum aggregate hours of instruction
in Section 20 1 301, MCA, provided student attendance is voluntary.
the minimum number of aggregate hours
be conducted during each school fiscal
minimum aggregate hours required by grade are:
minimum of 360 aggregate hours for a kindergarten program;
for grades 1 through 3;
hours for grades 4 through 12;
1,050 hours may be sufficient for graduating seniors.
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint
#21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed
4 2100 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27 8
Calendar and Day9 10 School Calendar11 12 Subject
13 covering
14 number
15 a
16
17
18 employees
19 and
20 21 Commemorative Holidays22 23 Teachers
24 designated
25
26 27 Saturday School28 29 In
30
31 pupil
may
32 33 Pupil
may
34 of
35 required
36 37 School Fiscal Year38 39 At least
must
40 year. The
41 (a) A
42 (b) 720 hours
43 (c) 1,080
and44 (d)
45 46
In addition, seven (7) pupil instruction related days may be scheduled for the following
Pre school staff orientation for the purpose of organization of the school year;
Staff professional development programs (minimum of three (3) days);
Parent/teacher conferences;
Post school record and report (not to exceed one (1) day, or one half (½) day at the end
of each semester or quarter).
The Board of Trustees has established an advisory committee to develop, recommend, and
evaluate the school district’s yearly professional development plan. Each year the Board of
Trustees shall adopt a professional development plan for the subsequent school year based on the
recommendation of the advisory committee.
In accordance with Section 20 1 301, MCA, and any applicable collective bargaining agreement
covering the employment of affected employees, the Board of Trustees may establish a school
calendar with an earlier start date and a later end date to ensure students receive the minimum
number aggregate instructional hours. The purpose of an extended school year will be to
maximize flexibility in the delivery of instruction and learning for each student in the School
When setting an extended school year, the School District will collaborate with students,
parents, employees and other community stakeholders. When proposing to adopt changes to a
previously adopted school term the Board of Trustees will follow the procedures outlined in in
this policy
20 1 301, MCA School
20 1 302, MCA School day and week
20 1 303, MCA Conduct of School on Saturday or Sunday
20-1-304, MCA Pupil-instruction-related day
20 1 306, MCA
10.55.701
10.65.101
Trustees
exercises
Pupil Instruction Related
certain
©MTSBA 2021
1 purposes:2 1.
3 2.
4 3.
and5 4.
6
7 8
9
10
11
12 13 Extended School Year14 15
16
17
18
19
20 District
21
22
23
24 25 26 Legal References: §
fiscal year27 §
28 §
29 prohibited exceptions30 §
31 §
Commemorative
on
days32 ARM
Board of
33 ARM
103
Days34 ARM 10.55.714 Professional Development35 ARM 10.55.906 High School Credit36 37 38
by
of that
of
Superintendent
an
by the Board.
considered in classroom
Adopted
on: 02/20/2018
(K) through twelve (12). The
will be according to plans
to a classroom which will best serve the
the rights and needs of other students. Factors to
class size, peer relations, student/teacher relations,
style of individual teachers, and any other variables that will affect the performance
the student.
Legal Reference:
of
schools
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
on: 9/20093 Reviewed
4 2105 - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Grade Organization12 13 The District maintains instructional levels for grades kindergarten
14 grouping and housing
instructional levels in school facilities
15 developed
the
and approved
16 17 A student will be assigned to
instructional group or
18 needs
individual while still considering
19 be
assignments are
20 instructional
21 of
22 23 24 25 26
§ 20 6 501, MCA Definition
various
27 28 29 30
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
on: 2/8/10, 8/8/13, 02/20/2018
Board is responsible for curriculum adoption and must approve all significant changes, including the
adoption of new textbooks and new courses, before such changes are made. The Superintendent is
responsible for making curriculum recommendations. The District shall ensure their curriculum is aligned
to all content standards and the appropriate learning progression for each grade level.
written sequential curriculum will be developed for each subject area. The curricula will address
learner goals, content and program area performance standards, and District education goals and will be
constructed to include such parts of education as content, skills, and thinking. The District shall review
curricula at least every five (5) years or consistent with the state’s standards revision schedule, and
modify, as needed, to meet educational goals of the continuous school improvement plan pursuant to
10.55.601.
staff and administration will suggest materials and resources, to include supplies, books, materials,
and equipment necessary for development and implementation of the curriculum and assessment, which
are consistent with goals of the education program.
District shall maintain their programs consistent with the state’s schedule for revising standards.
District shall assess the progress of all students
achieving content standards and content
grade level learning progressions in each program area. The District shall use assessment results,
state
10.56.101
administration
examine the educational
achieving
administration of assessments pursuant to
measure its effectiveness. The District shall
achievement information obtained
requirements of ARM 10.56.101, to assess student
level
progressions in all
shall
supplemented
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2120 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 7 8 Curriculum and Assessment9 10 The
11
12
13
14 15 A
16
17
18
19
20 ARM
21 22 The
23
24
25 26 The
27 28 The
toward
29 specific
30 including
level achievement information obtained by
31 ARM
to
program and
32 use appropriate multiple measures and methods, including state level
33 by
of assessments pursuant to the
34 progress in
content standards and content specific grade
learning
35 program areas. The examination of program effectiveness using assessment results
be
36 with information about graduates and other student’s no longer in attendance.37 38 Cross Reference: 2000 Goals39 2110 Objectives40 41 Legal Reference: § 20 3 324, MCA Powers and duties42 § 20-4-402, MCA Duties of district superintendent or county high school43 principal44 § 20 7 602, MCA Textbook selection and adoption45 10.55.603, ARM Curriculum and Assessment46 47 48 49 50 51
on: 9/2009+
on:
on:
District’s
of
created the survey.
a third party to a student, the
request and within a reasonable time
other than a
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 2132 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
02/20/20185 6 Page 1 of 37 8 Student and Family Privacy Rights9 10 Surveys General11 12 All surveys requesting personal information from students, as well as any other instrument used13 to collect personal information from students, must advance or relate to the
educational14 objectives as identified in Board Policy. This applies to all surveys, regardless
whether the15 student answering the questions can be identified and regardless of who
16 17 Surveys Created by a Third Party18 19 Before the District administers or distributes a survey created by
20 student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) may inspect the survey upon
21 of their request.22 23 This section applies to every survey: (1) that is created by a person or entity
District24 official, staff member, or student, (2) regardless of whether the student answering the questions25 can be identified, and (3) regardless of the subject matter of the questions.26 27 Surveys Requesting Personal Information28 29 School officials and staff members shall not request, nor disclose, the identity of any student who30 completes ANY survey containing one (1) or more of the following items:31 32 1. Political affiliations or beliefs of the student or the student’s parent/guardian;33 2. Mental or psychological problems of the student or the student’s family;34 3. Behavior or attitudes about sex;35 4. Illegal, antisocial, self incriminating, or demeaning behavior;36 5. Critical appraisals of other individuals with whom students have close family37 relationships;38 6. Legally recognized privileged or analogous relationships, such as those with lawyers,39 physicians, and ministers;40 7. Religious practices, affiliations, or beliefs of the student or the student’s parent/guardian;41 8. Income (other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a42 program or for receiving financial assistance under such program).43 44 The student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) may:45 46 1. Inspect the survey within a reasonable time of the request; and/or47
Refuse to allow their child to participate in any survey
personal information. The
shall not penalize any student whose parent(s)/guardian(s) exercise this option.
student’s parent(s)/guardian(s)
within a reasonable time of the request, inspect any
material used as part of their child’s educational curriculum.
term “instructional material,” for purposes of this policy, means instructional content that is
provided to a student, regardless of its format, printed or representational materials, audio visual
materials, and materials in electronic or digital formats (such as materials accessible through the
The term does not include academic tests or academic assessments.
Collection of Personal Information From Students for Marketing Prohibited
term “personal information,” for purposes of this section only, means individually
information including: (1) a student’s or parent’s first and last name, (2) a home or
other physical address (including street name and the name of the city or town), (3) telephone
number, or (4) a Social Security identification number.
District will not collect, disclose, or use student personal information for the purpose of
marketing or selling that information or otherwise providing that information to others for that
purpose.
District, however, is not prohibited from collecting, disclosing, or using personal
collected from students for the exclusive purpose of developing, evaluating, or
educational products or services for, or to, students or educational institutions such as
following:
other
magazines,
instructional
access
low cost literary products;
by elementary schools and secondary
and assessments to provide cognitive, evaluative, diagnostic, clinical, aptitude, or
information
students (or to generate other statistically useful data for
purpose of securing such tests and assessments) and the subsequent analysis and
release of the aggregate data from such tests and assessments;
sale by students of
raise funds for school related or education
©MTSBA 2021 21321 Page 2 of 32 3 2.
requesting
4 school
5 6 Instructional Material7 8 A
may,
9 instructional
10 11 The
12
13
14 Internet).
15 16
17 18 The
19 identifiable
20
21
22 23 The
24
25
26 27 The
28 information
29 providing
30 the
31 32 1. College or
post secondary education recruitment or military recruitment;33 2. Book clubs,
and programs providing
to
34 3. Curriculum and
materials used
35 schools;36 4. Tests
37 achievement
about
38 the
39 public
40 5. The
products or services to
41 related activities;42 6. Student recognition programs.43 44 45 46
Superintendent or designee shall notify students’ parents/guardians of:
policy as well as its availability from the administration office upon request;
How to opt their child out of participation in activities as provided in this policy;
approximate dates during the school year when a survey requesting personal
as described above, is scheduled or expected to be scheduled;
to request access to any survey or other material described in this policy.
notification shall be given parents/guardians at least annually at the beginning of the school
and within a reasonable period after any substantive change in this policy.
rights provided to parents/guardians in this policy transfer to the student, when the student
eighteen (18) years of age or is an emancipated minor.
Cross Reference:
Reference:
Instructional Materials
Student Rights and Responsibilities
Student Health/Physical Screenings/Examinations
U.S.C. 1232h Protection of Pupil Rights
©MTSBA 2021 21321 Page 3 of 32 3 Notification of Rights and Procedures4 5 The
6 7 1. This
8 2.
9 3. The
10 information,
11 4. How
12 13 This
14 year
15 16 The
17 turns
18 19 20 21 22
2311
23 3200
24 3410
25 26 Legal
20
27 28 29
on:
on:
program.
emotional needs of students.
move into the world
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed
4 2140 INSTRUCTION Revised
02/20/20185 6 Guidance and Counseling7 8 The District recognizes that guidance and counseling are an important part of the total program of9 instruction and should be provided in accordance with state laws and regulations, District policies and10 procedures, and available staff and program support.11 12 The general goal of this program is to help students achieve the greatest personal value from their13 educational opportunities. Such a program should:14 15 1. Provide staff with meaningful information which can be utilized to improve educational services16 offered to individual students.17 18 2. Provide students with planned opportunities to develop future career and educational plans.19 20 3. Refer students with special needs to appropriate specialists and agencies.21 22 4. Aid students in identifying options and making choices about their educational
23 24 5. Assist teachers and administrators in meeting academic, social, and
25 26 6. Provide for a follow up of students who further their education and/or
of27 work.28 29 7. Solicit feedback from students, staff, and parents, for purposes of program improvement.30 31 8. Assist students in developing a sense of belonging and self respect.32 33 9. Have information available about nicotine addiction services and referrals to tobacco cessation34 programs to students and staff.35 36 All staff will encourage students to explore and develop their individual interests in career and vocational37 technical programs and employment opportunities, without regard to gender, race, marital status, national38 origin, or handicapping conditions, including reasonable efforts in encouraging students to consider and39 explore “nontraditional” occupations.40 41 Legal Reference § 49 3 203, MCA Educational, counseling, and training programs42 10.55.710, ARM Assignment of School Counseling Staff43 10.55.802, ARM Opportunity and Educational Equity44 45
Adopted on:
Reviewed on:
on: 12/10/19
District will provide
employee of the
work
District will provide, at a minimum,
five (5) years.
in the school district
and prevention
person attendance
be
youth suicide awareness and prevention to
with any students enrolled in the school district.
the Office of Public Instruction (OPI).
(2) hours of youth suicide awareness and
new employees who work directly with any student
two (2) hours of training the first year of
individual program of study of
review modules
other method chosen by the
authorizes the Administration and
school board
is consistent with professional
District staff to develop procedures to
in all aspects
interagency
identify and access
act
from
construed to
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
02/20/20183
4 2150 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 7 Suicide Awareness and Prevention8 9 Professional Development10 The
professional development on
11 each
district who
directly
12 The training materials will be approved by
13 14 The
two
15 prevention training every
All
16 enrolled
will
provided
17 employment.18 19 Youth suicide
training may include:20 21 A. In
at a live training;22 B. Videoconference;23 C. An
designated materials;24 D. Self
available online; and25 E. Any
local
that
26 development standards.27 28 Prevention and Response29 The Board
appropriate
30 address matters related to suicide prevention and response that:31 32 A. Promote collaboration with families and with community providers
of33 suicide prevention and response;34 B. Include high quality intervention services for students;35 C. Promote
cooperation that enables school personnel to
36 appropriate community resources for use in times of crisis;37 D. Include reintegration of youth into a school following a crisis, hospitalization, or38 residential treatment;39 E. Provide for leadership, planning, and support for students and school personnel to ensure40 appropriate responses to attempted or completed suicides.41 42 No cause of action may be brought for any loss or damage caused by any
or admission43 resulting from the implementation of the provisions of this policy or resulting
any training,44 or lack of training, related to this policy. Nothing in this policy shall be
impose a45 specific duty of care.46 47
policy will be reviewed by the Board of Trustees on a regular basis.
Legal Reference: § 20 7 1310, MCA Youth suicide awareness and prevention training
10.55.720
Prevention and Response
©MTSBA 2021 This
1 21502 Page 2 of 23 4
5 ARM
Suicide
6 7 8
ALBERTON SCHOOL ATHLETICS INFORMED CONSENT AND
INSURANCE VERIFICATION FORM
Extracurricular activities may include physical contact and physical exertion. There is an inherent risk of
injury in the activity. By signing this agreement, I acknowledge that the School District staff try to
prevent accidents. I agree to accept responsibility for my student’s participation in the school
activities. The activity is strictly voluntary.
I, the undersigned, hereby acknowledge and understand that, regardless of all feasible safety measures
that may be taken by the School District, participation in this event entails certain inherent risks. I certify
that my student is physically fit and medically able to participate or have noted an applicable physical or
medical diagnosis at the bottom of this form. I further certify that my student will honor all instructions
of district staff and failure to honor instructions may result on dismissal from the activity. I have been
informed of these risks, understand them, and feel that the benefits of participation outweigh the risks
involved. My signature below gives my child permission to participate in a Alberton School Activity.
I authorize qualified emergency medical professionals to examine and in the event of injury or serious
illness, administer emergency care to my student. I understand every effort will be made to contact the20 family or contact person noted below to explain the nature of the problem prior to any involved21 treatment. In the event it becomes necessary for the district staff in charge to obtain emergency care for
my student, I understand that neither the district employee in charge of the activity nor the school district
assumes financial liability for expenses incurred because of an accident, injury, illness and/or unforeseen
circumstances.
School District DOES NOT provide medical insurance benefits for students who choose to
participate in activities
Parents or guardians may request information from the school district
regarding medical insurance for students. If parents or guardians have their own insurance coverage
during the student’s participation, that coverage information is provided below. Or parents may notify the
School District that
©MTSBA 2021 2151F1 2
3
4 5
6
7
8
9 10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17 18
19
22
23
24
25 26 The
27
programs.
28
29
30
they do not have medical insurance.31 32 ____ I have personal medical insurance to cover the student’s participation:33 34 INSURANCE (Company Name) ____________________________________________35 36 Policy # _________________________________________________37 38 39 ____ I do not have personal medical insurance to cover the student’s participation and understand that the40 School District does not provide medical insurance to cover the students. I understand I will be41 responsible for any medical costs associated with the student’s participation.42 43 Signature Required Regardless of Insurance Coverage:44 45 Student Athlete _____46 (Please Print)47 48 Parent/Guardian _____________________________________________49 (Signature)50 Date:51 52
on:
on:
on:
Engagement
Board of Trustees
effort
important
Involvement Goals
in the education process
Board recognizes that a student's
families and other members of the
school. The Board believes that the district
and that strong, comprehensive
involvement in education
the Office of Public Instruction (OPI), the district,
eliminating
the
impede
will develop
shall include the following six
©MTSBA 2021 1 Alberton Joint School District #22 3 Adopted
02/20/20184 Reviewed
5 2158 R INSTRUCTION Revised
6 7 Page 1 of 28 9 Family
Policy10 11 The Alberton
believes that engaging parents/families
12 is essential to improved academic success for students. The
13 education is a responsibility shared by the district, parents,
14 community during the entire time a student attends
15 must create an environment that is conducive to learning
16 parent/family involvement is an
component. Parent/Family
17 requires a cooperative
with roles for
18 parents/families and the community.19 20 Parent/Family
and Plan21 22 The Board of Trustees recognizes the importance of
barriers that
23 parent/family involvement, thereby facilitating an environment that encourages collaboration24 with parents, families and other members of the community. Therefore,
district
25 and implement a plan to facilitate parent/family involvement that
26 (6) goals:27 28 1. Promote families to actively participate in the life of the school and feel welcomed,29 valued, and connected to each other, to school staff, and to what students are learning and30 doing in class;31 32 2. Promote families and school staff to engage in regular, two way meaningful33 communication about student learning;34 35 3. Promote families and school staff to continuously collaborate to support student learning36 and healthy development both at home and at school and have regular opportunities to37 strengthen their knowledge and skills to do so effectively;38 39 4. Empower parents to be advocates for their own and other children, to ensure that students40 are treated equitably and have access to learning opportunities that will support their41 success;42 43 5. Encourage families and school staff to be partners in decisions that affect children and44 families and together inform, influence, and create policies, practices, and programs; and45 46 47
cooperation
as parent teacher
disseminate information
involvement
parents/families to use together with
of district
progress within these
©MTSBA 2021 1 21582 Page 2 of 23 4 6. Encourage families and school staff to collaborate with members of the community to5 connect students, families, and staff to expand learning opportunities, community6 services, and civic participation.7 8 The district's plan for meeting these goals is to:9 10 1. Provide activities that will educate parents regarding the intellectual and developmental11 needs of their children at all age levels. This will include promoting
between12 the district and other agencies or school/community groups (such
13 groups, Head Start, , etc.) to furnish learning opportunities and
14 regarding parenting skills and child/adolescent development.15 16 2. Implement strategies to involve parents/families in the educational process, including:17 18 19 < Keeping parents/families informed of opportunities for
and20 encouraging participation in various programs.21 22 < Providing access to educational resources for
23 their children.24 25 < Keeping parents/families informed of the objectives
educational26 programs as well as of their child's participation and
27 programs.28 29 3. Enable families to participate in the education of their children through a variety of roles.30 For example, parents/family members should be given opportunities to provide input into31 district policies and volunteer time within the classrooms and school programs.32 33 4. Provide professional development opportunities for teachers and staff to enhance their34 understanding of effective parent/family involvement strategies.35 36 5. Perform regular evaluations of parent/family involvement at each school and at the37 district level.38 39 6. Provide access, upon request, to any instructional material used as part of the educational40 curriculum.41 42 7. If practical, provide information in a language understandable to parents.43 44 45
of
Adopted on:
on:
on: 02/20/2018
applicable) of Title I eligible
viewed as a
word “parent” also includes
the child’s schools.
with, agree upon with, and distribute to
written parent involvement policy.
of migrant students if
in the design, development, operation,
activities to fulfill the
involvement goals shall be
used
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
9/20093 Reviewed
4 2160 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27 8 Title I Parent Involvement9 10 The District endorses the parent involvement goals of Title I and encourages the regular11 participation of parents (including parents of migrant students if
12 children in all aspects of the program. The education of children is
cooperative13 effort among the parents, school, and community. In this policy the
14 guardians and other family members involved in supervising
15 16 Pursuant to federal law the District will develop jointly
17 parents
children participating in the Title I program a
18 19 At the required annual meeting of Title I parents (including parents
20 applicable), parents will have opportunities to participate
21 and evaluation of the program for the next school year. Proposed
22 requirements necessary to address the requirements of parental
23 presented.24 25 In addition to the required annual meeting, at least three (3) additional meetings shall be held at26 various times of the day and/or evening for parents of children (including parents of migrant27 children if applicable) participating in the Title I program. These meetings shall be
to28 provide parents with:29 30 1. Information about programs provided under Title I;31 32 2. A description and explanation of the curriculum in use, the forms of academic assessment33 used to measure student progress, and the proficiency levels students are expected to34 meet;35 36 3. Opportunities to formulate suggestions and to participate, as appropriate, in decisions37 relating to the education of their children; and38 39 4. The opportunity to bring parent comments, if they are dissatisfied with the school’s Title40 I program, to the District level.41 42 Title I funding, if sufficient, may be used to facilitate parent attendance at meetings, through43 payment of transportation and childcare costs.44 45 The parents of children (including parents of migrant children if applicable) identified to46 participate in Title I programs shall receive from the school principal and Title I staff an47
of the reasons supporting each child’s selection for the program, a set of objectives
to be addressed, and a description of the services to be provided. Opportunities will be provided
for the parents to meet with the classroom and Title I teachers to discuss their child’s progress.
will also receive guidance as to how they can assist at home in the education of their
children.
Each school in the District receiving Title I funds shall develop jointly with parents of children
served in the program a “School Parent Compact” outlining the manner in which parents, school
staff, and students share the responsibility for improved student academic achievement in
meeting state standards. The “School Parent Compact” shall:
Describe the school’s responsibility to provide high quality curriculum and instruction in
a supportive and effective learning environment enabling children in the Title I program
to meet the state’s academic achievement standards;
Indicate the ways in which each parent will be responsible for supporting their child’s
learning, such as monitoring attendance, homework completion, and television watching;
volunteering in the classroom; and participating, as appropriate, in decisions related to
their child’s education and positive use of extracurricular time; and
3. Address the importance of parent teacher communication on an ongoing basis with, at a
minimum, parent teacher conferences, frequent reports to parents, and reasonable access
to staff.
Legal Reference: Title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 20 U.S.C.
6301-6514, as implemented by 34 CFR parts 200, 201, 203, 205, and
Improving America’s Schools Act, P.L. 103 382, § 1112 Local Education
107 110, “No Child Left Behind Act of 2001,” Title I Improving
Academic Achievement of the Disadvantaged, § 1118
©MTSBA 2021 21601 Page 2 of 22 3 explanation
4
5
6 Parents
7
8 9
10
11
12
13 14 1.
15
16
17 18 2.
19
20
21
22 23
24
25
26 27 28 29
30 §§
31 21232
33 Agency Plans34 P.L.
35 the
36 37 38 39
on: 10/12/2009
on:
on: 02/20/2018
manner that ensures
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 2160P - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27 8 Equivalency/Comparability9 10 All district schools, regardless of whether they receive Title I funds, shall provide services that,11 taken as a whole, are substantially comparable. Teachers, administrators and other staff shall be12 assigned to schools in a manner that ensures equivalency among the District’s schools.13 Curriculum materials and instructional supplies shall be provided in a
14 equivalency among the District’s schools.15 16 In keeping with the requirements of the Elementary and Secondary School Improvement17 Amendments (ESSIA) and the Education Department General Administrative Regulations18 (EDGAR), the Board assures:19 20 1. A salary schedule which applies to all instructional personnel;21 2. Equivalence among schools in teachers, administrators, and auxiliary personnel;22 3. Equivalence among schools in the provision of curriculum materials and instructional23 supplies, and;24 4. Parental consultation in project planning, implementation and evaluation.25 26 Title I Parent Involvement27 28 In order to achieve the level of Title I parent involvement desired by District policy on this topic,29 these procedures guide the development of each school’s annual plan designed to foster a cooperative30 effort among parents, school, and community.31 32 Guidelines33 34 Parent involvement activities developed at each school will include opportunities for:35 36 • Volunteering;37 • Parent education;38 • Home support for the child’s education;39 • Parent participation in school decision making.40 41 The school system will provide opportunities for professional development and resources for staff42 and parents/community regarding effective parent involvement practices.43 44 45 46 47
Roles and Responsibilities
an active role in the
in
by reinforcing at home the skills and knowledge
activities.
and actively communicate with all parents about skills, knowledge, and attributes
learning in
to parents of
suggestions for reinforcement;
children (including parents of migrant children if
in a format and, to the extent practicable, in a language the parents can
understand.
Send
in service education
regarding the value and use of contributions of parents
to communicate and work with parents as equal partners;
to parents of
(including parents of migrant children if
applicable) in a format and, to the extent practicable, in a language the parents can
understand.
©MTSBA 2021 2160P1 page 2 of 22
3 4 Parents5 6 It is the responsibility of the parent to:7 • Actively communicate with school staff;8 • Be aware of rules and regulations of school;9 • Take
child’s education
10 the student has learned
school;11 • Utilize opportunities for participation in school
12 13 Staff14 15 It is the responsibility of staff to:16 • Develop and implement a school plan for parent involvement;17 • Promote and encourage parent involvement activities;18 • Effectively
19 students are
school and
20 • Send information
Title I
21 applicable)
22
23 24 Community25 26 Community members who volunteer in the schools have the responsibility to:27 • Be aware of rules and regulations of the school;28 • Utilize opportunities for participation in school activities.29 30 Administration31 32 It is the responsibility of the administration to:33 • Facilitate and implement the Title I Parent Involvement Policy and Plan;34 • Provide training and space for parent involvement activities;35 • Provide resources to support successful parent involvement practices;36 • Provide
to staff
37 and how
38 •
information
Title I children
39
40
41 42 43
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
on: 02/20/2018
District will provide a free appropriate public education and necessary related services to all
with disabilities residing within the District, as required under the Individuals with
Education Act (IDEA), provisions of Montana law, and the Americans with
Act.
students eligible for services under IDEA, the District will follow procedures for
evaluation, placement, and delivery of service to children with disabilities, as
in the current Montana State Plan under Part B of IDEA
District may maintain membership in one or more cooperative associations which may assist
in fulfilling the District’s obligations to its disabled students.
Reference: Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq.
Part
with Disabilities Education Act, 20 U.S.C. § 1400, et seq.
MCA Special Education for Exceptional
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2161 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Special Education12 13 The
14 children
15 Disabilities
16 Disabilities
17 18 For
19 identification,
20 provided
21 22 The
23
24 25 26 27 Legal
28 Individuals
29 § 20 7
Four,
Children30 31 32 33
Alberton
School District
Adopted on: 9/2009
Reviewed on:
on: 02/20/2018
The District shall be responsible for the coordination and management of locating, identifying,
and evaluating all disabled children ages zero ( 0 ) through twenty one (21). Appropriate staff
will design the District’s Child Find plan in compliance with all state and federal requirements
and with assistance from special education personnel who are delegated responsibility for
implementing the plan.
The District’s plan will contain procedures for identifying suspected disabled students in private
schools as identified in 34 C.F.R. 530.130 and 530.131(f), students who are home schooled,
homeless children, as well as public facilities located within the geographic boundaries of the
District. These procedures shall include screening and development criteria for further21 assessment. The plan must include locating, identifying, and evaluating highly mobile children
with disabilities and children who are suspected of being a child with a disability and in need of
special education, even though the child is and has been advancing from grade to grade. The
District’s Child Find Plan must set forth the following:
Procedures used to annually inform the public of all child find activities, for children zero
through twenty one;
Identity of the special education coordinator;
Procedures used for collecting, maintaining, and reporting data on child identification;
Procedures for Child Find Activities (including audiological, health, speech/language,
visual screening and review of data or records for students who have been or are
being considered for retention, delayed admittance, long term suspension or expulsion or
of learner outcomes) in each of the following age groups:
Infants and Toddlers
Age
referral of infants and toddlers to the appropriate early intervention
or procedures for conducting child find.
B. Preschool (Ages
planning conferences; frequency and location of screenings;
with other agencies;
In School (Ages
procedures for referral and
procedures for responding to individual referrals.
from other sources;
Post School (Ages
from
teams, parent referrals, and
procedures for referral and evaluation.
school with a regular diploma and
coordination efforts with other
©MTSBA 2021
Joint
#21 2
3
4 2161P - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 7 Special Education8 9 Child Find10 11
12
13
14
15
16 17
18
19
20
22
23
24
25 1.
26
27 2.
28 3.
29 4.
30 and
31
32 waiver
33 A.
(Birth through
2)34 Procedures for
35 agency,
36
3 through 5)37 Part C Transition
38 coordination
follow up
39 evaluation; and
40 C.
6 through 18)41 Referral procedures, including teacher assistance
42 referrals
and follow up
43 D.
19 through 21)44 Individuals who have not graduated
high
45 who were not previously identified. Describe
46 agencies.47
Private Schools (This includes home schools.)
Homeless Children
Dyslexia
possible.
child
the
A.R.M.
ensure that all resident children
resulting from dyslexia,
education and related services as early as
year that the child is admitted to a school of the
child who has not been previously screened by the district and who
fails to meet grade
of,
benchmarks in any grade;
by an individual with an
identify, signs of dyslexia designed to assess
and phonemic awareness skills.
a screening suggests that a child
have dyslexia or a medical professional
the child's school district shall take steps to
of the child and implement best practice interventions
address those needs. This process may lead to consideration of the child's
as a child with a disability under this policy.
©MTSBA 2021 1 E.
2 Child find procedures addressing the provisions of
10.16.3125(1); follow3 up procedures for referral and evaluation.4 F.
5 G.
6 The School District shall establish procedures to
7 with disabilities, including specific learning disabilities
8 are identified and evaluated for special
9
The screening instrument must be administered to:10 (A) a
in
first
11 district up to grade 2; and12 (B) a
13
level reading
14 15 The screening instrument shall be administered
16 understanding
and training to
17 developmentally appropriate phonological
18 19 If
may
20 diagnosis a child with dyslexia,
21 identify the specific needs
22 to
23 qualification
24 25 Procedures for Evaluation and Determination of Eligibility26 27 Procedures for evaluation and determination of eligibility for special education and related28 services are conducted in accordance with the procedures and requirements of 34 C.F.R.29 300.301 300.311 and the following state administrative rules:30 31 10.16.3320 Referral;32 10.60.103 Identification of Children with Disabilities;33 10.16.3321 Comprehensive Educational Evaluation Process;34 35 Procedural Safeguards and Parental Notification36 37 The District implements the procedural safeguard procedures as identified in 34 C.F.R. 300.50038 300.530.39 40 A copy of the procedural safeguards available to the parents of a child with a disability must be41 given to the parents only one (1) time a school year, except that a copy also must be given to the42 parents:43 44 • Upon initial referral or parent request for evaluation;45
Upon receipt of the first state complaint under 34 CFR 300.151 through 300.153 and
upon receipt of the first due process complaint under 34 CFR 300.507 in a school year;
In accordance with the discipline procedures in 34 CFR 300.530(h) (…on the date on
which the decision is made to make a removal that constitutes a change of placement of a
child with a disability because of a violation of a code of student conduct, the LEA
must…provide the parents the procedural safeguards notice); and
request by a parent.
public agency also may place a current copy of the procedural safeguard notice on its internet
website, if a website exists. [34 CFR 300.504(a) and (b)] [20 U.S.C. 1415(d)(1)]
The referral for special education consideration may be initiated from any source, including
school personnel. To initiate the process, an official referral form must be completed and signed
by the person making the referral. The District shall accommodate a parent who cannot speak
English and therefore cannot complete the District referral form. Recognizing that the referral
form is a legal document, District personnel with knowledge of the referral shall bring the
referral promptly to the attention of the Evaluation Team.
The District shall give written notice to the parent of its recommendation to evaluate or not to
evaluate the student. The parent will be fully informed concerning the reasons for which the
consent to evaluate is sought. Written parental consent will be obtained before conducting the
initial evaluation or before reevaluating the student.
recommendation to conduct an initial evaluation or reevaluation shall be presented to the
parents in their native language or another mode of communication appropriate to the parent. An
explanation of all the procedural safeguards shall be made available to the parents when their
consent for evaluation is sought. These safeguards will include a statement of the parents’ rights
relative to granting the consent.
and Determination of
©MTSBA 2021 •
1
2 •
3
4
5
6 • Upon
7 8 A
9
10 11
12
13
14
15
16
17 18
19
20
21
22 23 The
24
25
26
27
28 29 Evaluation of Eligibility30 31 Evaluation of eligibility for special education services will be consistent with the requirements of32 34 C.F.R. 300.301 through 300.311 regarding Procedures for Evaluation
33 Eligibility; and shall also comply with A.R.M. 10.16.3321.34 35 Individualized Education Programs36 37 The District develops, implements, reviews, and revises individualized education programs (IEP)38 in accordance with the requirements and procedures of 34 C.F.R. 300.320 300.32839 40 Least Restrictive Environment41 42 To the maximum extent appropriate, children with disabilities, including children in public or43 private institutions or other care facilities, are educated with children who are nondisabled, and44 special classes, separate schooling, or other removal of children with disabilities from the regular45
occurs only if the nature or severity of the disability is such that education in regular
classes, with the use of supplementary aids and services, cannot be achieved satisfactorily.
placement decisions are made in accordance with A.R.M. 10.16.3340 and the
requirements of 34 C.F.R. 300.114 300.120, and a continuum of alternate placements is
available as required in 34 C.F.R. 300.551.
Children in Private Schools/Out of District Placement
Children with a disability placed in or referred to a private school or facility by the District, or
other appropriate agency, shall receive special education and related services in accordance with
the requirements and procedures of 34 C.F.R. 300.145 through 300.147 and A.R.M. 10.16.3122.
set forth under 34 C.F.R. 300.137, children with a disability placed in or referred to a private
school or facility by parents do not have an individual right to special education and related
at the District’s expense. When services are provided to children with disabilities
placed by parents in private schools, the services will be in accordance with the requirements and
procedures of 34. C.F.R. 300.130 through 300.144, and 300.148.
Impartial Due Process Hearing
District shall conduct the impartial hearing in compliance with the Montana Administrative
Rules on matters pertaining to special education controversies.
Identifiable
follows the provisions under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and
the procedures in 34 C.F.R.
300.627, § 20 1 213, MCA, and A.R.M.
of disabled students and students
(18) years or older, or their representative,
review any educational records which are designated as student records collected,
and used by the District. Review shall normally occur within five (5) school days
in no case longer than forty five (45) days.
shall have the right to an explanation or
of information contained in the record. Non custodial parents shall have the same
right of access as custodial parents, unless there is a legally binding document specifically
that right.
be available in the District office.
be
in the special education room, where they are available
authorized District personnel, parents, and adult students. Special education
©MTSBA 2021 class
1
2 Educational
3
4
5 6
7 8
9
10
11 12 As
13
14 services
15
16
17 18
19 20 The
21
22 23 Special Education Records and Confidentiality of Personally
Information24 25 A. Confidentiality of Information26 27 The District
28 implements
300.610
29 10.16.3560.30 31 B. Access Rights32 33 Parents
eighteen
34 may
35 maintained,
36 and
Parents
37 interpretation
38
39 removing
40 41 C. List of Types and Locations of Information.42 43 A list of the records maintained on disabled students shall
44 Disabled student records shall
located
45 for review by
46
will maintain an IEP file in their classrooms. These records will be maintained under
the direct supervision of the teacher and will be located in a locked file cabinet. A record of
access sheet in each special education file will specify the District personnel who have a
legitimate interest in viewing these records.
D. Safeguards
District will identify in writing the employees who have access to personally identifiable
information, and provide training on an
Destruction of Information
basis to those staff members.
District will inform parents five (5) years after the termination of special education services
that personally identifiable information is no longer needed for program purposes. Medicad
records must be retained for a period of at least six years and three months from
the date on which the service was rendered or until any dispute or litigation concerning the
services is resolved, whichever is later. The parent will be advised that such information may be
important to establish eligibility for certain adult benefits. At the parent’s request, the record
information shall either be destroyed or made available to the parent or to the student if eighteen
(18) years or older. Reasonable effort shall be made to provide the parent with notification sixty
(60) days prior to taking any action on destruction of records. Unless consent has been received
from the parent to destroy the record, confidential information will be retained for five (5) years
beyond legal school age.
Children’s Rights
rights shall be transferred from the parent to an adult student at the time the student
eighteen (18) years of age,
some form of legal guardianship has been designated
to the severity of the disabling condition.
with disabilities
be suspended from school
same as students without disabilities
same infractions or violations for up to ten (10) consecutive school days. Students with
school
be suspended for additional periods of not longer than ten (10) consecutive
for separate, unrelated incidents, so long as such removals do not constitute a change
in the student’s educational placement.
for any additional days of removal over and
above ten (10) school days in the same school year, the District will provide educational services
disabled student, which will be determined in consultation with at least one (1) of the child’s
the location
which
be provided. The District will
with
requirements of CFR 300.530 300.537.
©MTSBA 2021 teachers
1
2
3
4 5
6 7 The
8
annual
9 10 11 E.
12 13 The
14
15 reimbursement
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24 25 F.
26 27 Privacy
28 attains
unless
29 due
30 31 Discipline32 33 Students
may
the
34 for the
35 disabilities may
36
days
37
However,
38
39 to a
40 teachers, determining
in
services will
41 implement the disciplinary procedures in accord
the
42 43 44 45 Legal Reference: 34 CFR 300.1, et seq. Individuals with Disabilities Act (IDEA)46
§ 20 1 213, MCA Transfer of school records1 10.16.3122 ARM Local Educational Agency2 Responsibility for Students with Disabilities
10.16.3220 ARM Program Narrative
10.16.3321 ARM Comprehensive Educational Evaluation Process
10.16.3340 ARM Individualized Education Program and Placement Decisions
10.16.3560 ARM Special Education Records7 10.60.103 ARM Identification of Children with Disabilities8 37.85.414 ARM Maintenance of Records and Auditing (Medicaid)9 Chapter 227 (2019) Montana Dyslexia Screening and Intervention Act10
©MTSBA 2021
3
4
5
6
Adopted on: 9/2009
on: 02/20/2018
on:
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (“Section 504”)
is the intent of the District to ensure that students who are disabled within the definition of
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 are identified, evaluated, and provided with
educational services. For those students who need or are believed to need special
instruction and/or related services
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the
shall establish and implement a system of procedural safeguards. The safeguards shall
cover students’ identification, evaluation, and educational placement. This system shall include:
notice, an opportunity for the student’s parent or legal guardian to examine relevant records, an
impartial hearing with opportunity for participation by the student’s parent or legal guardian, and
a review procedure.
Legal Reference: Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Section 504, 29 U.S.C. § 794
Amendments Act of 2008
C.F.R. §104.1 et seq.
C.F.R. §104.35 Evaluation and Placement
C.F.R. §104.36 Procedural safeguards
©MTSBA 2021 1 Alberton Joint School District #22 3
4 Reviewed
5 2162 R INSTRUCTION Revised
6 7 8
9 10 It
11
12 appropriate
13
under
14 District
15
16
17
18
19 20 21 22
23 ADA
24 34
Purpose25 34
26 34
27 28
on:
on: 02/20/2018
504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (“Section 504”)
Impartial Due Process Hearing.
the parent or legal guardian of a student who qualifies
under Section 504 for special instruction or related services disagrees with a decision of
the District
respect to: (1) the identification of the child as qualifying for Section
504; (2) the District’s evaluation of the child; and/or (3) the educational placement of the
child, the parents of the student are entitled to certain procedural safeguards. The student
shall remain in his/her current placement until the matter has been resolved through the
process
forth herein.
The District shall provide written notice to the parent or legal guardian of a
Section 504 student, prior to initiating an evaluation of the child and/or
the appropriate educational placement of the child, including special
instruction and/or related services;
B. Upon request, the parent or legal guardian of the student shall be allowed to
examine all relevant records relating to the child’s education and the District’s
identification, evaluation, and/or placement decision;
C. The parent or legal guardian of the student may make a request in writing for an
impartial due process hearing. The written request for an impartial due process
shall identify with specificity the areas in which the parent or legal
guardian is in disagreement with the District;
D. Upon receipt of a written request for an impartial due process hearing, a copy of
written request
be forwarded to all interested parties within three (3)
E. Within ten (10) days of receipt of a written request for an impartial due process
District shall select and appoint an impartial hearing officer who has
no professional or personal interest in the matter. In that regard, the District may
select a hearing officer from the list of special education hearing examiners
at the Office of Public Instruction, the county superintendent, or any
other person who would conduct the hearing in an impartial and fair manner;
F.
the District has selected an impartial hearing officer, the District shall
the parent or legal guardian and all other interested parties with notice of
person
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed
4 2162P - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 page 1 of 27 Section
8 9 (1)
If
10
11
with
12
13
14
15
set
16 17 A.
18
19 determining
20
21 22
23
24
25 26
27
28 hearing
29
30 31
32 the
shall
33 business days;34 35
36 hearing, the
37
38
39 available
40
41 42
Once
43 provide
44 the
selected;45 46 47
G. Within five (5) days of the District’s selection of a hearing officer, a prehearing
conference shall be scheduled to set a date and time for a hearing, identify the
issues to be heard, and stipulate to undisputed facts to narrow the contested
factual issues;
The hearing officer shall, in writing, notify all parties of the date, time, and
location of the due process hearing;
Anytime prior to the hearing, the parties may mutually agree to submit the matter
mediation. A mediator may be selected from the Office of Public Instruction’s
list of trained mediators;
J. At the hearing, the District and the parent or legal guardian may be represented by
counsel;
The hearing shall be conducted in an informal but orderly manner. Either party
may request that the hearing be recorded. Should either party request that the
hearing be recorded, it shall be recorded using either appropriate equipment or a
court reporter. The District shall be allowed to present its case first. Thereafter
the parent or legal guardian shall be allowed to present its case. Witnesses may
be called to testify, and documentary evidence may be admitted; however,
witnesses will not be subject to cross examination, and the Montana Rules of
Evidence will not apply. The hearing officer shall make all decisions relating to
the relevancy of all evidence intended to be presented by the parties. Once all
evidence
hearing
received,
hearing officer shall close the hearing. The
parties submit proposed findings of fact,
98714-1099;
©MTSBA 2021 2162P1 page 2 of 22 3
4
5
6
7 8 H.
9
10 11 I.
12 to
13
14 15
16
17 18 K.
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
has been
the
28
officer may request that both
29 conclusions, and decision;30 31 L. Within twenty (20) days of the hearing, the hearing examiner should issue a32 written report of his/her decision to the parties;33 34 M. Appeals may be taken as provided by law. The parent or legal guardian may35 contact the Office of Civil Rights, 912 2nd Avenue, Seattle, WA
36 (206) 220 7900.37 38 (2) Uniform Complaint Procedure. If a parent or legal guardian of the student alleges that39 the District and/or any employee of the District has engaged in discrimination or40 harassment of the student, the parent or legal guardian will be required to proceed41 through the District’s Uniform Complaint Procedure.42 43 Legal Reference: 34 C.F.R. 104.36 Procedural safeguards44 45 46 47
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 2166 INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Gifted Program12 13 To the extent possible with available resources, all gifted and talented students will have the14 opportunity to participate in appropriate educational programs. “Gifted and talented students”15 are students of outstanding abilities, who are capable of high performance and who require16 differentiated educational programs beyond those normally offered in public schools, in order to17 fully achieve their potential contribution to self and society18 19 The District shall:20 21 5. Provide educational services to gifted and talented students that are commensurate to their22 needs, and foster a positive self image.23 24 6. Comply with all federal and state laws and regulations regarding addressing gifted education.25 26 27 7. Provide structured support and assistance to teachers in identifying and meeting the diverse28 student needs of gifted and talented students, and shall provide a framework for considering a29 full range of alternatives for addressing student needs.30 31 32 The Superintendent will establish procedures consistent with state guidelines for nominating,33 assessing, and selecting children of demonstrated achievement, or potential ability in terms of34 general intellectual ability and academic aptitude.35 36 37 38 Legal References: §§ 20 7 901 904, MCA Gifted and Talented Children39 10.55.804, ARM Gifted and Talented40 41 42 43 44
© MTSBA 2022 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 8/9/223 Reviewed on:4 2167 INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 Correspondence Courses8 9 The District will permit a student to enroll in an approved correspondence course from a school10 approved by the National University Extension Association or the Distance Education11 Accrediting Commission, in order that such student may include a greater variety of learning12 experiences within the student’s educational program.13 14 Credit for correspondence courses may be granted, provided the following requirements are met:15 16 1. Prior permission has been granted by the principal;17 18 2. The program fits the education plan submitted by the regularly enrolled student;19 20 3. Credit is granted for the following approved schools:21 22 a. Schools approved by the National University Extension Association or through23 one of the schools approved by the Distance Education Accrediting Commission;24 25 b. Community colleges, vocational-technical institutes, four-(4)-year colleges and26 universities and state approved private schools in the state of Montana; and27 28 c. Other schools or institutions which are approved by the District after evaluation29 for a particular course offering.30 31 The District shall not be obligated to pay for a student’s correspondence courses unless otherwise32 specified in Policy 2170. Any courses the District does not pay for will not be included in the33 ANB calculation in accordance with Policy 3121.34 35 36 Cross Reference: 2410 and 2410P High School Graduation Requirements37 3121 Enrollment and Attendance38 39 Legal Reference: § 20 7 116, MCA Supervised correspondence study40 ARM 10.55.906 High School Credit41 § 20 9 311, MCA Calculation of average number belonging (ANB)42 three year averaging.43 44
Alberton
School
Adopted on:
on:
on: 02/20/2018, 8/9/22
distance, online,
the learner
District
are taking a
District
provide a report
the
instruction in which students and
content,
(e.g., correspondence courses,
and/or courses shall
and be aligned with state content
Superintendent of Public Instruction,
of students under the accreditation standards,
grading period via distance, online, and/
and/or facilitators
described in
described in
© MTSBA 2022
Joint
District #21
2 Reviewed
3 2168 R INSTRUCTION Revised
4 5 page 1 of 26 Distance, Online, and Technology Delivered Learning7 8 For purposes of this policy, “distance learning” is defined as:
9 teachers are separated by time and/or location with synchronous or asynchronous
10 instruction, and communication between student and teacher
11 online learning, videoconferencing, streaming video).12 13 The District may receive and/or provide distance, online, and technology delivered learning14 programs, provided the following requirements are met:15 16 1. The
and technology delivered learning programs
17 meet
expectations adopted by
District
18 and performance standards;19 20 2. The
shall
to the
21 documenting how it is meeting the needs
22 who
majority of courses during each
23 or technology delivered programs;24 25 3. The
will provide qualified instructors
as
ARM26 10.55.907(3)(a)(b)(c);27 28 4. The District will ensure that the distance, online, and technology delivered learning29 facilitators receive in service training on technology delivered instruction as
30 ARM 10.55.907(3)(d); and31 32 5. The District will comply with all other standards as described in ARM 10.55.907(4)(5)(a33 e).34 35 The District will permit a student to enroll in an approved distance learning course, in order that such36 student may include a greater variety of learning experiences within the student’s edu cational program.37 38 Credit for distance learning courses may be granted, provided the following requirements are met:39 40 1. Prior permission has been granted by the principal;41 42 2. The program fits the education plan submitted by the regularly enrolled student;43 44 3. The course does not replace a required course offered by the District;45 46 47
The course
needed
granted
cannot fit into the student’s schedule;
schools and institutions approved by the District after evaluation for
course offering.
District will not be obligated to pay for a student’s distance learning courses unless
specified in Policy 2170. Any courses the District does not pay for will not be included
in the ANB calculation in accordance with Policy 3121
minimum aggregate hours are not required for any pupil demonstrating proficiency pursuant
to 20 9 311(4)(d), MCA.
Cross Reference: 2170
Digital Academy
2410 and 2410P High School Graduation Requirements
School Calendar and Year
3121 Enrollment and Attendance
Legal Reference: § 20 9 311(4)(d), MCA
Calculation of Average Number Belonging
10.55.705 Administrative Personnel; Assignment of School
Administrators/Principals
10.55.906 High School Credit
10.55.907 Distance, Online, and Technology Delivered
© MTSBA 2022 21681 page 2 of 22 3 4.
is
as credit retrieval and
and4 5 5. Credit is
for
6 a particular
7 8 The
9 otherwise
10
11 12 The
13
14 15 16
Montana
17
18 2100
19
20 21
22 ARM
23
24 ARM
25 ARM
26 Learning27 28 29
Alberton Joint School District
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
on:
on: 8/10/21, 8/9/22
Academy Classes
The District recognizes that the District and students
have a need for greater flexibility in the
program due to funding, teacher availability, individual learning styles, health conditions,
responsibilities, lack of success in traditional school environments or a desire for students to
their learning and work at the college level before leaving high school. The District
that online learning solutions offered by the Montana Digital Academy (MTDA) may
fulfill these needs.
MTDA is authorized by Montana law to charge fees for students to access offered courses The District
shall pay fees for students enrolled in an MTDA class that is required for graduation as specified in
District policy or the student handbook or as determined by the Superintendent or designee The District
may charge students a reasonable fee for an MTDA course or activity not required for graduation The
Board of Trustees authorizes the Superintendent to waive the fee in cases of financial hardship. Any
the District does not pay for will not be included in the ANB calculation in accordance with
Policy 3121
Superintendent, and/or designees, shall be responsible for developing procedures for the online
learning program that address related topics that may include but are not limited to specification and
determination of graduation requirements and fee collection for classes that are not required Further, the
© MTSBA 2022
#21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2170 INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 Digital
7 8
may
9 educational
10 employment
11 accelerate
12 acknowledges
13
14 15
16
17
18
19
20 courses
21
22 23 The
24
25
26 online learning solutions providers ensure that:27 A. Online course providers are accredited by a nationally recognized accreditation28 program or agency or are approved and endorsed by the Montana Office of29 Public Instruction30 B. Qualified district staff provides information and guidance to students and parents31 regarding the selection of appropriate online courses to meet their needs, as well32 as a suitable number of online courses in which a student may enroll.33 C. The curriculum requirements of the state and school district are met.34 D. All online courses taken by the students will be approved by the administration in35 advance of enrollment.36 E. All teacher led online courses include licensed, highly qualified teachers.37 38 Cross Reference: 2100 School Calendar and Day39 2170P Digital Academy Procedures40 3520 Student Fees and Fines41 3121 Enrollment and Attendance42 43 Legal Reference: §20 7 1201, MCA Montana digital academy purposes governance44 §20 7 1202, MCA Funding rulemaking authority45 §20 9 213, MCA Fees46 § 20 9 311, MCA Calculation of average number belonging (ANB)47 three year averaging.48 49
Alberton Joint School District #2
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
Reviewed on: 2171 R INSTRUCTION Revised on:
Significant Writing Program
The Board of Trustees has determined that incorporating an independent significant writing program in the District is not possible given the financial status of the district, the number of staff employed, and the time available within the class schedule. Writing will be incorporated in all aspects of the curriculum.
Legal References: 10.55.701(2) (p) ARM Board of Trustees 10.55.713 (4) ARM Teacher Load and Class Size
Joint School District
Adopted on: 6/8/21
Reviewed on:
on:
School Emergencies and Closures
The Superintendent may order closure of schools in the event of extreme weather or other
emergency, in compliance with established procedures for notifying parents, students, and staff.
The Board of Trustees is authorized to declare that a state of emergency exists within the
community. A declaration issued by the Board of Trustees is distinct from any declaration in15 effect or previously issued by local, state or federal authorities. An emergency declaration issued
by the Board of Trustees authorizes the School District to take extraordinary measures to protect17 students and staff while delivering education services in a manner authorized by law. The18 method and location of instruction and related educational services shall be implemented in a19 manner that serves the needs of students, their families, and staff and preserves the School
District’s full entitlement of funding.
The trustees may order the emergency closure of schools for one (1) school day each year,23 without the need to reschedule the lost pupil instruction time when the closure is the result of an24 emergency. The 1 school day closure under this subsection is not subject to the reduction in25 BASE aid pursuant to Section 20-9-805, MCA.
In the event of a declared emergency, the School District shall avail itself of all flexibilities28 allowed by law, rule, or regulation and shall be otherwise governed by the school finance laws29 and rules of the state of Montana. The School District shall comply with auditing requirements30 and reserves the authority to assert its rights to manage school district funds or seek state and
federal funds in a manner consistent with the full flexibility available under all applicable laws.
a declaration of emergency is declared by the Board of Trustees, it may later adopt a resolution
that a reasonable effort has been made to reschedule the pupil instruction time lost because of the
unforeseen emergency. If the trustees adopt the resolution, the pupil instruction time lost during
the closure need not be rescheduled to meet the minimum requirement for aggregate hours that a
school district must conduct during the school year in order to be entitled to full BASE aid. At
least 75% of the pupil instruction time lost due to the unforeseen emergency must have been
made up before the trustees can declare that a reasonable effort has been made.
the purposes of this and related policies, "reasonable effort" means the rescheduling or
extension of the school district's instructional calendar to make up at least 75% of the hours of
pupil instruction lost due to an unforeseen emergency through any combination of the following
as outlined in accordance with Policies 2050 and 2100:
extending the school year beyond the last scheduled day;
(b) the use of scheduled vacation days in the district's adopted school calendar
©MTSBA 2021 1 Alberton
#22 3
4
5 2221 R INSTRUCTION Revised
6 7 8
9 10
11
12 13
14
16
20
21 22
26 27
31
32 33 If
34
35
36
37
38
39
40 41 For
42
43
44
45 (a)
46
47
the conduct of pupil
instructional
School Calendar and
Student
Routes and Schedules
Reference:
20 9 801 802, MCAEmergency School Closure
20 9 806, MCA School closure by declaration of emergency
20 9 805. Rate of reduction in annual apportionment
©MTSBA 2021 (c)
instruction on Saturdays;1 (d) extending
hours during the school day2 3 4 Cross Reference: 2100
Day5 2050
Instruction6 8110 Bus
7 8 Legal
Section
9 Section
10 Section
11 entitlement.12 13
will be made to maximize the use of public school facilities and resources, realizing that
a lifelong process
to adults
the whole community. The District may make its
students, within limits of budget, staff, and facilities,
there is no interference with or impairment of the regular school program.
education
other offerings
be developed in cooperation with community
subject to approval and authorization by the Board.
Reference:
20 7 702, MCA Authorization to establish adult education program
20-7-703, MCA Trustees’ policies for adult education
©MTSBA 2021 1 2 Alberton Joint School District #23 4 Adopted on: 9/20095 Reviewed on: 02/20/20186 2250 - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Community and Adult Education14 15 Efforts
16 education is
involving
17 resources available
and other non
18 provided
Community19 and adult
and
may
20 representatives,
21 22 23 24 Legal
§
25 §
26 27 28
principal
such
of library books outside of the
with other libraries.
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 2309 - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Library Materials12 13 School library and classroom library books are primarily for use by District students and staff.14 Library books may be checked out by either students or staff. Individuals who check out books15 are responsible for the care and timely return of those materials. The building
may16 assess fines for damaged or unreturned books.17 18 District residents and parents or guardians of non resident students attending the District may be19 allowed use of library books, at the discretion of the building principal. However,
access20 shall not interfere with regular school use of those books. Use
21 District is prohibited except for inter library loan agreements
22 23 Any individual may challenge the selection of materials for the library/media center. The24 Uniform Complaint Procedure will be utilized to determine if challenged material is properly25 located in the library.26 27 28 29 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure30 2314 Learning Materials Review31 32 Legal Reference: § 20 4 402(5), MCA Duties of district superintendent or county high33 school principal34 § 20 7 203, MCA Trustees’ policies for school library35 § 20 7 204, MCA School library book selection36 37 38
on: 02/20/2018
selecting
Board of Trustees.
the
to presenting
American Association of School
curricular
District students. The Librarian is
in the libraries, subject to the approval of the
for inclusion in the library, the Librarian may
of the students, and the recommendations of
in determining what materials are appropriate for
be checked out by students or staff during the instructional day. Students
staff who check out library materials are responsible for the care and timely return of such
materials. Building principals may assess fines for damaged or unreturned books.
residents
access the District
and/or check out library materials at the
of the building principal. Such access may not interfere with regular school and
student use of such materials.
of teachers, librarians, and administrators as
Grievance Procedure to determine if the
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed
4 2310 - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 Selection of Library Materials8 9 The District maintains libraries primarily for use by
10 responsible for
materials for inclusion
11
Prior
materials
12 consider the existing collection, the
needs
13 the
Librarians
14
libraries.15 16 Library materials may
17 and
18
19 20 District
may
libraries
21 discretion
22
23 24 Any individual may challenge the selection of materials for use in the libraries. The25 Superintendent shall appoint a committee
26 independent investigators pursuant to the Uniform
27 challenged material is properly located in the library.28 29 30 31 Legal reference: § 20 4 402(5), MCA Duties of district superintendent or county high32 school principal33 § 20 7 203, MCA Trustees’ policies for school library34 § 20 7 204, MCA School library book selection35 Library Bill of Rights36 American Library Association37 38 39
Promulgated on:
on:
the time of
unappealing,
of library
of the material
for the school
staff. In selecting
assess curricula needs;
is a
contain works which may have answered a
which, with the passage of time, have become obsolete,
in compliance with § 20 6 604, MCA. When the decision to sell or
made, the Board will adopt a resolution to sell or otherwise
it is or is about to become abandoned, obsolete, undesirable, or
of the
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
02/20/2183 Reviewed
4 2310P - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 Selection of Library Materials8 9 Selection of library materials is a professional task conducted by library
10 library materials, the librarian will evaluate the existing collection;
11 examine materials; and consult reputable, professionally prepared selection aids.12 13 Weeding14 15 When materials no longer meet criteria for selection, they will be weeded. Weeding
16 necessary aspect of selection, since every library will
17 need at
acquisition, but
18 dated,
or worn out.19 20 Discarded materials will be clearly stamped:21 22 DISCARD23 24 Materials will be discarded
25 dispose
materials is
26 dispose
because
27 unsuitable
purposes
District.28 29 Gifts30 31 Gift materials may be accepted with the understanding they must meet criteria set for book32 selection.33 34 35
representative of the
in an accurate
American
state’s
on:
on:
on: 10/8/13, 02/20/2018, 4/10/22
value, and
make intelligent judgments;
religious, ethnic, and cultural groups and their
unbiased
cultural diversity and pluralistic nature of
areas of language arts, mathematics,
not exceeding five (5) years, or
are consistent with the goals of the
must be sequential and must be
© MTSBA 2022 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed
4 2311 R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 Instructional Materials7 8 The Board is legally responsible to approve and to provide the necessary instructional materials9 used in the District. Textbooks and instructional materials should provide quality learning10 experiences for students and:11 12 • Enrich and support the curriculum;13 • Stimulate growth in knowledge, literary appreciation, aesthetic
ethical14 standards;15 • Provide background information to enable students to
16 • Present opposing sides of controversial issues;17 • Be
many
18 contributions to our American heritage;19 • Depict
and
way the
20
society.21 22 Basic instructional course material in the fundamental skill
23 science, and social studies should be reviewed at intervals
24 consistent with the
standards revision schedule that
25 continuous school improvement plan. All instructional materials
26 compatible with previous and future offerings.27 28 Instructional materials may be made available for loan to students when the best interest of the29 District and student will be served by such a decision. Students will not be charged for normal30 wear. They will be charged replacement cost, however, as well as for excessive wear,31 unreasonable damage, or lost materials. The professional staff will maintain records necessary32 for the proper accounting of all instructional materials.33 34 35 36 Cross Reference: 2314 Learning Materials Review37 38 Legal Reference: § 20 4 402, MCA Duties of district superintendent or county39 high school principal40 § 20 7 601, MCA Free textbook provisions41 § 20 7 602, MCA Textbook selection and adoption42 10.55.603(4)(b), ARM Curriculum and Assessment43 44 45
Promulgated on:
on:
on: 10/8/13, 02/20/2018
Textbooks
of the committee
Instructional Materials
generally be responsible to recommend
to ensure that
and objectives.
and major
be made to the Superintendent. The
are selected in conformance with stated
curriculum committee may consist of
those members in a particular department. The same basic selection procedures should be
as with District wide committees.
Selection and Adoption
shall be selected by a curriculum committee representing the various staff who will
likely be using the text. In most, but not all, cases an administrator will chair the committee.
committee should develop, prior to selection, a set of selection criteria against which
will be evaluated. The criteria should include the following, along with other
criteria. Textbooks shall:
congruent with
more than
viewpoint
controversial issues;
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2311P - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 7 Selection, Adoption, and Removal of
and
8 9 Curriculum committees will
textbooks
10 instructional materials purchases. Recommendations will
11 function
is
materials
12 criteria and established District goals
A
13 only
14 followed
15 16
17 18 Textbooks
19
20 Each
21 textbooks
22 appropriate
23 24 • Be
identified instructional objectives;25 • Present
one
on
26 • Present minorities realistically;27 • Present non stereotypic models;28 • Facilitate the sharing of cultural differences;29 • Be priced appropriately.30 31 Removal32 33 Textbooks may be removed when they no longer meet the criteria for initial selection, when they34 are worn out, or when they have been judged inappropriate through the Learning Materials35 Review Process.36 37 38
District recognizes that federal law makes it
authorization of the holder of the
be imposed for
the "fair use" doctrine,
for such purposes
to duplicate
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
on: 02/20/2018, 8/9/22
materials
except for certain exempt purposes. Severe
or use of audio, visual, digital, or printed
use conforms to the “fair use” doctrine.
of p r i n t e d copyrighted materials is
criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, or
the fair use doctrine, each of the following four standards must be met in order to use the
copyrighted document:
Purpose and Character of the Use
scholarship.
Nature of the Copyrighted Work
use must be for such purposes as teaching or
type of work to be copied.
Amount and Substantiality of the Portion Used Copying the whole of a work cannot be
considered fair use; copying a small portion may be if these guidelines are followed.
Effect of the Use Upon the Potential Market for or value of the Copyrighted Work If
resulting economic loss to the copyright holder can be shown, even making a single copy
of certain materials may be an infringement, and making multiple copies presents the
danger
© MTSBA 2022 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2312 R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 Copyright7 8 The
illegal
copyrighted
9 without
copyright,
10 penalties may
unauthorized copying
11 materials and computer software, unless the copying or
12 13 Under
unauthorized reproduction
14 permissible
as
15 research.16 17 Under
18 printed
19 •
The
20
21 •
The
22 •
23
24 •
25
26
27
of greater penalties.28 29 While the District encourages its staff to enrich learning programs by making proper use of30 supplementary materials, it is the responsibility of staff to abide by District copying procedures31 and obey requirements of law. Under no circumstances will it be necessary for staff to violate32 copyright requirements in order to properly perform their duties. The District cannot be33 responsible for any violations of the copyright law by its staff.34 35 The display of dramatic performances, musical works, motion pictures or television programing36 to students may only occur for educational purposes under the following standards:37 38 • During onsite instruction39 • When viewed in a classroom or designated place of instruction40 • With a lawfully made copy or via an authorized account41 • As a regular part of instruction and directly related to the curriculum42 43 Employees should contact the administration with inquiries about accessing lawful copies of44 materials or accounts to access materials available via online platforms to ensure compliance45 with copyright laws.46
staff member who is uncertain as to whether reproducing or using copyrighted material
complies with District procedures or is permissible under the law should consult the
The Superintendent will assist staff in obtaining proper authorization to copy or
protected materials,
such authorization is required.
Legal Reference: 17 USC 101 1332
Copyright Law of 1976
© MTSBA 2022 23121 Page 2 of 22 Any
3
4 Superintendent.
5 use
when
6 7
Federal
8 9 10
Promulgated on: 9/2009
on:
on: 02/20/2018
Materials on the Internet
be used with
they may, and likely are, copyrighted.
attribution (author, title, publisher, place and date of publication) should always be given.
Notice should be taken of any alterations to copyrighted works, and such alterations should only
made for specific instructional objectives.
Care should be taken in circumventing any technological protection measures. While materials
pursuant to fair use may be copied after circumventing technological protections against
copying, technological protection measures to block access to materials may not be
preparing for instruction, a teacher may make or have made a single copy of a chapter from a book; an
article from a newspaper or periodical; a short story, short essay, or short poem; or a chart, graph,
diagram, drawing, cartoon, or picture from a book, periodical, or newspaper. A teacher may make
multiple copies, not exceeding more than one (1) per student, for classroom use if the copying meets the
tests of “brevity, spontaneity and cumulative effect” set by the following guidelines. Each copy must
include a notice of copyright.
A complete poem, if less than 250 words and two pages long, may be copied; excerpts
longer poems
words.
Complete articles, stories or essays of less than 2500 words or excerpts from prose works
less than 1000 words or 10% of the work, whichever is less, may be copied; in any event,
the minimum is 500 words. (Each numerical limit may be expanded to permit the
completion of an unfinished line of a poem or prose paragraph.)
One chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon, or picture per book or periodical issue may
be copied. “Special” works
poetry,
be reproduced in full; this includes children’s books
Spontaneity.
Cumulative Effect.
which
from
“instance
individual
to
when there is
limited to using copied material for only one (1) course in the
than
and
(1) short poem, article, story or two (2)
more than three (3) works can be copied
(1) class term.
are limited to nine
one (1) class term. Limitations do not
of other periodicals.
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2312P - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 page 1 of 57 Copyright Compliance8 9 Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Material in Print10 11 •
should
caution since
12 • Proper
13 •
14 be
15 •
16 copied
17 unauthorized
18 circumvented.19 20 In
21
22
23
24
25
26 27 1. Brevity28 29 a.
30 from
cannot exceed 250
31 b.
32
33
34
35 c.
36
cannot
37 combining
prose, or poetic prose.38 39 2.
Should be at the
and inspiration” of the
teacher
40 not a reasonable length of time to request and receive permission
copy.41 42 3.
Teachers are
43 school in
copies are made. No more
one
44 excerpts
the same author may be copied,
no
45 from a collective work or periodical issue during one
Teachers
46 (9) instances of multiple copying for one (1) course during
47 apply to current news periodicals, newspapers, and current news sections
48 49 50
Performances by teachers or students of copyrighted dramatic works without authorization from the
copyright owner are permitted as part of a teaching activity in a classroom or instructional setting. All
other performances require permission from the copyright owner.
The copyright law prohibits using copies to replace or substitute for anthologies, consumable works,
compilations, or collective works. “Consumable” works include: workbooks, exercises, standardized
tests, test booklets, and answer sheets. Teachers cannot substitute copies for the purchase of books,
publishers’ reprints or periodicals, nor can they repeatedly copy the same item from term to term.
Copying cannot be directed by a “higher authority,” and students cannot be charged more than actual cost
of photocopying. Teachers may use copyrighted materials in overhead or opaque projectors for
instructional purposes.
Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Materials in the Library
A library may make a single copy or three digital copies of:
An unpublished work which is in its collection;
• A published work in order to replace it because it is damaged, deteriorated, lost or stolen,
provided the unused replacement cannot be obtained at a fair price.
• A work that is being considered for acquisition, although use is strictly limited to that decision.
Technological protection measures may be circumvented for purposes of copying materials in
order to make an acquisition decision.
library may provide a single copy of copyrighted material to a student or staff member at no more than
the actual cost of photocopying. The copy must be limited to one (1) article of a periodical issue or a
small part of other material, unless the library finds that the copyrighted work cannot be obtained
elsewhere at a fair price. In the latter circumstance, the entire work may be copied. In any case, the copy
shall contain the notice of copyright, and the student or staff member shall be n otified that the copy is to
be used only for private study, scholarship, or research. Any other use may subject the person to liability
for copyright infringement.
request of a
single
multiple copies
is to be used
in
use
comprise a part of the whole
complete section,
an emergency,
and retain
make
use.
same limits apply as for single or
Use of Copyrighted Material in Print.”
from a printed musical or dramatic
for purposes of preparing for instruction;
of not more than 10% of a printed musical
than performance, provided that the excerpt
which would constitute a performable unit
acement copies of printed music for an
have been lost, destroyed or are
of
material when it is
©MTSBA 2021 2312P1 page 2 of 52 3
4
5
6 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14 15
16 17
18 •
19
20
21
22
23
24 25 A
26
27
28
29
30
31
32 33 At the
teacher, copies may be made for reserve
The
34 multiple copies designated in “Authorized Reproduction and
35 36 Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Music or Dramatic Works37 38 Teachers may:39 • Make a
copy of a song, movement, or short section
40 work that is unavailable except
a larger work
41 • Make
for classroom
of an excerpt
42 work if it
for academic purposes other
43 does not
musical work
44 such as a
movement, or song;45 • In
a teacher may
and use repl
46 imminent musical performance when the purchased copies
47 otherwise not available.48 • Make
a single recording of student performances
copyrighted
49 made for purposes of evaluation or rehearsal;50
• Make and retain a single copy of excerpts from recordings of copyrighted musical works for use
as aural exercises or examination questions; and,
Edit or simplify purchased copies of music or plays provided that the fundamental character of
the work is not distorted. Lyrics shall not be altered or added if none exist.
by teachers or students of copyrighted musical or dramatic works is permitted without the
authorization of the copyright owner as part of a teaching activity in a classroom or instructional setting.
purpose shall be instructional rather than for entertainment.
Performances of nondramatic musical works that are copyrighted are permitted without the authorization
of the copyright owner, provided that:
• The performance is not for a commercial purpose;
None of the performers, promoters or organizers are compensated; and,
Admission fees are used for educational or charitable purposes only.
other musical and dramatic performances require permission from the copyright owner. Parents or
others wishing to record a performance should check with the sponsor to ensure compliance with
copyright.
Recording of Copyrighted Programs
programs, excluding news programs, transmitted by commercial and non commercial
television stations for reception by the general public without charge may be recorded off air
simultaneously with broadcast transmission (including simultaneous cable retransmission) and retained
by a school for a period not to exceed the first forty five (45) consecutive calendar days after date of
recording. Upon conclusion of this retention period, all off air recordings must be erased or destroyed
Certain programming such as that provided on public television may be exempt from this
provision; check with the [principal, teacher or teacher librarian choose all that apply or add others]
the subscription database, e.g. united streaming.
USE OF INFORMATION RESOURCES REGULATION
air recording
be used once by individual teachers in the course of instructional activities, and
once only when reinforcement is necessary, within a building, during the first 10 consecutive
school days, excluding scheduled interruptions, in the 45 calendar day retention period. Off air
be made only at the request of and used by individual teachers, and may not be regularly
in anticipation of requests. No broadcast program may be recorded off air more than once at the
request of the same teacher,
of copies
copy
of the number of times the program may be broadcast. A limited
be reproduced from each off air recording to meet the legitimate needs of teachers.
be subject to all provisions governing the original recording.
first ten consecutive school days,
air recordings may be used up to the end of the 45 calendar
day retention period only for evaluation purposes, i.e., to determine whether or not to include the
program in the teaching curriculum. Permission must be secured from the publisher before the
used for instructional purposes after the 10 day period.
©MTSBA 2021 2312P1 page 3 of 52 3
4
5 •
6
7 8 Performance
9
10 The
11 12
13
14
15 •
16 •
17 18 All
19
20
21 22
23 24 Television
25
26
27
28
29 immediately.
30
31 or
32 33 34
35 36 Off
may
37 repeated
38
39 recordings may
40 recorded
41
regardless
42 number
may
43 Each additional
shall
44 45 After the
off
46
47 broadcast
48 recording can be
49 50
air recordings need not be used in their entirety, but the recorded programs may not be altered from
their original content. Off air recordings may not be physically or electronically combined or merged to
constitute teaching anthologies or compilations. All copies of off air recordings must include the
notice on the broadcast program as recorded.
have a valid need for high quality
of software programs, the school district
at reasonable prices. To assure a fair return to the
support the legal and ethical issues involved in
laws and any usage agreements that are incorporated into the acquisition of software programs.
end, the following guidelines shall be in effect:
All copyright laws and publisher license agreements between the vendor and the school
district
be observed;
Staff members shall take reasonable precautions to prevent copying or the use of
copies on school equipment;
back up copy shall be purchased, for use as a replacement when a program is lost or
damaged. If the vendor is not able to supply a replacement, the school district shall make a
back up copy that will be used for replacement purposes only;
A copy of the software license agreement shall be retained by the, [board secretary,
director or teacher librarian choose all that apply or add others]; and,
A computer program may be adapted by adding to the content or changing the language. The
RESOURCES
©MTSBA 2021 2312P1 page 4 of 52 3 Off
4
5
6 copyright
7 8 Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Computer Software9 10 Schools
software
11 authors
shall
12 copyright
13 To this
14 •
15
shall
16 •
17 unauthorized
18 • A
19
20
21 •
22 technology
23 •
24 adapted program may not be distributed.25 26 Fair Use Guidelines for Educational Multimedia27 28 Students may incorporate portions of copyrighted materials in producing educational multimedia projects29 such as videos, Power Points, podcasts and web sites for a specific course, and may perform, display or30 retain the projects.31 32 33 34 35 36 USE OF INFORMATION
REGULATION37 38 Educators may perform or display their own multimedia projects to students in support of curriculum39 based instructional activities. These projects may be used:40 • In face to face instruction;41 • In demonstrations and presentations, including conferences;42 • In assignments to students;43 • For remote instruction if distribution of the signal is limited;44 • Over a network that cannot prevent duplication for fifteen days, after fifteen days a copy may be45 saved on site only; or,46 • In their personal portfolios.47 Educators may use copyrighted materials in a multimedia project for two years, after that permission must48 be requested and received.49 50
following limitations restrict the portion of any given work that may be used pursuant of fair use in
an educational multimedia project:
• Motion media: ten percent or three minutes, whichever is less;
• Text materials: ten percent or 1,000 words, whichever is less;
• Poetry: an entire poem of fewer than 250 words, but no more than three poems from one author
or five poems from an anthology. For poems of greater than 250 words, excerpts of up to 250
words may be used, but no more than three excerpts from one poet or five excerpts from an
anthology;
• Music, lyrics and music video: Up to ten percent, but no more than thirty seconds. No alterations
that change the basic melody or fundamental character of the work;
• Illustrations, cartoons and photographs: No more that five images by an artist, and no more than
ten percent or fifteen images whichever is less from a collective work;
• Numerical data sets: Up to ten percent or 2,500 field or cell entries, whichever is less;
use does not include posting a student or teacher’s work on the Internet if it includes portions of
copyrighted materials. Permission to copy shall be obtained from the original copyright holder(s) before
such projects are placed online. The opening screen of such presentations shall include notice that
permission was granted and materials are restricted from further use.
©MTSBA 2021 2312P1 page 5 of 52 3 The
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 Fair
18
19
20
21 22 23 24
of the
of
of
on:
on:
to submit a complaint
and discuss the complaint with
to be any material used in
to which a teacher
refer a student
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
02/20/20183 Reviewed
4 2314 - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Learning Materials Review12 13 Citizens objecting to specific materials used in the District are encouraged
14 in writing using the Uniform Complaint Procedure (Policy 1700)
15 the building principal prior to pursuing a formal complaint.16 17 Learning materials, for the purposes
this policy, are considered
18 classroom instruction, library materials, or any materials
might
19 as part
course
instruction.20 21 22 23 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure24 25 26
on:
on: 02/20/2018
Board recognizes that field trips, when used as a device for teaching and learning integral to
curriculum, are an educationally sound and important ingredient in the instructional program
the schools. Such trips can supplement and enrich classroom procedures by providing
experiences in an environment beyond the classroom. The Board also recognizes that
trips may result in lost learning
in missed classes. Therefore, the Board
the use of field trips, when educational objectives achieved by the trip outweigh any
in class learning opportunities.
trips that will extend overnight, take students out of state, or out of the country must be
approved in advance by the Board. Building principals may approve all other field trips.
principals will develop procedures with respect to field trips, excursions, and outdoor
members may not solicit students during instructional time for any privately arranged field
or excursion without Board permission.
a person
trips,
first
other
is required during school-sponsored
campus events.
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed
4 2320 INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 Field Trips, Excursions, and Outdoor Education8 9 The
10 the
11 of
12 learning
13 field
opportunities
14 endorses
15 lost
16 17 Field
18
19 Building
20 education.21 22 Staff
23 trip
24 25 The presence of
with a currently valid
aid card
26 activities, including field
athletic, and
off
27 28 29 30 Legal Reference: ARM 37.111.825 Health Supervision and Maintenance31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
will offer courses of study
of student
to have free access to information,
Adopted on:
on: 02/20/2018
experiences appropriate to
program respects the right of students to face
study under teachers in situations free from
and to form, hold, and express their own opinions without personal prejudice or
will guide discussions and procedures with thoroughness and objectivity to acquaint
with the need to recognize various points of view, importance of fact, value of good
judgment, and the virtue of respect for conflicting opinions.
Board encourages and supports the concept of academic freedom, recognizing it as a
necessary condition to aid in maintaining an environment conducive to learning and to the free
of ideas and information.
a study or discussion of controversial issues or materials, however, the Board directs teaching
staff to take into account the following criteria:
Subjects of a controversial nature shall be defined as a political, religious and moral.
the building principal and the teacher must agree to allow a speaker or material of a
nature in the classroom. If the teacher and building principal are unable to
agree, then they shall include the Superintendent in the decision making process.
the material or speaker
decision
inform
an assembly, the principal shall make
also be responsible
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
9/20093 Reviewed
4 2330 - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 Controversial Issues and Academic Freedom8 9 The District
which will afford learning
10 levels
understanding. The instructional
11 issues,
to
12 prejudice,
13 discrimination.14 15 Teachers
16 students
17
18 19 The
20
21 exchange
22 23 In
24
25 26 1.
27 2. Both
28 controversial
29
30 3. If
requests presentation at
31 the
and
the community.32 4. The person or persons responsible for approving the presentation shall
33 for other viewpoints expressed.34 5. Opposing viewpoints shall be presented in the same general setting within a month.35 36 37 38 Legal Reference: Article X, Sec. 8, Montana Constitution School district trustees39 § 20 3 324(16) and (17), MCA Powers and duties40 41 42
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
on: 02/20/2018
Religion and Religious Activities
keeping with the United States and Montana
and judicial decisions, the District
not support any religion or endorse religious activity. At the same time, the District may
not prohibit private religious expression by students. This policy provides direction to students
staff members about the application of these principles to student religious activity at school.
Student Prayer and Discussion
may pray individually or in groups and may discuss their religious views with other
students, as long as they are not disruptive or coercive. The right to engage in voluntary prayer
not include the right to have a captive audience listen, to harass other students, or to force
them to participate. Students may pray silently in the classroom, except when they are expected
be involved in classroom instruction or activities.
members are representatives of the District and must “navigate the narrow channel between
impairing intellectual inquiry and propagating a religious creed.” They may not encourage,
discourage, persuade, dissuade, sponsor, participate in, or discriminate against a religious activity
or an activity because of its religious content. They must remain officially neutral toward
religious expression.
Graduation Ceremonies
an important event for students and their families. In order to assure the
appropriateness and dignity of the occasion, the District sponsors and pays for graduation
retains ultimate control over their structure and content.
not invite or permit members of the clergy to give prayers at graduation.
District officials may not organize or agree to requests for prayer by other persons
graduation, including requests by students to open or deliver a prayer at graduation. The
not prefer the beliefs of some students over the beliefs of others, coerce dissenters
nonbelievers, or communicate any endorsement of religion.
Assemblies, Extracurricular and Athletic Events
extracurricular
members, or outsiders to
athletic events.
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2332 INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27
8 9 In
Constitutions
10 may
11
12 and
13 14
15 16 Students
17
18 does
19
20 to
21 22 Staff Members23 24 Staff
25
26
27
28
29 30
31 32 Graduation is
33
34 ceremonies and
35 36 District officials may
37 Furthermore,
38 at
39 District may
40 or
41 42
43 44 District officials may not invite or permit members of the clergy, staff
45 give prayers at school sponsored assemblies and
or
District46 47
also may not organize or agree to student requests for prayer at assemblies and other
school-sponsored events. Furthermore, prayer may not be broadcast over the school public
system, even if the prayer is nonsectarian, nonproselytizing, and initiated by students.
Religious Expression and Assignments
may express their individual
members
their work
in reports, tests, homework, and projects.
ordinary academic standards, including substance,
appearance, composition, and grammar. Student religious expression should neither
nor penalized.
Religion in the Curriculum
members may teach students about religion in history, art, music, literature, and other
in which religious influence has been and continues to be felt. However, staff members
not teach religion or advocate religious doctrine or practice. The prohibition against
religion extends to curricular decisions which promote religion or religious beliefs.
programs, performances, and celebrations must serve an educational purpose. The
inclusion of religious music, symbols, art, or writings is permitted, if the religious content has a
historical or independent educational purpose which contributes to the objectives of the approved
curriculum. School programs, performances, and celebrations cannot promote, encourage,
discourage, persuade, dissuade, or discriminate against a religion or religious activity and cannot
be oriented to religion or a religious holiday.
Religious Clubs
of
Literature
on solicitations (Policy
Holidays
©MTSBA 2021 23321 Page 2 of 22 3 officials
4
5 address
6 7 Student
8 9 Students
religious beliefs
10 Staff
should judge
by
11 relevance,
12 be favored
13 14
15 16 Staff
17 subjects
18 may
19 teaching
20 21 School
22
23
24
25
26
27 28 Student
29 30 Students may gather as non-curricular groups to discuss or promote religion in accordance with31 District Policy 3233.32 33 Distribution
Religious
34 35 Students may distribute religious literature to their classmates, subject to the same36 constitutionally acceptable restrictions the District imposes on distribution of other non school37 literature. Outsiders may not distribute religious or other literature to students on school38 property, consistent with and pursuant to the District policy
4321).39 40 Religious
41 42 Staff members may teach objectively about religious holidays and about religious symbols,43 music, art, literature, and drama which accompany the holidays. They may celebrate the44 historical aspects of the holidays but may not observe them as religious events.45 46 47
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
on: 02/20/2018
Participation in Commencement Exercises
of Policy
student’s right to participate in a commencement exercise of the graduating class at Alberton High
School is an honor. As such, participation in this ceremony is reserved for those members of the
class who have completed all state and local requirements for graduation before the date of the
ceremony. Students who complete their requirements after the date of commencement exercises will
receive their diplomas at that time.
Organization and Content of Commencement Exercises
school district will permit students to honor their American Indian heritage through the display of
culturally significant tribal regalia at commencement ceremonies. Any item that promotes drug use,
weapon use, threats of violence, sexual harassment, bullying, or other intimidation, or violates another
district policy, state, or federal law may not be worn during graduation.
school administration may invite graduating students to participate in high school graduation
according to academic class standing or class officer status. Any student who, because of
academic class standing, is requested to participate may choose to decline the invitation.
school administrators will review presentations and specific content, and may advise participants
about appropriate language for the audience and occasion. Students selected to participate may choose to
deliver an address, poem, reading, song, musical presentation, or any other pronouncement of their
choosing.
printed program for a commencement
participants of
include the following paragraphs:
is the private expression
individual
does not necessarily reflect any official position of the
its Board, administration, or employees, nor does it necessarily indicate the
views of any other graduates.
Board recognizes that at graduation time and throughout the course of the
process, there will be instances when religious values, religious practices,
and religious persons will have some interaction with the public schools and students.
while not endorsing any religion, recognizes the rights of individuals to have
the freedom to express their individual political, social, or religious views.
time
and prayer
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2333 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6
7 Statement
8 9 A
10
11 graduating
12
13
14 15
16 17 The
18
19
20
21 22 The
23 exercises
24
25 26 The
27
28
29
30 31 The
exercise will
32 33 Any presentation by
graduation exercises
34 of an
participant and
35 District,
36
37 The
38 educational
39
40 The Board,
41
42 43 Legal Reference: Art. II, Sec. 5, Montana Constitution Freedom of religion44 Art. X, Sec. 1(2), Montana Constitution Educational Goals and Duties45 Art. X, Sec. 7, Montana Constitution Nondiscrimination in education46 § 20 5 201(3), MCA Duties and Sanctions47 § 20-1-308, MCA Religious instruction released
program48 § 20 7 112, MCA Sectarian publications prohibited
permitted49 50
on: 9/2009
on:
on: 02/20/2018
Board
Board will establish
by the Board of Public Education (A.R.M.
requirements
student enrolled in the District who
by the District. The official transcript will indicate
at a minimum, satisfy those established
and 905). Generally, any change in
by the Board will become effective for the next class to
enter ninth (9th) grade. Exceptions to this general rule may be made, when it is determined by
the Board that proposed changes in graduation requirements will not have a negative effect on
already in grades nine (9) through twelve (12). The Board will approve graduation
as recommended by the Superintendent.
graduate from Alberton High School, a student must have satisfactorily completed the last
prior to graduation as an Alberton High School student. Highly unusual exceptions may
be considered by the principal, such as a student exchange program in a recognized school.
student with a disabling condition
individualized education
in the IEP
serve as the basis
competency requirements incorporated
completion of the objectives
determining completion of a course.
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 2410 INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 7 High School Graduation Requirements8 9 The
will award a regular high school diploma to every
10 meets graduation requirements established
11 the specific courses taken and level of achievement.12 13 The
graduation requirements which,
14
10.55.904
15 graduation
promulgated
16
17
18 students
19 requirements
20 21 To
22 quarter
23
24 25 A
will satisfy those
26 into the
program (IEP). Satisfactory
27 incorporated
will
for
28 29 A student may be denied participation in graduation ceremonies in accordance with 20 5 201(3),30 MCA. In such instances the diploma will be awarded after the official ceremony has been held.31 32 33 34 Legal Reference: § 20 5 201, MCA Duties and sanctions35 § 20 3 322 (3), MCA Meetings and Quorum36 10.55.904, ARM Basic Education Program Offerings: High School37 10.55.905, ARM Graduation Requirements38 10.55.906, ARM High School Credit39 40 41
Promulgated
on:
on:
6/8/21
Publication of Graduation
school,
with a copy of the current
also be included in the student
be expected to earn a total of twenty two (22) units in order to complete
requirements.
credit requirements may be found in the Student Handbook.
education students who have successfully completed their IEP leading to completion of
school will be awarded a diploma.
Waiver of Requirement
Graduation requirements generally will not be waived under any circumstances. The Board may
waive specific course requirements based on individual student needs and performance levels.
requests shall also be considered with respect to age, maturity, interest, and aspirations of
students
shall be in consultation with the parents or guardians.
Programs
student may be given credit for a course satisfactorily completed in a period of time shorter or
longer than normally required and, provided that the course meets the district's curriculum and
requirements, which are aligned with the content standards stated in the education
Credit toward graduation requirements may be granted for planned learning
from accredited programs, such as summer school, university courses, and
courses, extension, and distance learning courses, adult education, summer
work study, work based learning partnerships, and other experiential learning
custom designed courses, and challenges to current courses. The District shall
units of credit taken with the approval of the District and which appear on the student's
school transcript.
for work experience may be offered when the work program is a
part of and supervised by the school.
at Alberton High School and all acceptable transfer credits shall be
on the transcript. All grades earned, including failures and retakes, shall be recorded as
and utilized in the calculation of Grade Point Average and class rank. Credit shall be
only
regardless of repetition of the course.
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
on: 9/20093 Reviewed
4 2410P INSTRUCTION Revised
02/20/2018,
5 6 page 1 of 27 High School Graduation Requirements8 9
Requirements10 11 Prior to registering in high
each student will be provided
12 graduation requirements. Graduation requirements shall
13 handbook.14 15 Credits16 17 Students shall
18 graduation
Specific
19 Special
20 high
21 22
23 24
25
26 Waiver
27 the
and
28 29 Alternative
30 31 A
32
33 assessment
34 program.
35 experiences
36 correspondence
37 school,
38 opportunities,
39 accept
40 official
Credit
41
42 43 All classes attempted
44 recorded
45 such
46 awarded
once
47
Dual Credit
credit allows high schools students to simultaneously earn credit toward both a high school
and college coursework that can lead to a postsecondary degree or certificate, or toward
transfer to another college. The primary purpose of offering dual credit courses is to deliver high
introductory, college level courses to high performing high school students. The
Alberton Joint School District #2 has dual credit partnerships with various post secondary
Students interested in dual credit opportunities must meet with their building
to determine available options.
be aware of
School Association on campus attendance
Honor Roll
student must have a minimum grade point
of 3.00 to be placed on the regular honor
information regarding honors at graduation are included in the student handbook.
(Grade Point
Rank is compiled from semester grades. Courses not eligible for GPA are designated with
an asterisk on the report card.
Early Graduation
Board authorizes the high school principal to recommend students for early graduation who
have completed the minimum requirements for graduation after completion of the seventh (7th)
The final decision is made by the Board.
of
Board may admit an individual who has graduated from high school but is not yet 19 years
even though no special circumstances exist for waiver of the age requirements outlined in
3310. The Board authorizes the administration to notify parents and students of this
to enroll after earning a diploma or purposes post secondary or career preparation
under this provision
who has experienced an educational
will not meet a higher
award the student a diploma.
be included in the District’s ANB calculation
the minimum high school
administrative rules of the Board of Public
by Board of Trustees, the
District may distinguish the diploma in a
under this policy.
©MTSBA 2021 1
2 3 Dual
4 diploma
5
6 quality,
7
8 institutions.
9 administration
10 11 Students should
Montana High
eligibility12 requirements for activity participation.13 14
15 16 A
average
17 roll. Specific
18 19 Class Rank
Average)20 21 Class
22
23 24
25 26 The
27
28 semester.
29 30 31 Post Graduation32 33 The
34
age
35 Policy
36 opportunity
37 Any student enrolled
shall
38 39 Educational Disruption40 41 If a student
disruption meets
42 credit requirement for graduation as established by
43 Education but
credit requirement established
44 District shall
The
45 reasonable manner from standard diplomas issued
46
the purposes of this policy, "educational disruption" means a disruption experienced during
nine through twelve caused by homelessness, involvement in the child welfare system or
justice system, a medical or mental health crisis, or another event considered a
educational disruption by the District.
Reference: 1005FE Proficiency Based Learning
Work Based Learning
Students
Reference:
be
20 9 313, MCA Circumstances under which regular average number
High School Credit
Graduation Requirements
10 1 1402, MCA Montana Youth Challenge
80 2021 General Legislative Session
246 2021 General Legislative Session
©MTSBA 2021 1 For
2 grades
3 juvenile
4 qualifying
5 6 Cross
7 2600
8 3125 Homeless
9 10 Legal
§
11 belonging may
increased12 10.55.906, ARM
13 10.55.905, ARM
14 §
15 Chapter
16 HB
17 18
transfer of credit
subject to examination and
by the school counselor or
requested,
on:
on:
on: 02/20/2018
any non accredited, nonpublic school
being accepted by the District. This will be
in the case of home schools, by a credit evaluation
of a counselor, a staff member from each subject area in which credit is
a school
that a student has spent approximately the same number of classroom hours in
home school as would have been spent in a regular class in the District;
that a student followed a curriculum essentially similar to that of a course for
which credit is requested;
that in the event of a credit request in a lab, industrial arts, or music course,
and facilities were sufficient to meet required learning activities of the course;
Require that a student has satisfactorily passed, in all courses in which a final exam
is given, a final exam prepared and administered by a staff member in the
credit
District.
have met all requirements as specified
from home schools will be accepted only when a like course is offered
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed
4 2413 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27 8 Credit Transfer and Assessment for Placement9 10 Grades 9 1211 12 Requests for
or grade placement from
13 will be
approval before
14 done
principal or,
15 committee consisting
16 being
and
principal.17 18 The credit evaluation committee will:19 20 1. Document
21
22 23 2. Document
24
25 26 3. Document
27 equipment
28 29 4.
30 normally
31 District.32 33 The District will give
only for home schools which
34 in Montana law. Credit
35 in the
36 37 The school transcripts will record courses taken in home schools or non accredited schools by38 indicating title of the course, school where the course was taken, and grade.39 40 For the purpose of calculation of class rank, only those courses taken in an accredited school will41 be used.42 43 44 45 46 47
in
placement in the
placement team. That team
for
test and/or
The assessment for
recommendation for grade placement:
the non accredited, nonpublic school has provided a comparable
the
the child followed a
public
attended in a public or private school;
curriculum
would have been provided in an
student
mastered most
©MTSBA 2021 24131 Page 2 of 22 3 Grades 1 84 5 Requests from parents of students in non accredited, nonpublic schools for
6 District school system will be evaluated by an assessment for
will7 include:8 9 1. A school principal;10 11 2. One (1) teacher of the grade in which the student is being considered
enrollment; and12 13 3. One (1) counselor for grades 6 8.14 15 The assessment for placement team will cause the District adopted norm referenced
16 the end of the year subject matter test to be administered and scored.
17 placement team will take into account the following
its
18 19 1. Documentation that
20 number of hours as
child would have
21 22 2. That
similar
as
23 accredited
or private school;24 25 3. That the result of the end of the year test indicates the
has
26 prerequisite skills; and27 28 4. That the child achieved an NCE score of forty (40) or above on the Standard29 Achievement Test.30 31 Parents of students in home schools are encouraged to maintain a log documenting dates of32 instruction, content of instruction, amount of time spent on that instruction, scores on tests, and33 grades in all activities.34 35 The District is not obligated to provide instructional materials for other public or private schools.36 37 If a parent or guardian is not in agreement with the placement of the child, he/she may request a38 hearing before the Board.39 40 41 42 Legal Reference: § 20 5 110, MCA School district assessment for placement of a child43 who enrolls from a nonaccredited, nonpublic school44 45 46
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed on: 02/20/20184 2420 INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Grading and Progress Reports12 13 The administration and professional staff shall establish a system of grading and develop14 procedures of reporting academic achievement to students and their parents.15 16 17 18
Promotion and Retention
shall determine when promotion and graduation
promote a student to the next
level
on: 02/20/2018
are met. The decision
be made the building administration and shall
based on successful completion of the curriculum, attendance, performance based on
or other
social reason not related to
a student
not
not support promotion based upon age or
administration shall determine
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed
4 2421 INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 The system
requirements
13 to
grade
shall
14 be
15 standardized testing,
testing. The District does
16 any other
academic performance. The
17 remedial assistance for
who is
promoted.18 19 20 21 22 23 24
on:
adopting rules relating to
of cultural heritage
be limited to:
materials reflecting
of
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed
02/20/20184 2450 - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 Recognition of Native American Cultural Heritage8 9 The District recognizes the distinct and unique cultural heritage of Native Americans and is10 committed in the District’s educational goals to the preservation of such heritage.11 12 In furtherance of the District’s educational goals, the District is committed to:13 14 • Working cooperatively with Montana Tribes in close proximity to the District, when15 providing instruction, when implementing educational goals or
16 education of students in the District;17 18 • Periodically reviewing its curriculum to ensure the inclusion
of19 Native Americans, which will include but not necessarily
20 21 • Considering methods by which to provide books and
22 authentic historical and contemporary portrayals of Native Americans;23 24 • Taking into account individual and cultural diversity and differences among25 students;26 27 • Providing necessary training for school personnel, with the objective
gaining an28 understanding and awareness of Native American culture, which will assist the District’s29 staff in its relations with Native American students and parents.30 31 The Board may require certified staff to satisfy the requirements for instruction in American32 Indian studies, set forth in § 20 1 503, MCA.33 34 35 36 Legal Reference: Art. X, Sec. 1(2), Montana Constitution37 §§ 20 1 501, et seq., MCA Indian Education for All38 10.55.603 ARM Curriculum and Assessment39 10.55.701 ARM Board of Trustees40 10.55.803 ARM Learner Access41 42 43 44 45 46
Joint School District
Adopted on: 9/2009
Reviewed on: 02/20/2018
on: 8/9/22
School Wellness
The School District is committed to providing school environments that promote and protect children’s8 health, well being, and ability to learn by supporting healthy eating and physical activity. Therefore, it is9 the policy of the School District that:
The development of the school wellness policy, at a minimum, will include:
1. Community involvement, including input from teachers of physical education and school health13 professionals, parents, students, school food service, the school Board, school administrators,
educators, and the public. Training of this team of people on the components of a healthy school
nutrition environment is recommended.
2. Goals for nutrition education, nutrition promotion, physical activity, and other school based17 activities that are designed to promote student wellness in a manner that the local education
agency determines appropriate.
3. Implementation, Periodic Assessment, and Public Updates, including expanding the purpose of20 the team of collaborators beyond the development of a local wellness policy to also include the21 implementation of the local wellness policy with periodic review and updates, inform and update22 the public every three years, at a minimum, (including parents, students, and others in the23 community) about the content and implementation of the local wellness policies, and to measure24 periodically and make available to the public an assessment of the local wellness policy,
including:
• The extent to which schools are in compliance with the local wellness policy;
• The extent to which the LEA’s local wellness policy compares to model local school
wellness policies; and
• The progress made in attaining the goals of the local wellness policy.
4. Nutrition guidelines for all foods available on each school campus under the local education
agency during the school day, with the objectives of promoting student health and nutrient rich
meals and snacks. This includes food and beverages sold in a la carte sales, vending machines,
and student stores;
food and
Guidelines for reimbursable
6. A plan for measuring implementation of
persons
used for classroom rewards and fundraising efforts.
ensure that the District offers school meal programs
established by the U.S. Department
local wellness policy, including designation of one
or at each school, as appropriate, charged with
for ensuring that each school fulfills the District’s local wellness policy.
for
© MTSBA 2022 Alberton
#21
2
3 2510 R INSTRUCTION Revised
4 5 page 1 of 26
7
10 11
12
14
15
16
18
19
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
and
beverages
34 5.
school meals to
35 with menus meeting the meal patterns and nutrition standards
36 of Agriculture.37
the
38 or more
within the local education agency
39 operational responsibility
40 41 The suggested guidelines for developing the wellness policy include:42 43 Nutrition Education and Nutrition Promotion44 All students K 12 shall receive nutrition education that teaches the knowledge and skills needed to adopt45 healthy eating behaviors and is aligned with the Montana Health Enhancement Standards Nutrition46 education shall be integrated into the curriculum. Nutrition information and education shall be offered and47 promoted throughout the school campus and based on the U S Dietary Guidelines
Americans. Staff48 who provide nutrition education shall have the appropriate training, such as in health enhancement or49 family and consumer sciences.50
Health Enhancement and Physical Activity Opportunities
The District shall offer health enhancement opportunities that include the components of a quality health
enhancement program taught by a K 12 certified health enhancement specialist, if permitted by staffing6 levels. Health enhancement shall equip students with the knowledge, skills, and values necessary for
lifelong physical activity. Health enhancement instruction shall be aligned with the Montana Health
Enhancement Standards.
All K 12 students of the District shall have the opportunity to participate regularly in supervised,
organized or unstructured, physical activities, to maintain physical fitness, and to understand the short
and long term benefits of a physically active and healthy lifestyle.
Nutrition Standards
The District shall ensure that reimbursable school meals and snacks meet the program requirements and16 nutrition standards found in federal regulations including but not limited to Smart Snacks in School
Nutrition Standards. The District shall encourage students to make nutritious food choices through
accessibility, advertising and marketing efforts of healthful foods.
The District shall monitor all food and beverages sold or served to students during the normal school day,21 including those available outside the federally regulated child nutrition programs (i.e., a la carte, vending,22 student stores, classroom rewards, fundraising efforts) The District shall consider nutrient density and23 portion size before permitting food and beverages to be sold or served to students The Superintendent
shall continually evaluate vending policies and contracts. Vending contracts that do not meet the intent25 and purpose of this policy shall be modified accordingly or not renewed.
Other School-Based Activities Designed to Promote Student Wellness
District may implement other
create a school environment that
conveys consistent wellness messages and is conducive to healthy eating and physical activity, such as
staff wellness programs, non-food reward system and fundraising efforts
Maintaining Student Wellness
Superintendent shall develop and implement
rules consistent with this policy. Input
from teachers, parents/guardians, students, school food service program, the school Board, school
and the public shall be considered before implementing such rules. A sustained effort is
necessary to implement and enforce this policy. The Superintendent shall measure how well this policy is
being implemented, managed, and enforced.
on the District’s programs
Superintendent shall report to the Board, as requested,
efforts to meet the purpose and intent of this policy.
© MTSBA 2022 25101 page 2 of 22 3
4
5
7
8
9 10
11
12
13 14
15
17
18
19 20
24
26 27
28 The
appropriate programs that help
29
30
31 32
33 The
administrative
34
35 administrators,
36
37
The
38
and
39 40 Legal Reference: PL 108 265 The Child Nutrition and WIC Reauthorization Act of 200441 PL 111 296 The Healthy, Hunger Free Kids Act of 201042 43
The Board recognizes that education should be making classroom experiences a meaningful
process of learning about all practical aspects of life. The Board believes that the inclusion of
career education in the basic curriculum will provide students with information about the many
career opportunities available and will establish a relationship between what is taught in the
classroom and the world of work.
Work based learning must provide all participating students with on the job experience and
training along with career and complimentary vocational/technical classroom instruction to
contribute to each student’s employability. The students’ classroom activities and on-the-job
experiences must be planned and supervised by the school and the employer to ensure that both
activities contribute to the student’s employability. Students enrolled in a work based learning
program must receive credit for related classroom instruction and on the job training. In the
absence of a proficiency model, the time requirement for students in work based learning must
be converted and is equivalent to the time requirement for credit to be earned.
Students may submit a proposal for a tailored Work Based Learning program that divides their
time between instruction in school and specific learning at a job. Each proposed program will be
planned by Work Based Learning coordinators and the employer (or employer groups) and shall
be in accordance with state and federal laws and regulations governing employment of students
under age 18. The Work Based Learning coordinators will communicate with employers on a
monthly basis and will visit work sites to determine if the placement is appropriate for student
employment.
particular program designed for each student shall be set forth in a written protocol approved
by the student, his or her parents or guardians, the work experience coordinator and the
employer. This shall stipulate the terms of employment and the provision for academic credit.
make such arrangements as necessary with
evaluating the student's on the job performance and for keeping records of job
attendance.
employer or supervisor shall complete District
and fingerprint
satisfy a
in accordance with District Policies 5120
The employee and District shall also complete workers
with
Work
insurance and
procedure in a manner
to student.
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton School District1 2 INSTRUCTION 26003 4 Work Based Learning Program5 6
7
8
9
10
11 12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20 21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28 29 The
30
31
32 33 The Work Based Learning coordinator shall
34 employers for
35
36 37 The
volunteer agreement form and
38 name based
criminal background check
39 and 5122.
compensation
40 general liability insurance requirements in accordance with the attached
41 consistent
the
Based Learning opportunity provided
42 43 Cross Reference: 2600P Work Based Learning Procedures44 2600F Work Based Learning Affiliation Agreement and Consent Form45 46
Legal
Labor Standards
247
U.S.C. 212 and 213, et seq.
29 71 118(7), MCA Employee, worker, volunteer, volunteer
volunteer emergency care provider defined --election of
©MTSBA 2021
reference: Title 41, Chapter 2, MCA1 Fair
Act 29
2 Chapter
2021 General Legislative Session3 Section
4 firefighter, and
5 coverage.6 7 Policy History:8 Adopted on: 8/10/219 Reviewed on:10 Revised on:11 12 13
School
Work Based Learning Program Insurance
The School District Work Based Learning coordinator will work with School District
administration to identify the appropriate insurance coverage for a student’s tailored work
experience opportunity. A student will not commence a Work Based Learning opportunity until
the appropriate insurance option has been identified and implemented by all parties. The option
selected will be noted as part of the student’s Work Based Learning plan.
Option
Employer pays the student to work for them in a paid capacity. Student learns from the employer
like a newly hired employee and skill sets are acquired through doing actual work for the
employer. Student earns school credit for employment as documented in the Work Based
Learning plan. Employer is required to show proof of workers compensation coverage for the
student via a copy of a current workers compensation policy if the Work Based Learning plan
shows the student will receive school credit for the employment. Medical costs and other related
workers compensation claim expenses for accepted workers compensation claims due to injury
to the student while working in the course and scope as part of the Work Based Learning
opportunity shall be covered by the employer’s workers compensation coverage.
Option
Employer does not pay the student. Student earns school credit as part of a Work Based Learning
plan but student may be assigned credit as part of another course. Employer has a volunteer
endorsement added to their workers compensation policy and pays that premium to their carrier.
School District requires the employer to show proof of workers compensation coverage with the
volunteer endorsement added via a copy of a current workers compensation policy. Medical
costs and other related workers compensation claim expenses for accepted workers
claims due to injury to the student while working in the course and scope as part
of the Work Based Learning opportunity shall be covered by the employer’s workers
coverage.
Option
does not pay student. Student earns school credit for the Work Based Learning
opportunity as outlined the Work Based Learning plan. School district adds a school to work
endorsement onto the school workers’ compensation policy. School District pays the workers
premium costs for the endorsement and other required insurance coverage. Parent
liability risk forms should be signed in advance to recognize the inherent risks present with this
learning opportunity and to clearly state the student has personal medical insurance coverage in
place. Medical costs and other related workers compensation claim expenses for accepted
compensation claims due to injury to the student while working in the course and scope
as part of the Work Based Learning opportunity shall be covered by the School District’s
compensation coverage.
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton
District1 2 INSTRUCTION 2600P3 Page 1 of 24 5
6 7
8
9
10
11
12 13
114
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23 24
225
26
27
28
29
30
31 compensation
32
33 compensation
34 35
336 Employer
37
38
39 compensation
40
41
42
43 workers
44
45 workers
46
School District provides a work based learning opportunity off school grounds. The learning
takes place during school period hours, awards school credit hours toward
requirements, and is led by a teacher of the school district and/or co taught by a trade
person or general contractor. No workers compensation coverage being provided. School
District is responsible for general liability coverage for the students and parent liability risk
forms should be signed in advance to recognize the inherent risks present with this learning
opportunity and to clearly state the student has personal medical insurance coverage in place.
Policy History:
Adopted on:
on:
on:
©MTSBA 2021 1 2 2600P3 Page 2 of 24 Option 45
6 opportunity
7 graduation
8
9
10
11
12 13 14
15
8/10/2116 Reviewed
17 Revised
18 19
WORK BASED LEARNING AFFILIATION AGREEMENT
This Affiliation Agreement is entered into between Alberton School District and ______________________________________(workplace learning site).
WHEREAS High School has established a ____________________Work Based Learning program for students interested in career exploration opportunities; and
WHEREAS High School wishes to affiliate with ________________________________ (workplace learning site) for the purpose of providing Career Exploration and Assessment experiences for students enrolled in the _______________________Work Based Learning Program; and
WHEREAS the Workplace Learning Site is willing to permit the Career Exploration experience on its premises with the terms set forth in this Affiliation Agreement;
NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:
1. The High School shall assume full responsibility for planning and execution of the student program of instruction including curriculum content, Work Based Learning orientation, emergency contact information, and parent/guardian consent.
2. The High School shall ensure participating students have completed safety instruction specific to the work site prior to participation in the Work Based Learning experience.
3. The High School shall provide a Work Based Learning Coordinator responsible for instruction and coordination with appropriate Workplace Learning Site personnel for the planning, selecting, and evaluating of students’ experiences.
4. The Work Based Learning Coordinator, Workplace Supervisor, and student will work collaboratively to determine the career readiness, employability skills, and proficiency guidelines set forth in the personalized work based learning program.
5. The Workplace Learning Site agrees to designate a Workplace Supervisor, who has completed the Volunteer Agreement Form, and whose responsibility it shall be to assist the Work Based Learning Coordinator in selection and coordination of student experiences appropriate to the level of learning.
6. The Workplace Learning Site professional practitioners shall be responsible for overseeing the students’ experience and training activities. They shall orient the students to their activities, direct their activities and supervise their activities to assure safe and satisfactory experiences and performance.
7. The High School shall be responsible for assigning students to the Workplace Learning Site for experience. The High School shall notify the Workplace Learning Site at least one (1) month in advance of its planned schedule of students and types of experiences to be provided. This schedule shall be subject to approval of the Workplace Learning Site.
8. The Workplace Learning Site shall make available the necessary equipment and supplies as determined by the Workplace Learning Site in conjunction with the High School.
9. The Workplace Learning Site shall provide the Work Based Learning Coordinator with frequent student performance evaluations in the manner and frequency so designated by the High School.
10. The High School shall work with the Workplace Learning Site regarding the removal of any student from the Workplace Learning Site whenever the student is not performing or meeting the workplace requirements. Responsibility for student disciplinary measures, if any, shall be with High School and not with the Workplace Learning Site.
©MTSBA 2021
2600F
Workplace Supervisor initials the selection specific to this Work Based Learning placement:
Employer pays the student to work for them in a paid capacity. Student learns from the
employer like a newly hired employee and skill sets are acquired through doing actual work for the3 employer. Student earns school credit for employment as documented in the Work Based Learning plan.
Employer is required to show proof of workers compensation coverage for the student via a copy of a
current workers compensation policy if the Work Based Learning plan shows the student will receive
school credit for the employment. Medical costs and other related workers compensation claim expenses
for accepted workers compensation claims due to injury to the student while working in the course and
scope as part of the Work Based Learning opportunity shall be covered by the employer’s workers
compensation coverage.
does not pay the student. Student earns school credit as part of a Work Based
Learning plan but student may be assigned credit as part of another course. Employer has a volunteer
endorsement added to their workers compensation policy and pays that premium to their carrier. School
District requires the employer to show proof of workers compensation coverage with the volunteer
endorsement added via a copy of a current workers compensation policy. Medical costs and other related
workers compensation claim expenses for accepted workers compensation claims due to injury to the
student while working in the course and scope as part of the Work Based Learning opportunity shall be18 covered by the employer’s workers compensation coverage.
Employer does not pay student. Student earns school credit for the Work Based Learning
opportunity as outlined the Work Based Learning plan. School district adds a school to work endorsement
onto the school workers’ compensation policy. School District pays the workers compensation premium
costs for the endorsement and other required insurance coverage. Parent liability risk forms should be
signed in advance to recognize the inherent risks present with this learning opportunity and to clearly state
the student has personal medical insurance coverage in place. Medical costs and other related workers
compensation claim expenses for accepted workers compensation claims due to injury to the student
while working in the course and scope as part of the Work Based Learning opportunity shall be covered28 by the School District’s workers compensation coverage.
____ School District provides a work based learning opportunity off school grounds. The
learning opportunity takes place during school period hours, awards school credit hours toward
graduation requirements, and is led by a teacher of the school district and/or co taught by a trade person
or general contractor. No workers compensation coverage being provided. School District is responsible
for general liability coverage for the students and parent liability risk forms should be signed in advance
to recognize the inherent risks present with this learning opportunity and to clearly state the student has
personal medical insurance coverage in place.
©MTSBA 2021
1 __________
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 ___________ Employer
12
13
14
15
16
17
19 20 ___________
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36 Workplace Supervisor Date Work Based Learning Coordinator Date
PARENT/GUARDIAN CONSENT FOR WORK BASED LEARNING EXPERIENCE
I, (full name)________________________________________________ as legal guardian of
(child’s full name) a student enrolled in the _____________High School acknowledge the following:
The program of study includes opportunities for my child to participate in an off campus Work Based Learning opportunity, and I give my consent to my child participating in the offsite Work Based Learning component, and I agree to support and assist with enforcement of the content included in the Work Based Learning placement
I agree to accept responsibility for my student’s participation in the above referenced activity. I understand any negligence arising out of the student’s participation in the program shall be attributed to me as comparative negligence within the meaning of Section 27 1 702, MCA. I agree to counsel my child to abide by the rules and regulations set forth by the workplace learning site.
I have signed the Parent/Guardian Consent and agree to the stated conditions.
Parent/Guardian signature
printed name Phone number
City/State/Zip
©MTSBA 2021
________________________________________________
______________________________________ ____________________________
Date ____________________________________________ ____________________________ Parent/Guardian
__________ ____________________________ Address
code 1 2
3000 SERIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3100 Early Enrollment Exceptional Circumstances 3110 Entrance, Placement, and Transfer
R 3120 Compulsory Attendance 3121 Enrollment and Attendance Records 3122 Attendance Policy
R 3123 Attendance Policy Procedure Truancy
R 3125 Education of Homeless Children
R 3125F McKinney Vento Education Assistance Dispute Resolution Form 3130 Students of Legal Age 3141 Discretionary Nonresident Student Attendance Policy 3145 Foreign Exchange Students 3150 Part Time Attendance 3200 Student Rights and Responsibilities
R 3210 Equal Education, Nondiscrimination and Sex Equity 3221 Publications, Distributions or Posting of Materials 3224 Student Dress
R 3225 Sexual Harassment/Intimidation of Students 3225F Harassment Reporting Form
R 3226 Bullying/Harassment/Intimidation/Hazing 3231 3231P Searches and Seizure 3233 Student Use of Buildings: Equal Access 3235 Video Surveillance
R 3300 Suspension and Expulsion Corrective Actions and Punishment 3305 Seclusion and Restraint
R 3310 Student Discipline 3310P Discipline of Students with Disabilities 3310P1 Risk Assessments 3311 Firearms and Weapons 3330 Use of Alcohol Sensor Device 3340 Extra and Co Curricular Alcohol, Drug, and Tobacco Use 3345 Gambling 3410 Student Health/Physical Screenings/Examinations 3413 Student Immunization 3413F1 Medical Exemption Form for Immunization 3413F2 Religious Exemption Form for Immunization
R 3415 3415P Management of Sports Related Concussions 3416 Administering Medicines to Students 3416F Montana Authorization to Possess or Self minister Asthma, Severe Allergy, or Anaphylaxis Medication
ALBERTON JOINT SCHOOL DISTRICT #2 R = required
STUDENTS
3417 Communicable Diseases
3420 Head Lice
3431 Emergency Treatment
3440 Removal of Student During School Day
3510 School Sponsored Student Activities
R 3520 Student Fees, Fines, and Charges 3550 Student Clubs
3600 3600P Student Records
R 3606 Transfer of Student Records
R 3608 Receipt of Confidential Records
R 3612 3612P District Provided Access to Electronic Information, Services, and Networks
3630 Cell Phones and Other Electronic Equipment 3650 Montana Pupil Online Personal Information Protection Act
Alberton Joint School District #2
Adopted on: 10/12/22
Reviewed on:
STUDENTS. Revised on:
of
Early Childhood Education Enrollment Exceptional Circumstances
It is the policy of the District to provide enhanced educational opportunities to students under the age of 5
when either individual exceptional circumstances exist and/or when Community Based exceptional
circumstances are present.
Prohibition: This policy cannot be used to provide what is otherwise characterized or referred to as a
pre school, pursuant to20 7 117(2), MCA, which specifically prohibits the use of state equalization aid
for preschool. This policy is intended for use to enroll students under the age of 5 when statutory criteria
are met.
Exceptional Circumstances Meriting Waiver of Age Requirements for Pupils
In order to adopt this policy, the board of trustees must select one or more of the characteristics
identified in either Option A or Option B.
The administration shall ensure admission, enrollment and assignment of all qualifying children
referenced in this policy. The administration shall place children enrolled pursuant to this policy in either23 a half time or full time kindergarten program as an integral part of the elementary school program. The24 administration shall also ensure provision of a free appropriate public education in the least restrictive
environment possible, pursuant to terms of each student’s individualized education program, for all26 children enrolled under this policy who are qualified for services under the Individuals with Disabilities
Education Act.
administration shall include children enrolled pursuant to this policy in the district’s calculation of
average number belonging (ANB) as reported to OPI.
The Board of Trustees declares the following to be qualifying “exceptional circumstances” within the
meaning of that term as used in 20 5 101(3), that merit waiving the age provisions of 20 5 101(1), MCA
for children under 6 years of age who are either 4 years of age or older on or before September 10 of the
school year in which enrollment is to occur or who are at least 3 years of age with a disability qualifying
the child for services under Section 504 of the Federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973 or the federal
with Disabilities Education Act
exceptional circumstances are based on the
relevant factors to establish a basic system of free quality public elementary and secondary
in Section 20 9 309, MCA and as required by Article X, section 1, of the Montana
the below should be considered
enrolling on the basis of
The District must be sure to research and
school district’s policy that is used to enroll
inclusion or exclusion in the Board’s
of the community under this
all of the criteria incorporated into the
circumstances.
© MTSBA 2021
1
2
3 3100
4 5 Page 1
36
7 8
9
10
11 12
13
14
15
16 17
18 Note:
19
20 21
22
25
27
28 29 The
30
31 32
33
34
35
36
37 Individuals
These qualifying
38 educationally
39 school specified
40 Constitution:41 42 Note: Each of
separately for
43 adopted policy. When
demographic characteristics
44 Option B,
document
45
on the basis of exceptional
46 47 1. Homeless rates of the district’s pupils as defined in 42 U.S. Code § 11302 in comparison to48 statewide averages;49 50
2. Percentage of the district’s pupils qualifying for services under The Federal Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act in comparison to statewide averages;
3. Percentage of the district’s pupils eligible for free or reduced lunch under the National School
Lunch Program in comparison to statewide averages;
4. Average performance on standardized tests at the 3rd grade level in comparison to statewide
averages;
5. Percentage of the district’s pupils who are enrolled members of a federally recognized American
Indian Tribe in comparison to statewide averages.
6. Percentage of at risk student as defined in Section 20 1 101(4), MCA, in comparison to statewide
averages.
7. Percentage of gifted and talented pupils as used in 20 7 901, MCA, in comparison to statewide
averages.
8. Percentage of Limited English Proficient within the meaning of Title III of the federal Elementary
and Secondary Education Act, in comparison to statewide averages.
9. The following circumstances exist within the community affecting student learning identified by
the local board of trustees pursuant to Section 20 9 309(2)(h), MCA, and identified within
federal law pursuant to Section 20 9 309(4)(a)(v), MCA, including but not limited to educational
priorities identified within the Elementary and Secondary School Emergency Relief Fund
established by American Rescue Plan Act, Public Law 117 2 and demonstrated by peer reviewed
and academic studies on the impacts of community health crises:
a. Anticipated learning loss resulting from a public health emergency or other community
disaster
b. Basic literacy and numeracy are critical skills needed to advance learning and if not
attained in the early grades, will put students at lifelong disadvantage in pursuing success
in career and life.
c. Absence of available early childhood education opportunities in the community results in
d.
e.
prohibitive
lack of school readiness
to anticipated learning loss or lack of school
community
allow for further development of
© MTSBA 2021 31001 Page 2 of 32 3
4
5 6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30 anticipated learning loss or
31
Cost
nature of early childhood education opportunities in the community32 results in disparity of access that contributes
33 readiness.34
Improved access to early childhood education opportunities in the
will35 encourage or expand parent entry into workforce and
36 the community’s economy.37 38 The trustees shall annually review this policy based on changing circumstances pertaining to the criteria39 used for determination of the program. The administration is authorized to enroll students in a manner40 consistent with this policy and to develop procedures to implement this policy.41 42 Legal Reference: § 20 4 101, MCA Definitions43 § 20 5 101, MCA Admittance of child to school44 § 20 6 501, MCA Definition of various schools45 § 20 7 117, MCA Kindergarten and preschool programs46 § 20 9 309, MCA Basic system of free quality public47 elementary and secondary schools defined48 Article X, section 1, of the Montana constitution49 Individual with Disabilities Act Federal Rehabilitation Act of 197350 National School Lunch Act (Public Law 396, 79th congress, chapter 281)51
Title III, ESEA (English language Acquisition, language Enhancement, and
Academic Achievement Act)
McKinney Vento Homeless Assistance Act of 1987 (Pub. L. 100 77, July 22,
1987, 101 Stat. 482, U.S.C. § 11301 et seq.
Data/Study Reference: Engzell, P., Frey, A. & Verhagen, M. D. “Learning loss
due to school closures during the COVID 19 pandemic” Proc. Natl Acad. Sci.
USA 118, e2022376118 (2021).
Melinda Wenner Moyer, “The COVID generation: how is the pandemic affecting
kids’ brains?”, Nature, 10.1038/d41586 022 00027 4, 601, 7892, (180 183),
(2022).
© MTSBA 2021 31001 Page 3 of 32 3
4
5
6
7 8
9
10
11
12
13
14 15
Alberton Joint School District #2
Adopted on: 9/2009
Reviewed on:
on: 8/12/13, 10/8/13, 02/20/2018, 2/11/20
Placement, and
Date, and Age
The trustees will enroll and admit a child to a school in the district when the child is 5 years of
age or older on or before the tenth (10th) day of September of the school year in which the child
is to enroll but is not yet 19 years of age who is a resident of the District. Parents may request a
waiver of the age requirement. All waivers are granted in the sole discretion of the Trustees.
Non resident students may be admitted at the discretion of the Trustees. Children will be
enrolled in the grade identified in accordance with District policy or at the discretion of the of the
administration in consultation with the student’s parents or guardians The District requires
proof of identity and an immunization record for every child to be admitted to District schools.
The trustees may at their discretion assign and admit a child to a school in the district who is
under 5 years of age or an adult who is 19 years of age or older if there are exceptional
circumstances that merit waiving the age provision. The trustees may also admit an individual
who has graduated from high school but is not yet 19 years of age even though no special
circumstances exist for waiver of the age provision of this Policy.
School Entrance
District requires that a student’s parents, legal guardian, or legal custodian present
proof of identity of the child to the school within forty (40) days of enrollment, as well as
proof of residence in the District. Students who are not residents of the District may
apply for admission pursuant to Policy 3141. For the purposes of this section “proof of
identity” means a certified copy of a birth certificate, a certified transcript or similar student
records from the previous school, or any documentary evidence that a school district considers to
be satisfactory proof of identity.
MCA
To be admitted to District schools, in accordance with the Montana Immunization Law, a
have been immunized against varicella, diphtheria, pertussis, tetanus,
poliomyelitis, rubella, mumps, and measles in the manner and with immunizing agents
approved by the department. Immunizations may not be required if a child qualifies for
attendance or an exemption is filed as provided by Montana law.
The above requirements are not to serve as barriers to immediate enrollment of students
(ESSA)
or
the McKinney Vento Act
with the local child welfare agency,
required by the Every Student Succeeds Act
amended by ESSA. The District shall work
school
attended, or other relevant agencies to
© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3
4 3110 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27 Entrance,
Transfer8 Entrance,
9 10
11
12
13
14 15
16
17
18
19 20
21
22
23
24
25 26
27 28 1 1.The
29
30
31
32
33
34
44-2-511(6)(a),
35 2
36 child must
37
38
39 conditional
40 3.
41 designated as homeless
foster children as
42
and
as
43
the
last
44 obtain necessary enrollment documentation.45 46 Placement47
District goal is to place students at levels and in settings that will increase the probability of
success.
testing, together with other relevant criteria, including but not
to health, maturity, emotional stability, and developmental disabilities, may be
in the placement of all students.
disposition of all placement decisions rests
with the principal, subject to review by the Superintendent or the Board.
other accredited elementary and
of
Board shall assign and admit a child whose parent or guardian is being relocated to Montana
military orders to a school in the district and allow the child to preliminarily enroll in
and apply for programs offered by the District prior to arrival and establishing residency.
student will be placed in student data management system as soon as enrolled under this
The student will attend classes during preliminary enrollment and the Board
the administration to provide offsite instruction to the student if not present in the
District. The District will include a student enrolled under this provision as part of the
of ANB
Grades (K 8):
into the District will be admitted and placed
to observation by appropriate teachers and a building principal during a probation period
two (2) weeks. Thereafter, should doubt arise as to initial grade and level placement of a
school personnel will conduct an educational assessment to determine appropriate grade
(9-12)
© MTSBA 2017 18 1 The
2 student
Developmental
3 limited
4 considered
Final
5
6 7 Transfer8 9 District policies regulating the enrollment of students from
10 secondary schools are designed to protect the educational welfare
children.11 12 Children of Relocated Military Families13 14 The
15 under
16 classes
17 18 The
19 provision.
20 authorizes
21
22 calculation
23 24 Elementary
A student transferring
25 subject
26 of
27 student,
28 and level placement.29 30 Secondary Grades
Credit Transfer: A transfer of credits from any secondary school is31 subject to a satisfactory examination of the following:32 33 1. Appropriate certificates of school accreditation;34 2. Length of course, school day, and school year;35 3. Content of applicable courses;36 4. School building as it relates to credit earned (i.e., lab areas for appropriate science or37 vocational instruction);38 5. Appropriate evaluation of student performance leading toward credit issuance.39 40 The District will follow Montana Accreditation Rules and Standards, along with local alternate41 procedures for earning credit, in reviewing requests for transfer of credits. High school42 principals have authority for approving credit transfers, subject to review by the Superintendent43 or the Board.44 45 Legal Reference:46
§ 20 5 101, MCA Admittance of child to school
20 5 403, MCA Immunization required release and
acceptance of immunization records
20 5 404, MCA Conditional attendance
20-5-405, MCA Medical or religious exemption
20 5 406, MCA Immunization record
44 2 511, MCA School enrollment procedure
ARM Local Educational Agency Responsibility
et seq.,
20
246
Students with Disabilities
Accreditation Standards: Procedures
Session
© MTSBA 2017 18
1 §
2
3 §
4 §
5 §
6 §
7 10.16.3122,
8 For
9 10.55.601,
ARM
10 Chapter
2021 General Legislative
11 HB
2021 General Legislative Session12 13 14 15
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
on:
Attendance
on:
To reach the goal of maximum educational benefits for every child requires a regular continuity of
instruction, classroom participation, learning experiences, and study. Regular interaction of students with
one another in classrooms and their participation in instructional activities under the tutelage of competent
teachers are vital to the entire process of education. This established principle of education underlies and
gives purpose to the requirement of compulsory schooling in every state in the nation. A student’s regular
attendance also reflects dependability and is a significant component of a student’s permanent record.
Parents or legal guardians or legal custodians are responsible for seeing that their children who are age
(7) or older before the first (1st) day of school attend school until the later of the following dates:
Child’s sixteenth (16th) birthday; or
Completion date of the work of eighth (8th) grade.
provisions above do not apply in the following cases:
The child has been excused under one of the conditions specified in 20 5 102.
The child is absent because of illness, bereavement, or other reason prescribed by the policies of
the trustees.
The child has been suspended or expelled under the provisions of 20 5 202.
The child is excused pursuant to Section 2 of 20 5 103.
attendance
of
determination
in
study;
district judge that attendance is not in the best
(16) is
in the
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3120 - R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Compulsory
7 8
9
10
11
12
13
14 15
16 seven
17 18 1.
19 2.
20 21 The
22 23 (a)
24 (b)
25
26 (c)
27 (d)
28 29 Compulsory
stated above will not apply when children:30 1. Are provided with supervised correspondence or home
or31 2. Are excused because of a
by a
32 interests
the child; or33 3. Are enrolled in a non public or home school; or34 4. Are enrolled
a school in another district or state; or35 5. Are excused by the Board on a determination that attendance after age of sixteen
not
36 best interests of the child and the school.37 38 Legal Reference: § 20 1 308, MCA Religious instruction released time program39 § 20 5 101, MCA Admittance of child to school40 § 20 5 102, MCA Compulsory enrollment and excuses41 § 20 5 103, MCA Compulsory attendance and excuses42 § 20-5-104, MCA Attendance officer43 § 20 5 106, MCA Truancy44 § 20 5 107, MCA Incapacitated and indigent child attendance45 § 20 5 108, MCA Tribal agreement with district for Indian child46 compulsory attendance and other agreements47 § 20-5-109, MCA Nonpublic school requirement for compulsory48 enrollment exemption49 § 20 5 202, MCA Suspension and Expulsion50
on: 02/20/2018
on:
on: 8/10/21, 8/9/22
include,
but not limited
student
participates in
for whom ANB may be claimed under Title 20,
resident of the district or a nonresident student admitted by trustees under a student
agreement and who is attending a school of the district;
Unable to attend school due to a medical reason certified by a medical doctor and
individualized educational services supervised by the district, at district
expense, at a home or facility that does not offer an educational program;
to attend school due to the student’s incarceration in a facility, other than a youth
detention center, and who is receiving individualized educational services supervised by
the district, at district expense, at a home or facility that does not offer an educational
program;
with a caretaker
special education
a
Section 1 1 215, MCA;
related
other than day treatment, under a
nonsectarian school or private program if the
at the district’s expense under an approved individual
in
under Section 20 9 706,
district, using
using
by the
tutoring,
© MTSBA 2022 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 3121 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 page 1 of 27 Enrollment and Attendance Records8 9 Since accurate enrollment and attendance records are essential both to obtain state financial10 reimbursement and to fulfill the District’s responsibilities under the attendance laws, staff shall11 be diligent in maintaining such records.12 13 A district may only
for ANB purposes, any student who
pupil instruction14 as defined in Section 20 1 101(17), MCA and
15 including
to an enrolled
who is:16 17 • A
18 attendance
19 20 •
21 receiving
22
23 24 • Unable
25
26
27
28 29 • Living
relative under
30 31 • Receiving
and
services,
32 placement by the trustees at
private
33 student’s services are provided
34 education plan supervised by the district;35 36 • Participating
the Running Start Program at district expense
37 MCA;38 39 • Receiving education services, provided by the
appropriately licensed40 district staff at a private residential program or private residential facility licensed
41 Department of Public Health and Human Services;42 43 • Enrolled in an educational program or course provided at district expense
electronic44 or offsite delivery methods, including but not limited to
distance learning45 programs, online programs, and technology delivered learning programs, while attending46
•
of the district
any other nonsectarian offsite instructional setting with the
of the trustees of the district;
student of the district
work on a proficiency basis in accordance with
20 9 311(4)(d) and 20 9 324(18)(b), MCA;
student enrolled by the Board
•
•
exceptional circumstances as defined in applicable
in accordance with Section 20 5 101, MCA.
student gaining credit for participating in a work-based learning program pursuant to
20 7 1510, MCA, and Policy
student participating in an “innovative educational program” as defined in Section 15
3102, MCA;
resident of the district attending a Montana job corps program under an interlocal
with the district under Section 20 9 707, MCA; or
resident of the district attending a Montana Youth Challenge Program under an
interlocal agreement with the district under Section 20 9 707, MCA.
student with a disability who is
the
old but under 21years of age, has been
by the Board of Trustees in accordance with Policy 3110, and qualifies in
with Section 20 9 311(7), MCA, to remain enrolled and be served by schools,
© MTSBA 2022 31211 page 2 of 32 3 a school
or
4 approval
5 6
A
completing
7 Sections
8 9 • A
for
10 District policies and
11 12
A
13 Section
2600;14 15
A
16 30
17 18 • A
19 agreement
20 21 • A
22
23 24 • A
over 19 years
25 enrolled
26 accordance
27 if
following criteria are satisfied:28 29 • the student has not graduated;30 • the student is eligible for special education services and is likely to be eligible for31 adult services for individuals with developmental disabilities due to the32 significance of the student's disability; and33 • the student's individualized education program has identified transition goals that34 focus on preparation for living and working in the community following high35 school graduation since age 16 or the student's disability has increased in36 significance after age 16.37 38 In order for a student who is served through distance learning or offsite delivery methods to be39 included in the calculation of average number belonging, the student must meet one or more of40 the conditions for participating in offsite instruction pursuant to Section 20 7 118, MCA.41 42 Enrollment for Purposes of Participation in Extracurricular Activities By an Unenrolled Child or43 Part Time Enrolled Student44 45 The District shall include for ANB purposes a child who during the prior school year:46
resided in the District;
was not enrolled in the District or was not enrolled full time; and
completed an extracurricular activity with a duration of at least 6 weeks in accordance
with Policy 3510.
completed extracurricular activity that, inclusive of practices and post season tournaments,
lasts 6 weeks or longer shall be counted as one sixteenth enrollment. Each completed
extracurricular activity lasting longer than 18 weeks may be counted as one eighth enrollment. A
may not be counted as more than one full time enrollment for ANB purposes.
purposes of calculating ANB under this section, "extracurricular activity" means:
a sport or activity sanctioned by an organization having jurisdiction over interscholastic
activities, contests, and tournaments;
an approved career and technical student organization, pursuant to Section 20 7 306,
MCA;
a school theater production.
Youth and Foster Children
to schools shall be subject to modification when federal law applicable to students
in foster care or students who are homeless requires that such students be educated in a
“school of origin” that differs from the assigned school.
Cross References: Policy 3510 School Sponsored Activities
2600 Work Based Learning
1010FE/3100
1 1 215,
20
20
Enrollment for Exceptional Circumstances
number belonging (ANB)
corps
© MTSBA 2022 31211 page 3 of 32 3 a.
4 b.
5 c.
6
7 8 Each
9
10
11 child
12 13 For
14 a.
15
16 b.
17
or18 c.
19 20 Homeless
21 Assignment
22 placed
23
24 25
26 Policy
27 Policy
Early
28 29 Legal Reference: §
MCA Residence rules for determining30 §
9 311, MCA Calculation of average
31 §
9 706, MCA Running start program32 § 20 9 707, MCA Agreement with Montana youth challenge program33 or accredited Montana job
program34 § 20-5-101, MCA Admittance of child to school35 § 20 5 112, MCA Participation in Extracurricular Activities36 § 20 1 101, MCA Definitions37 § 20 3 324, MCA Powers and Duties38 §20 7 1510, MCA Credit for participating in work based learning39 partnerships40 29 U.S.C. 794 Nondiscrimination under Federal grants41 and programs42 34 CFR 300.1, et seq. Assistance to states for the education of children43 with disabilities44 45
on:
on:
Attendance Policy
regards regular attendance as an important component of the education of students.
who attend school regularly and are punctual will have more learning opportunities.
or designee
or legal custodian
child
attempt to contact, by the end of the school day, any parent,
child is absent from school, but who has not reported the
for the school day, to determine whether the parent, guardian, or legal custodian is
aware of the child’s absence from school.
and
student handbook.
attendance and tardies can be found in the respective
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed on:4 3122 STUDENTS Revised
02/20/20185 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 The Board
14 Students
15 16 The principal
will
17 guardian,
whose
18
absent
19
20 21 Specific rules
regulations regarding
22
23 24 25 26
purpose of
defined by this policy, for all
to attend a
of 9 or more days or
Alberton Joint School District #2
Adopted on: 8/12/2013
on:
on: 02/20/2018
or
Alberton Joint School District #2’s
“truancy”
non attendance without excuse,
to the length of one class period of
recorded unexcused
parts of a day, whichever is less, in 1 school year.
of non attendance without excuse is stated in the
Alberton Joint School District #2 has appointed the K 12 Principal as the attendance officer of the
district.
attendance officer shall have the powers and duties as stated in 20 5 105(1) (Section 2), MCA and
MCA
Attendance Officer is vested with police powers and shall have the following authority to:
Enter a student’s place of employment in order to enforce the compulsory attendance provisions
of the State;
Make reports in the manner and to whomever the Board designates;
the necessary steps to investigate and enforce the compulsory attendance provisions under
Institute proceedings
procedures;
the Board;
morals
good conduct
© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3 Reviewed
4 3123 -R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 Attendance Policy Truancy8 9 For the
this policy “truant” or
means the persistent
10 as
or any part of a school day equivalent
11 a child required
school under 20 5 103. “Habitual truancy” means
12 absences
54
more
13 14 The
definition
15 respective student handbooks16 17 The
18
19 20 The
21 20 5 106,
22 23 The
24 25 • Serve warrants;26 •
27
28 •
29 • Take
30 Montana law and the District’s attendance policies and
31 •
against any parent, guardian, or other person violating the compulsory32 attendance provisions under Montana law;33 • Keep a record of transactions for the inspection and information of
and34 • Perform any other duties prescribed by the Board to preserve the
and secure
35 of the District’s students.36 37 38 39 Legal Reference: § 20 5 103, MCA Compulsory attendance and excuses40 § 20 5 104, MCA Attendance officer41 § 20 5 105, MCA Attendance officer powers and duties42 § 20 5 106, MCA Truancy43 § 20 5 107, MCA Incapacitated and indigent child attendance44 § 41 5 103(22), MCA Definitions45 46 47 48 49 50
of a homeless
and admit a child
the homeless child
out of District
able to
child become homeless
of origin,
School
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
on: 02/20/2018
entitled to equal access to the same
provided to children with permanent housing. The District must
of residence and irrespective of
required for enrollment. The District may
a homeless child.
the
be eligible to attend
will review and revise
of the
the child must be able to remain at
school in the district.
necessary rules or procedures that may be barriers to
of homeless children and youths. In reviewing and revising such procedures, the
consider issues of transportation, immunization, residence, birth certificates, school
and other documentation.
students will have access to
limited
programs
with
offered to other students, including but
criteria (e.g.,
limited English
© MTSBA 2017 18 1 Alberton Joint
District #22 3
4 Reviewed
5 3125 R STUDENTS Revised
6 7 Education of Homeless Children8 9 Every child
individual and every homeless child are
10 free, appropriate public education as
11 assign
who is homeless to a District school regardless
12 whether
is
produce records normally
13 not require an
attendance agreement and tuition for
14 15 Should a
over
course
school year,
16 the school
or
another
17 18 The Superintendent
as
19 enrollment
20 Superintendent will
21 records,
22 23 Homeless
services comparable those
24 not
to:25 26 1. Transportation services;27 2. Educational services for which a student meets eligibility
Title I);28 3. Educational
for children
disabilities and
proficiency;29 4. Programs in vocational and technical education;30 5. Programs for gifted and talented students; and31 6. School nutrition program.32 33 The Superintendent will give special attention to ensuring the enrollment and attendance of homel ess34 children and youths not currently attending school. The Superintendent will appoint a liaison for35 homeless children.36 37 A “homeless individual” is defined as provided in the McKinney Homeless Assistance Act.38 39 Anyone having a concern or complaint regarding placement or education of a homeless child will first40 present it orally and informally to the District homeless liaison. Thereafter, a written complaint must be41 filed in accordance with the District Uniform Complaint Procedure.42 43 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure44 3125F McKinney Vento Homeless Educational Assistance Dispute45 Resolution Form46 47 Legal Reference: 42 U.S.C. §§42 U.S.C. § 11301 et seq 11431, et seq.48 McKinney Homeless Assistance Act49 § 20 5 101, MCA Admittance of child to school50
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 3125F - R STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 MCKINNEY-VENTO HOMELESS EDUCATION ASSISTANCE8 DISPUTE RESOLUTION FORM9 10 School District _______________________ Liaison _____________________11 Telephone __________________12 13 Date of first contact by homeless individual, guardian, or representative _________14 15 Homeless Student’s Name _______________________16 17 Describe the issue(s) in question ___________________________________________18 19 20 21 22 23 School District Contact _____________________ Telephone __________________24 (Superintendent/Principal)25 Date _______________ (within 7 business days)26 Resolution of Liaison/School District Level (describe below) or27 Forwarded to OPI Homeless Coordinator [please contact at (406) 444 2036)28 29 Date _______________ (within 15 business days)30 Resolution to OPI Homeless Coordinator Level (describe below) or31 Forwarded to Superintendent of Public Instruction32 33 Describe Resolution Results ________34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Homeless Coordinator Signature _________________________________41 42 This form must be filed with Heather Denny43 Homeless Coordinator44 Office of Public Instruction45 Po Box 20250146 Helena, MT 59620 250147
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 3130 STUDENTS Revised on: 2/11/205 6 Page 1 of 27 Students of Legal Age8 9 Every student eighteen (18) years of age or older, like all other students, will comply with the10 rules established by the District, pursue the prescribed course of study, and submit to the11 authority of teachers and other staff members as required by policy and state law.12 13 Forms14 Adult students who reside with parents or guardians and/or are classified as dependents of15 parents or guardians for tax purposes must have applicable forms completed by parents or16 guardians.17 18 Admission to School19 20 The residence of an adult student who is not residing with a parent or guardian will be21 considered the residence for school purposes.22 23 Field Trips/Athletic Programs24 25 Approved forms for participation will be required of all students. The form should indicate that26 the signature is that of the parent.27 28 Absence/Lateness/Truancy29 30 Absence notes will be signed by parents or guardians. Excessive absences will result in31 consequences according to policy 3122P and will be reported on the report card.32 33 Suspension/Expulsion34 35 All suspension and/or expulsion proceedings will conform to the requirements of state statutes.36 Notification of all such proceedings will be sent to parents or guardians.37 38 Withdrawal From School39 40 Adult students may withdraw from school under their own cognizance. Counselors will guide41 and counsel potential dropouts and encourage their continued attendance. Parents will be notified42 of impending dropouts by the school.43 44 45 46 47
of
the
attains the age
access
inspect
an “eligible student”
FERPA. An eligible
student records. An eligible student may not
parents from accessing and inspecting their student records if they are a dependent
parents
regulations.
school
to leave school early for reasons such as
the organization being visited. Permission
considered a non valid reason.
damage to school property.
© MTSBA 2017 18 1 31302 page 2 of 23 4 Permission to Inspect Student Records5 6 A student that
of legal majority is
under
7 student has
right to
and
their
8 prevent their
9
their
in accordance with Internal Revenue Service
10 11 Report Cards12 13 Progress reports will be sent to the parent or legal guardian.14 15 Excuses From School16 17 The school will verify requests from students who wish
18 job interviews, college visits, driver testing, etc., with
19 to leave
early may be denied for what is
20 21 Financial Responsibility22 23 Adult students can be held financially responsible for
24 25 26 27 28 29
on: 9/2009
on:
on: 02/20/2018
as required by § 20 5
District
The Superintendent will recommend to the Board
with
the Board
admit nonresident students at
nonresident student admission in
the final decision on admission.
3. The District will examine a student’s records from this district and other school districts
any Board approval for admission. Review of the records and decisions regarding
admission cannot be inconsistent with district policies regarding nondiscrimination.
The District will not admit nonresident students when doing so would cause the district
to exceed the class size standards under 10.55.712 and 10.55.713, ARM.
Every nonresident student who attends District schools must reapply for admission for
the succeeding school year by June 15. Admission in one school year does not infer or
admission in subsequent years.
Nonresident students enrolled under this policy are subject to all district policies, rules,
on the same basis as resident students.
All resident students who become nonresidents because their parents or guardians move
out of the District may continue attendance for the school year, barring registration in
another District. At the completion of the school year, a student must apply as a
nonresident student in accordance with #5.
The Board will not admit
nonresident students
nonresident student who is serving a suspension or
transportees
school
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 3141 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27 8 Discretionary Nonresident Student Attendance Policy9 10 1. Except
321, MCA, the
will
11 its discretion.12 13 2.
any
14 accordance
this policy, with
making
15 16
17 before
18
19 20 4.
21
22 23 5.
24
25 guarantee
26 27 6.
28 regulations
29 30 7.
31
32
33
34 35 8.
any
36 expulsion from another school district.37 38 9. All
will be considered ineligible
for
39 transportation services (§ 20 10 101, MCA).40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
Cross Reference: Policy 2161 2161P Special Education
3110 Entrance, Placement, and Transfer
3125 Education of Homeless Children
3210 Equal Education, Nondiscrimination and Sex
Legal Reference:
20 5 314, MCA Reciprocal attendance agreement with adjoining
state or province
20 5 320, MCA Attendance with discretionary approval
20 5 321, MCA Attendance with mandatory approval tuition and
transportation
20 5 322, MCA Residency determination notification appeal for
attendance agreement
20 5 323, MCA Tuition and transportation rates
ARM Out of District Attendance Agreements
10.55.712, ARM Class Size Elementary
10.55.713, ARM Teacher Load and Class Size High School
© MTSBA 2017 18 31411 page 2 of 22 3
4 Policy
5 Policy
6 Policy
7 Equity8
§
9
10 §
11 §
12
13 §
14
15 §
16 10.10.301B,
17
18
19 20 21 22 23
Adopted
the policy of the Board to recognize the benefits from foreign exchange students in the
The Board does not, however, sponsor foreign exchange programs or provide financial
to any foreign exchange students. The Board assumes no responsibility or control
items such as travel, living
of the sponsor and/or student.
funding, insurance, etc., which remain the
visa holders (students sponsored by an approved foreign exchange organization) are eligible
attend either elementary or secondary school. Any sponsoring organization must have a local
representative, be a nonprofit organization, and be approved by the Council on Standards for
Education Travel. F 1 visa holders (individual foreign students sponsored by
relatives or friends)
not attend the District.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 3145 STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Foreign Exchange Students12 13 It is
14 District.
15 contributions
16 over
accommodations,
17 responsibility
18 19 J 1
20 to
21
22 International
23
may
24 25 26 27 Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. 221, et seq. Foreign and Exchange Students28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
on: 8/10/21
student
semester.
decision
be appealed
in a requested class;
staff member;
section of a course to be created.
to enroll in the same
is needed for a regular, full
priority for the position beginning with the
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed on:4 3150 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 8 The District will review requests for part time enrollment of students for purposes of academic9 courses on a case by case basis, with a building principal making a preliminary
10 pursuant to the criteria set forth in this Policy. Denial of part time enrollment may
11 pursuant to policy 1700.12 13 Criteria for accepting students for part time enrollment are the following:14 15 1. Accepting a student will not create excess student enrollment
16 2. Accepting a student will not create need for an additional
17 3. Accepting a student will not cause a new
18 19 The District will accept on a first come, first served basis students wishing
20 course. Whenever the enrollment position of a part time student
21 time
during the year, a full time student has
22 next
23 24 Participation in District Extracurricular Activities by Unenrolled Children25 26 This policy does not restrict or limit the ability of unenrolled children to seek to participate in27 extracurricular activities in accordance with Policy 3510 The District may secure ANB for28 unenrolled children participating in identified extracurricular activities in accordance with Policy29 312130 31 Cross References: Policy 3510 School Sponsored Activities32 Policy 3121 Enrollment and Attendance33 34 Legal Reference: § 20 9 311(a), MCA Calculation of average number belonging (ANB)35 3 year averaging36 Chapter 297 2021 General Legislative Session37 Chapter 269 2021 General Legislative Session38 39 40
on:
on: 02/20/2018
District recognizes fully that all students are entitled to enjoy the rights protected under
and state constitutions
others.
law for persons of their age and maturity in a school setting.
students to exercise these rights
District
impose
or violate District policies or rules.
Searches and Seizure
and to avoid violating the rights
students violate the rights of
20 4 302, MCA Discipline and punishment of pupils definition of
corporal punishment penalty defense
20 5 201, MCA Duties and sanctions
v. Des Moines Ind. Sch. Dist., 89 S.Ct. 733 (1969)
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed
4 3200 STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Student Rights and Responsibilities12 13 The
14 federal
and
15 The District expects
reasonably
16 of
The
may
disciplinary measures whenever
17 others
18 19 20 21 Cross Reference: 3231
22 3310 Student Discipline23 24 Legal Reference: §
25
26 §
27 Tinker
28 29 30
Alberton
School District
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
on: 02/20/2018
Education, Nondiscrimination
District will make equal educational
for all students without regard to race,
color, national origin, ancestry, sex, ethnicity, language barrier, religious belief, physical or mental
handicap or disability, economic or social condition, actual or potential marital or parental status No
be denied equal access to programs, activities, services, or benefits or be limited in the
exercise of any right, privilege, or advantage, or denied equal access to educational and extracurricular
and activities.
regarding discrimination or intimidation should be directed to the District Title IX Coordinator.
individual may file a complaint alleging violation of this policy, Policy 3200 Student Rights and
Policy
Sexual Harassment/Intimidation of Students, or Policy 3226
following those policies or Policy 1700 Uniform Complaint
District, in compliance with federal regulations, will notify annually all students, parents, staff, and
community members of this policy and the designated coordinator to receive inquiries. This annual
notification will include the name and location of the coordinator and will be included in all handbooks.
District will not tolerate hostile or abusive treatment, derogatory remarks, or acts of violence against
students, staff, or volunteers with disabilities. The District will consider such behavior as constituting
discrimination on the basis of disability, in violation of state and federal law.
Harassment/Intimidation
1681,
© MTSBA 2017 18
Joint
#21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3210 - R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Equal
and Sex Equity7 8 The
opportunities available
9
10
11 student will
12
13 programs
14 15 Inquiries
16 Any
17 Responsibilities,
3225
18 Bullying/Harassment/Intimidation/Hazing by
19 Procedure20 21 The
22
23
24 25 The
26
27
28 29 30 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure31 3200 Student Rights and Responsibilities32 3225 Sexual
of Students33 3226 Bullying/Harassment/Intimidation/Hazing34 35 Legal Reference: Art. X, Sec. 7, Montana Constitution Nondiscrimination in education36 § 49 2 307, MCA Discrimination in education37 24.9.1001, et seq., ARM Sex Discrimination in Education38 Title IX of the Educational Amendments, 20 U.S.C. §
et seq.39 34 CFR Part 106 Nondiscrimination on the basis of sex in40 education programs or activities receiving41 Federal financial assistance42 43 44
Adopted on:
on: 02/20/2018
sponsored publications and productions
for general student use.
part of the curriculum and are not a public
may edit or delete material which is
with the School District's educational mission. All student media shall comply with
the ethics and rules of responsible journalism. Text that is libelous, obscene, invades the privacy
others, conflicts with the basic educational mission of the school, socially inappropriate or
due to the maturity level of the students, or is materially disruptive to the
process will not be tolerated. The author's name will accompany personal opinions
editorial statements. An opportunity for the expression of differing opinions from those
will be provided within the same media.
in school of written material
is
libelous, invades the privacy of others,
cause substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school
school activities, or advocates conduct otherwise inconsistent with shared values of a civilized
social order is prohibited. Distribution in school includes distribution on school property or at
school related activities. Students who distribute such material or who write or publish such
material for distribution engage in gross disobedience and misconduct and will be disciplined in
with Board policy.
groups
posting of materials, and/or
to students.
governmental agencies, parent and student organizations not sponsored by the
and community organizations,
bulletin board and/or table
to display their materials on a centrally
for the displaying of materials. The District
reasonable time period prior to the
by the District, the
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
9/20093 Reviewed
4 3221 STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 Publications, Distribution or Posting of Materials8 9 School Sponsored Publications10 11 School
are
12 forum
School authorities
13 inconsistent
14
15 of
16 inappropriate
17 educational
18 and
19 published/produced
20 21 Non School Sponsored Publications22 23 Distribution
that
obscene,
24 will
25 or
26
27
28
29 accordance
30 31 Distribution and Posting of Materials32 33 To facilitate the distribution of materials with information about student activities, each school34 building may maintain a centrally located bulletin board for the
35 maintain a table available to groups for placing approved materials.36 37 School sponsored
are permitted to distribute materials directly
Outside38 groups, including
39 school,
are permitted
40 located
available
may41 require that the group submit the materials within a
42 distribution or display to ensure the material is appropriate.43 44 The District has the discretion to require that materials from outside groups contain the following45 disclaimer: “These materials are neither sponsored nor endorsed
46 Superintendent, or this school.”47 48
others,
by the school
with the
a health or safety hazard for students,
safety, and decency.
Students attending public
to honor their American Indian heritage
the display of culturally significant tribal regalia at a public event sponsored by the
district. Any item that promotes drug use, weapon use, threats of violence, sexual
bullying, or other intimidation,
not be worn at a public event
published annually
violates another district policy, state, or federal
by the school district. Specific regulations
handbooks.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed on:4 3224 STUDENTS Revised on: 02/20/20185 6 7 8 9 10 11 Student Dress12 13 Students' dress and grooming must not disrupt the educational process, interfere
14 maintenance of a positive teaching/learning climate, create
15 staff, or
or compromise reasonable standards of health,
16 17 Building administrators shall establish procedures for the monitoring of student dress and18 grooming in school or while engaging in extracurricular activities.
19 events sponsored
district are permitted
20 through
21 school
22 harassment,
or
23 law may
sponsored
24 shall be
in student
25 26 27 Cross Reference: Policy 2333 Participation in Commencement Exercises28 29 30 Legal Reference: SB 319-Chapter 229 Tribal regalia and objects of cultural significance31 allowed at public events32 33 34 35 36
Adopted on:
on:
harassment is a form of sex discrimination
student
in sexual
is prohibited. An employee, District agent,
that individual makes unwelcome advances,
sexual favors, or engages in other verbal, non verbal, or physical conduct of a sexual or
nature,
on the basis of
Denies or limits the provision of educational aid, benefits, services, opportunities, or
or that makes such conduct a condition of a student’s academic status; or
the purpose or effect of:
Substantially interfering with a student’s educational environment;
an intimidating, hostile, or offensive educational environment;
Depriving a student of educational aid, benefits, services, opportunities, or
treatment;
submission to or rejection of such unwelcome conduct the basis for
decisions affecting a student.
“intimidating,” “hostile,” and “offensive” include conduct that has the effect of
embarrassment, or discomfort. Examples of sexual harassment include but are not
to unwelcome touching, crude jokes or pictures, discussions of sexual experiences,
for sexual activity, intimidation by words, actions, insults, or name calling, teasing
to sexual characteristics, and spreading rumors related to a person’s alleged sexual
activities.
who believe that they may have been sexually harassed or intimidated should consult a
teacher, Title IX coordinator, or administrator, who will assist them in the complaint
Supervisors or teachers who knowingly condone or fail to report or assist a student to
take action to remediate such behavior of sexual harassment or intimidation may themselves be
subject
subject
is
who is determined,
investigation, to have engaged in sexual
to and including discharge. Any student of
have engaged in sexual
to suspension and expulsion
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
02/20/20183 Reviewed
4 3225 - R STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 Page 1 of 27 8 Sexual Harassment/Intimidation of Students9 10 Sexual
and
11 or
engages
harassment whenever
12 requests
13 sex based
imposed
sex, that:14 15 1.
16 treatment,
17 18 2. Has
19 20 a.
21 22 b. Creating
23 24 c.
25
or26 27 d. Making
28 academic
29 30 The terms
31 humiliation,
32 limited
33 pressure
34 related
35
36 37 Students
38 counselor,
39 process.
40
41
to discipline.42 43 Any District employee who
determined, after an
44 harassment will be
to disciplinary action up
45 the District
after an investigation, to
harassment will46 be subject to disciplinary action, including but not limited
consistent47
the District’s discipline policy. Any person who knowingly makes a false accusation
regarding sexual harassment likewise will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including
discharge with regard to employees or suspension and expulsion with regard to students.
District will make every effort to ensure that employees or students accused of sexual
or intimidation are given an appropriate opportunity to defend themselves against
such accusations.
the greatest extent possible, the District will treat complaints in a confidential manner. The
realizes that limited disclosure may be necessary in order to complete a thorough
Retaliation against persons who file a complaint is a violation of law prohibiting
discrimination and will lead to disciplinary action against an offender.
individual seeking further information should consult the Superintendent for the name of the
current Title IX Coordinator for the District. The Superintendent will ensure that student and
employee handbooks include the name, address, and telephone number of an individual
responsible for coordinating District compliance efforts.
individual with a complaint alleging a violation of this policy should follow the Uniform
Complaint Procedure.
Reference:
Complaint
References: Art. X, Sec. 1, Montana Constitution Educational goals and duties
49 3 101, et seq., MCA Montana Human Rights Act
of the Educational Amendments, 20 U.S.C. § 1681, et seq.
on the basis of sex in
education programs or activities receiving
financial assistance
Board of Trustees
Protection
© MTSBA 2017 18 32251 Page 2 of 22 3 with
4
5
6 7 The
8 harassment
9
10 11 To
12 District
13 investigation.
14
15 16 Any
17
18
19
20 21 An
22
23 24 25 26 Cross
1700 Uniform
Procedure27 28 Legal
29 §§
30 Title IX
31 34 CFR Part 106 Nondiscrimination
32
33 Federal
34 10.55.701(1)(f), ARM
35 10.55.719, ARM Student
Procedures36 10.55.801(1)(a), ARM School Climate37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 3225F STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 Harassment Reporting Form for Students7 8 School ______________________________________________ Date ___________________9 10 Student’s name _11 (If you feel uncomfortable leaving your name, you may submit an anonymous report, but12 please understand that an anonymous report will be much more difficult to investigate.13 We assure you that we’ll use our best efforts to keep your report confidential.)14 15 a) Who was responsible for the harassment or incident(s)? ______________________________16 17 18 b) Describe the incident(s).19 20 21 22 c) Date(s), time(s), and place(s) the incident(s) occurred. _______________________________23 24 25 26 d) Were other individuals involved in the incident(s)? c yes c no27 If so, name the individual(s) and explain their roles. ______________28 29 30 31 e) Did anyone witness the incident(s)? c yes c no32 If so, name the witnesses. ______33 34 35 36 37 f) Did you take any action in response to the incident? c yes c no38 If yes, what action did you take? ________39 40 41 42 g) Were there any prior incidents? c yes c no43 If so, describe any prior incidents. ________________________44 45 46 47 Signature of complainant _____________________________________________48 49 Signatures of parents/legal guardians _______________________________________________50
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
on: 10/8/13, 9/8/15, 02/20/2018
Bullying/Harassment/Intimidation/Hazing
will strive to provide a positive and productive learning and working environment. Bullying,
or hazing, by students, staff, or third parties, is strictly prohibited and shall not
tolerated.
a) “Third parties” include but are not limited to coaches, school volunteers, parents, school visitors,
service contractors or others engaged in District business, such as employees of businesses or
organizations participating in cooperative work programs with the District, and others not directly
subject to District control at inter district and intra District athletic competitions or other school
events.
b) “District” includes District facilities, District premises, and non District property if the student or
employee is at any District sponsored, District approved, or District related activity or function,
such as field trips or athletic events, where students are under the control of the District or where
the employee is engaged in District business.
c) “Hazing” includes but is not limited to any act that recklessly or intentionally endangers the
mental or physical health or safety of a student for the purpose of initiation or as a condition or
precondition of attaining membership in or affiliation with any District sponsored activity or
grade level attainment, including but not limited to forced consumption of any drink, alcoholic
beverage, drug, or controlled substance, forced exposure to the elements, forced prolonged
exclusion from social contact, sleep deprivation, or any other forced activity that could adversely
affect the mental or physical health or safety of a student; requires, encourages, authorizes, or
permits another to be subject to wearing or carrying any obscene or physically burdensome
article, assignment of pranks to be performed, or other such activities intended to degrade or
humiliate.
"Bullying" means any harassment, intimidation, hazing, or threatening, insulting, or demeaning
gesture or physical contact, including any intentional written, verbal, or electronic communication
or threat directed against a student that is persistent, severe, or repeated, and
that substantially interferes with a student’s educational benefits, opportunities, or performance,
that takes place on or immediately adjacent to school grounds, at any school sponsored activity,
on school provided transportation, at any official school bus stop, or anywhere conduct may
be considered to be a threat or an attempted intimidation of a student or staff member
an interference with school purposes or an educational function, and that has the effect of:
harming a student or damaging a student’s property;
Knowingly placing a student in reasonable fear of physical harm to the student or
damage to the student’s property;
a hostile educational environment,
Substantially and materially disrupts the orderly operation of a school.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3226 - R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27
8 9 The Board
10 harassment, intimidation,
11 be
12 13 Definitions14
15
16
17
18
19 20
21
22
23
24 25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35 36 d)
37
38 (“cyberbullying”)
39
40
41
42 reasonably
43 or
44 a. Physically
45 b.
46
47 c. Creating
or;48 d.
49
“Electronic communication device” means any mode of electronic communication,
but not limited to computers, cell phones, PDAs, or the internet.
complaints about behavior that may violate this policy shall be promptly investigated. Any
student, employee, or third party who has knowledge of conduct in violation of this policy or
feels he/she has been a victim of hazing, harassment, intimidation, or bullying in violation of this
policy is encouraged to immediately report his/her concerns to the building principal or the
District Administrator, who have overall responsibility for such investigations. A student may
also report concerns to a teacher or counselor, who will be responsible for notifying the
appropriate District official. Complaints against the building principal shall be filed with the
Superintendent. Complaints against the Superintendent or District Administrator shall be filed
with the Board.
complainant shall be notified of the findings of the investigation and, as appropriate, that
remedial action has been taken.
Exhaustion of administrative remedies
person alleging violation of any form of harassment, intimidation, hazing, or threatening,
insulting, or demeaning gesture or physical contact, including any intentional written, verbal, or
electronic communication, as stated above, may seek redress under any available law, either civil
or criminal, after exhausting all administrative remedies.
District Administrator shall be responsible for ensuring notice of this policy is provided to
staff, and third parties and for the development of administrative regulations, including
needed.
whose behavior is found to be in violation of this policy will be subject to discipline up
to and including expulsion.
whose behavior is found to be in violation of this policy will be
subject to discipline up to and including dismissal. Third parties whose behavior is found to be in
of this policy
officials.
be subject to appropriate sanctions as determined and imposed by the
Administrator or the Board. Individuals may also be referred to law enforcement
Retaliation and Reprisal
complaint,
any person who reports or is thought to have reported a violation,
in an investigation or inquiry. Such retaliation shall be
whether or not a complaint is substantiated. False
will result in disciplinary action or other
© MTSBA 2017 18 32261 Page 2 of 22 3 e)
4 including
5 6 Reporting7 All
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 The
18
19 20
21 22 A
23
24
25
26 27 Responsibilities28 The
29 students,
30 reporting and investigative procedures, as
31 32 Consequences33 Students
34
Staff
35
36 violation
shall
37 District
38
39 40
41 Retaliation is prohibited against
42 files a
or otherwise participates
43 considered a serious violation of Board policy,
44 charges shall also be regarded as a serious offense and
45 appropriate sanctions.46 47 Cross Reference: 3225F Harassment Reporting Form for Students48 Legal Reference: 10.55.701(1)(g), ARM Board of Trustees49 10.55.719, ARM Student Protection Procedures50 10.55.801(1)(d), ARM School Climate51
Adopted on:
on:
on: 02/20/2018
goal of search and seizure with respect to students is meeting the educational needs of
and ensuring their security. The objective of any search and/or seizure is not the
eradication of crime in the community. Searches may be carried out to recover stolen property,
to detect illegal substances or weapons, or to uncover any matter reasonably believed to be a
threat to the maintenance of an orderly educational environment. The Board authorizes school
authorities to conduct reasonable searches of school property and equipment, as well as of
students and their personal effects, to maintain order and security in the schools.
search of a student, by authorized school authorities, is reasonable if it is both: (1) justified
at its inception, and (2) reasonably related in scope to the circumstances which justified the
interference in the first place.
School authorities are authorized to utilize any reasonable means of conducting searches,
including but not limited to the following:
A “pat down” of the exterior of the student’s clothing;
A search of the student’s clothing, including pockets;
A search of any container or object used by, belonging to, or otherwise in the possession
or control of a student; and/or
Devices or tools such as breath test instruments, saliva test strips, etc.
“pat down” or “search’ of a student, if conducted, will be conducted by a school official or
of the same gender as the student
searched.
of
including their use
searches of lockers, desks, parking lots, and
or other illegal or
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3231 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27 Searches and Seizure8 9 The
10 children
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 The
18
19
20 21
22
23 24 1.
25 2.
26 3.
27
28 4.
29 30 The
31 employee
being
32 33 School Property and Equipment and Personal Effects of Students34 35 School authorities may inspect and search school property and equipment owned or controlled36 by the District (such as lockers, desks, and parking lots).37 38 The Superintendent may request the assistance
law enforcement officials,
39 of specially trained dogs, to conduct inspections and
40 other school property and equipment for illegal drugs, weapons,
dangerous41 substances or material.42 43 44 45 46 47
School officials may search any individual student, his/her property, or District property under
his/her control, when there is a reasonable suspicion that the search will uncover evidence that
he/she is violating the law, Board policy, administrative regulation, or other rules of the District
or the school. Reasonable suspicion shall be based on specific and objective facts that the search
will produce evidence related to the alleged violation. The types of student property that may be
searched by school officials include but are not limited to lockers, desks, purses, backpacks,
student vehicles parked on District property, cellular phones, or other electronic communication
devices.
Students may not use, transport, carry, or possess illegal drugs or any weapons in their vehicles
on school property. While on school property, vehicles may be inspected at any time by staff, or
by contractors employed by the District utilizing trained dogs, for the presence of illegal drugs,
drug paraphernalia, or weapons. In the event the school has reason to believe that drugs, drug
paraphernalia, or weapons are present, including by alert trained dogs, the student’s vehicle will
be searched, and the student expressly consents to such a search.
by parking in the school parking lots, the student consents to having his/her vehicle
searched if the school authorities have any other reasonable suspicion to believe that a violation
of school rules or policy has occurred.
a search
policies or rules,
action
evidence
evidence
be taken.
appropriate,
violated or is violating either a law or
and impounded by school authorities and
evidence may be transferred to law
U.S.
v. Plumas, (9th Cir. 1999)
Redding, 557 U.S. 364, 129 S.Ct.
F.3d 1260
© MTSBA 2017 18 32311 Page 2 of 22 3 Students4 5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13 14
15
16
17
18
19
20 21 Also,
22
23
24 25 Seizure of Property26 27 When
produces
that a student has
28 District
such
may be seized
29 disciplinary
may
As
such
30 enforcement authorities.31 32 33 34 Legal Reference: Safford Unified School Dist. No. 1 v.
35 2633 (2009)36 Terry v. Ohio, 392
1, 20 (1968)37 B.C.
192
38 39 40
on:
rules shall apply to any searches and the seizure of any property by school
Superintendent, principal, and the authorized
of either shall be authorized
to conduct any searches or to seize property on school premises, as further provided in
procedure.
the authorized administrator has reasonable suspicion to believe that any locker, car, or
other container of any kind on school premises contains any item or substance which
constitutes an imminent danger to the health and safety of any person or to the property
of any person or the District, the administrator is authorized to conduct a search of any
car, locker, or container and to seize any such item or substance of any kind on school
without notice or consent.
student shall hinder, obstruct, or prevent any search
by this procedure.
circumstances allow, any search or seizure authorized in this procedure shall
conducted in the presence of at least one (1) adult witness, and a written record of the
time, date, and results shall be made by the administrator. A copy shall be forwarded to
Superintendent as soon as possible.
any instance where an item or substance is found which would appear to be in
violation of the law, the circumstance shall be reported promptly to the appropriate law
agency.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Promulgated
02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 3231P STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 8 Searches and Seizure9 10 The following
11 personnel:12 13 h) The
assistants
14
15 this
16 17 i) If
18
19
20
21
22 premises
23 24 3. No
authorized
25 26 4. Whenever
27 be
28
29 the
30 31 5. In
32
33 enforcement
34 35 36
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed on:4 3233 STUDENTS Revised on: 02/20/2018, 8/10/215 6 7 Student Use of Buildings: Equal Access8 9 Non curricular groups of students not previously recognized as curricular student organization10 under Policy 3510 or 3550 may gather on school premises under the following guidelines11 without restriction on the basis of the religious, political, philosophical, or other content of the12 meeting. Students wishing to form curricular groups or organizations recognized by the school13 administration may do so in accordance with policy 3510 or 3550.14 15 The following guidelines must be met:16 17 1. The meeting is voluntary and student initiated.18 19 2. There is no sponsorship of the meeting by the school district, or its agents or employees.20 21 3. The meeting must occur during non instructional time on regular school days.22 23 4. Employees or agents of the school district are present only in a capacity outside of their24 official duties.25 26 5. The meeting does not materially and substantially interfere with the orderly conduct of27 educational activities within the school.28 29 6. Non school persons may not direct, conduct, control, or regularly attend activities.30 31 Although the school assumes no sponsorship of these kinds of meetings, all meetings held on32 school premises must be scheduled and approved by the principal.33 34 This policy pertains to student meetings. The school has the authority, through its agent or35 employees, to maintain order and discipline on school premises and to protect the well being of36 students and faculty.37 38 Cross Reference: Policy 3510 School Sponsored Activities39 Policy 3222 Distribution and Posting Materials40 Policy 4331 Use of School Property for Posting Notices41 42 Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. 4071 Equal Access Act43 Board of Education v. Mergens, 110 S.Ct. 2356 (1990)44 45
on: 9/2009
on:
on: 02/20/2018
Board authorizes the use of video cameras on District property to ensure the health, welfare,
and safety of all staff, students, and visitors to District property and to safeguard District
grounds, and equipment. The Superintendent will approve appropriate locations for
cameras.
Superintendent will notify staff and students, through staff and student handbooks or by
other means that video surveillance may occur on District property. A notice will also be posted
the main entrance of all District buildings, and on all buses, indicating the use of video
surveillance.
District may choose to make video recordings a part of a student’s educational record or of a
staff member’s personnel record. The District will comply with all applicable state and federal
related to record maintenance and retention.
not include audio
by law.
specific notice is given as
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 3235 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 Video Surveillance8 9 The
10
11 buildings,
12 video
13 14 The
15
16 at
17
18 19 The
20
21 laws
22 23 The video surveillance will
recordings unless
24 required
25 26 27 28 Cross Reference: 3600 Student Records29 30 31
Adopted on:
on:
on: 02/20/2018
Board recognizes that every student is entitled to due process
the exclusion of a student
that are provided by law.
attending individual classes or school and
in school activities for an initial period not exceed ten (10) school days. An
order
of a student.
procedure set forth below will be followed when a proposed punishment of a student is to include
denial of the right of school attendance from any single class or from a full schedule of classes for at least
(1) day.
any suspension is ordered, a building administrator will meet with a student to explain charges of
misconduct, and the student will be given an opportunity to respond to the charges.
a student’s presence poses a continuing danger to persons or property or poses an ongoing threat of
disruption to the educational process, a pre suspension conference will not be required, and an
administrator may suspend a student immediately. In such cases, a building administrator will provide
notice of and schedule a conference as soon as practicable following the suspension.
building administrator will report any suspension immediately to a student’s parent or legal guardian.
administrator will provide a written report of suspension that states reasons for a suspension,
including any school rule that was violated, and a notice to a parent or guardian of the right to a review of
a suspension. An administrator will send a copy of the report and notice to the Superintendent.
Superintendent will conduct a review of any suspension on request of a parent or legal guardian. A
student and parent or legal guardian may meet with the Superintendent to discuss suspension. After the
meeting and after concluding a review, the Superintendent will take such final action as appropriate. The
decision of the Superintendent is final and may not be appealed to the Board.
a finding by a school administrator
the immediate return to school by a student would be
to the health, welfare, or safety of others or would be disruptive of the educational process, a
be suspended for one (1) additional period not to exceed ten (10) school days, if the student
an informal hearing with the school administrator prior to the additional suspension, and if the
to impose the additional suspension does not violate the Individuals with Disabilities Education
(IDEA) or Rehabilitation Act.
class
have the right to make up any work
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
9/20093 Reviewed
4 3300 - R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 37 8 Suspension and Expulsion Corrective Actions and Punishment9 10 The
rights
11 12 Suspension13 14 • “Suspension” means
from
15 participating
16 administrator may
suspension
17 18 The
19
20 one
21 22 Before
23
24 25 When
26
27
28
29 30 A
31 An
32
33
34 35 The
36
37
38
39 40 Upon
that
41 detrimental
42 student may
43 is granted
44 decision
45 Act
46 47 Students who are suspended from any
or from school entirely
48 missed according to the student handbook.49 50
“Expulsion” is any removal of a student for more than twenty (20) school days without the
provision of educational services. Expulsion is a disciplinary action available only to the Board.
The Board, and only the Board, may expel a student from school and may do so only after following due
process procedures set forth below.
The Board will provide written notice to a student and parent or legal guardian of a hearing to consider a
recommendation for expulsion, which will be sent by registered or certified mail at least five (5) school
days before the date of the scheduled hearing. The notice will include time and place of hearing,
information describing the process to be used to conduct the hearing, and notice that the Board intends to
conduct the hearing in closed session unless a parent or legal guardian waives the student’s right to
privacy.
Within the limitation that a hearing must be conducted during a period of student suspension, a hearing to
consider expulsion may be rescheduled when a parent or legal guardian submits a request showing good
cause to the Superintendent at least two (2) school days before a hearing date as originally scheduled.
The Superintendent will determine if a request shows good cause to reschedule a hearing.
The student has the right to be present for the duration of the hearing. At hearing the student may be
represented by counsel and ask questions, present perspectives, and provide witnesses or documentation.
The Board is not bound by formal rules of evidence in conducting the hearing.
Each school shall maintain a record of any disciplinary action that is educationally related, with
explanation, taken against the student. When the Board of Trustees takes disciplinary action against a
student, the Board must keep a written record of the action taken, with detailed explanation, even if the
disciplinary action is decided during a closed session. A disciplinary action that is educationally related is
an action that results in the expulsion or out of school suspension of the student. This record must be
maintained/destroyed consistent with Montana Local Government Records Schedule 7, and is subject to
transfer to a local educational agency, accredited school, or nonpublic school pursuant to 20 1 213, MCA.
Procedures for Suspension and Expulsion of Students With Disabilities
District will comply with provisions of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) and
Rehabilitation Act when disciplining students. The Board will not expel any special education student
when the student’s particular act of gross disobedience or misconduct is a manifestation of the student’s
disability. The Board may expel pursuant to its expulsion procedures any special education student
whose gross disobedience or misconduct is not a manifestation of the student’s disability. A disabled
student will continue to receive education services as provided in the IDEA or Rehabilitation Act during a
period of expulsion.
building administrator may suspend a child with a disability from the child’s current placement for not
more than ten (10) consecutive school days for any violation of school rules, and additional removals of
not more than ten (10) consecutive school days in that same school year for separate incidents of
misconduct, as long as those removals do not constitute a change of placement under 34 CFR 300.519(b),
whether or not a student’s gross disobedience or misconduct is a manifestation of a student’s disabling
condition.
special education student who has exceeded or who will exceed ten (10) days of
© MTSBA 2017 18 33001 Page 2 of 32 3 Expulsion4 5 •
6
7 8
9
10 11
12
13
14
15
16
17 18
19
20
21
22 23
24
25
26 27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34 35
36 37 The
38
39
40
41
42
43
44 45 A
46
47
48
49
50
Any
51
suspension may temporarily be excluded from school by court order or by order of a hearing officer, if the
District demonstrates that maintaining the student in the student’s current placement is substantially likely
to result in injury to the student or to others. After a child with a disability has been removed from his or
her placement for more than ten (10) school days in the same school year, during any subsequent days of
removal the public agency must provide services to the extent required under 34 CFR 300.121(d).
An administrator may remove from current placement any special education student who has carried a
weapon to school or to a school function or who knowingly possesses or uses illegal drugs or sells or
solicits the sale of a controlled substance while at school or a school function or inflicts serious bodily
injury on another person while at school on school premises, or at a school function under the
jurisdiction. A serious bodily injury is one that involves a substantial risk of death; extreme physical
pain; protracted and obvious disfigurement; or protracted loss or impairment of the function of a bodily
member, organ or faculty The District will place such student in an appropriate interim alternative
educational setting for no more than forty five (45) school days in accordance with the IDEA or
Rehabilitation Act.
Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. 1400, et seq. Individuals with Disabilities Education Act
34 CFR 300.519 521 Procedural Safeguards
§ 20 1 213, MCA Transfer of School Records
§ 20 4 302, MCA Discipline and punishment of pupils definition
of corporal punishment penalty defense
§ 20 4 402, MCA Duties of district superintendent or county high
§ 20 5 105, MCA Attendance officer powers and duties
§ 20 5 106, MCA Truancy
§ 20 5 201, MCA Duties and sanctions
§ 20 5 202, MCA Suspension and expulsion
10.16.3346 Aversive Treatment Procedures
10.55.910 Student Discipline Records
Goss v. Lopez, 419 US 565 (1975)
© MTSBA 2017 18 33001 Page 3 of 32 3
4
5
6
7
8 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18 19 20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30 ARM
31 ARM
32
33 Section 504 IDEA34 35 36 37 38 39
Adopted on:
Reviewed on:
on:
Restraint,
Aversive Techniques for Students
of Employees Directed Toward Students
use by appropriately trained District personnel towards or directed at any student of any form of
or seclusion as defined in this policy, is prohibited except in circumstances where proportional
restraint or seclusion of a student is necessary when a student’s conduct creates a reasonable belief in the
of a District employee, that the conduct of the student has placed the student, the employee, or
any other individual in imminent danger of serious bodily harm.
The employee or any employee who is a witness to this event shall immediately seek out the assistance of
the school’s administration or, if such administrator is not available, a certified or classified employee
with special training in seclusion and restraint, if available. Upon the arrival of such individual, the
administrator or if no administrator is available, the most senior trained individual on seclusion or
shall take control over the situation.
Seclusion or restraint of a student shall immediately be terminated when it is decided that the student is no
longer an immediate danger to him or herself or to any other third person or if it is determined that the
student is exhibiting extreme distress or at such time that appropriate administrative personnel have taken
custody of the child or upon such time that the parent/legal guardian of the child has retaken custody of
the child.
© 2022 MTSBA Alberton Joint School District #21
8/9/222
3 3305 STUDENTS Revised
4 5 Page 1 of 36 Use of
Seclusion, and
7 8 Conduct
9 10 The
11 restraint
12
13 perspective
14
15 16
17
18
19
20 restraint
21 22
23
24
25
26
27 28 Regardless of employee training status, no District personnel shall use any form of aversive technique or29 corporal punishment against any student. All seclusion will be in compliance with a student’s IEP or30 Section 504 Plan.31 32 If a situation occurs where a properly trained District employee must use acts of restraint or seclusion33 against a school student, the following shall occur:34 35 1. The employee shall immediately report to their building principal, in writing, the following36 information:37 A. The date the event occurred;38 B. The circumstances leading to the event;39 C. The student involved; and40 D. Other witnesses or participants to the event.41 42 2. The building principal shall notify the Superintendent’s office of the event, providing the43 Superintendent’s office with a copy of the report of events.44 45 3. The building principal shall ascertain if any of the school’s video equipment captured the46 event on a recording. If such event was captured on recording, the principal shall take all47 48 49
to maintain a
Office for the Superintendent’s
of the recording
provide such to the Superintendent’s
records of the event.
Superintendent or designee shall ascertain the special needs status of the student
in the seclusion or restraint and shall ascertain and maintain documentation as to
or not such events were consistent with or contraindicated due to the student’s
medical, or physical condition(s).
5. The Superintendent or designee of the Superintendent shall notify the parent or legal
guardian of the subject student of the situation and the event of restraint or seclusion via
telephone and provide the parent/legal guardian with the name and telephone contact
of the building principal where the parent may obtain additional information
the event.
Superintendent or designee of the Superintendent shall provide the parent/legal
guardian of the student with written notice of the event of restraint or seclusion of their
student.
Superintendent’s office shall maintain documentation as to events of restraint and
seclusion
shall prepare any and all necessary reports to legal entities upon whom
reports are or may become due pursuant to State and federal regulations.
teacher, and in
© 2022 MTSBA 33051 Page 2 of 32 3 best efforts
copy
and
4
official
5 6 4. The
7 involved
8 whether
9 psychiatric,
10 11
12
13
14 information
15 regarding
16 17 6. The
18
19
20 21 7. The
22
and
23 such
24 25 Training of School Personnel26 27 As part of the training and preparation of each certified administrator, certified
28 building classified employee of the District, the following shall occur:29 30 1. Training to personnel as to proper situations and events leading to student seclusion and31 intervention, including possible preventative alternatives to seclusion and restraint, safe32 physical escort, de escalation of student crisis situations, and positive behavioral33 intervention techniques and supports;34 35 2. Training of personnel in crisis/conflict management and emergency situations which may36 occur in the school setting, including examples and demonstrations of proper activities37 and techniques and trainers observing employee use of proper activities and techniques in38 the training setting;39 40 3. Techniques to utilize to limit the possibility of injury to the student, the employee and41 any other third party in the area;42 43 4. Information as to the school’s student seclusion areas in each respective school building44 to which the employee is assigned; and45 46
of the employee with a copy of this policy.
Employees authorized to engage in seclusion and restraint will also be trained in CPR and basic
first aid.
is a goal that all new employees are trained in the area of student restraint and seclusion during
their first week of employment. However, this may not be possible due to realities of the
operation of a school district. If an employee has not yet undergone training and a situation
necessitating student restraint or seclusion occurs, and another properly trained employee of the
District is present at the event, the properly trained employee shall take the lead in addressing the
student crisis.
Designated
school building for which students are present must have a building designated location for
student seclusion. It is the responsibility of the building’s principal, or designee of the principal,
to assure that the building’s designated seclusion location is a safe and clean location and that
such location has appropriate supervision when any student has been placed into seclusion
pursuant to this policy. All seclusion will be in compliance with a student’s IEP or Section 504
Appropriate supervision shall include an adult in the seclusion location which has
visual observation of the secluded student.
of this policy,
The immobilization or reduction of a student’s freedom of movement for the purpose
of preventing harm to students or others through chemical, manual method, physical, or
device, material, or equipment.
Seclusion: Involuntary confinement in a room or other space during which a student is prevented
from leaving or reasonably believes that the he or she can leave or be prevented from leaving
through manually, mechanically, or electronically locked doors that, when closed, cannot be
opened from the inside; blocking or other physical interference by staff; or coercive measures,
as the threat of restraint, sanctions, or the loss of privileges that the student would otherwise
have, used for the purpose of keeping the student from leaving the area of seclusion.
method of redirecting or
© 2022 MTSBA 33051 Page 3 of 32 3 5. Provision
4 5
6
7 8 It
9
10
11
12
13
14 15
Locations16 17 Each
18
19
20
21
22 Plan
23 continuous
24 25 Definitions26 27 For the purposes
the following definitions shall apply:28 29 Restraint:
30
31 mechanical
32 33
34
35
36
37 such
38
39 40 Aversive Technique: Physical, emotional, or mental distress as a
41 controlling behavior including by not limited to corporal punishment42 43
Alberton Joint School
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
on: 8/2011, 02/20/2018, 8/9/22
Student Discipline
Board grants authority to a teacher or principal to hold a student to strict accountability for disorderly
conduct in a school building, on property owned or leased by a school district, on a school bus, on the
way to or from school, or during intermission or recess.
Disciplinary action may be taken against any student guilty of gross disobedience or misconduct,
including but not limited to instances set forth below:
• Using, possessing, distributing, purchasing, or selling tobacco products, and alternative nicotine
and vapor products as defined in 16 11 302, MCA.
• Using, possessing, distributing, purchasing, or selling alcoholic beverages, including powdered19 alcohol. Students who may be under the influence of alcohol will not be permitted to attend20 school functions and will be treated as though they had alcohol in their possession.
• Using, possessing, distributing, purchasing, or selling drug paraphernalia, illegal drugs,22 marijuana, controlled substances, or any substance which is represented to be or looks like a23 narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana, alcoholic beverage,24 stimulant, depressant, or intoxicant of any kind, including such substances that contain chemicals25 which produce the same effect of illegal substances including but not limited to Spice and K2.
Students who may be under the influence of such substances will not be permitted to attend
school functions and will be treated as though they had drugs in their possession.
• Using, possessing, controlling, or transferring a firearm or other weapon in violation of Policy
3311
• Using, possessing, controlling, or transferring any object that reasonably could be considered or
used as a weapon as referred to in Policy 3311
• Disobeying directives from staff members or school officials or disobeying rules, violating state
or federal law, or not honoring regulations governing student conduct.
• Using violence, force, noise, coercion, threats, intimidation, fear, or other comparable conduct
toward anyone or urging other students to engage in such conduct.
• Causing or attempting to cause damage to, or stealing or attempting to steal, school property or
another person’s property.
• Engaging in any activity that constitutes an interference with school purposes or an educational
function or any other disruptive activity.
• Unexcused absenteeism. Truancy statutes and Board policy will be utilized for chronic and
habitual truants.
• Intimidation, harassment, sexual harassment, sexual misconduct, hazing or bullying; or retaliation
alleged
Policy 3225 or 3226 or participated in an
3225 or 3226.
furniture, equipment, or book
© MTSBA 2022
District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3310 R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 page 1 of 37
8 9 The
10
11
12 13
14
15 16
17
18
21
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43 against any person who alleged misconduct under
44 investigation into
misconduct under Policy
45 • Defaces or damages any school building, school grounds,
46 belonging to the district.47 48 49
any
intended
attempting to authorize any document
with the operation of a school.
Records or causes to be recorded a conversation by use of a hidden electronic or
human conversation
Engaging in academic
of
include any combination of audio or video that reproduces
the knowledge of all parties to the conversation
may include but is not limited to: cheating,
graded assignment work; plagiarism,
without authorization to complete assigned
and any other act designed to give unfair academic advantage to the student.
a student’s conduct is
including but not limited to the circumstances
school grounds before, during, or
being used by a school group.
school hours or at any other time when school
school grounds at a school sponsored activity or event or any activity or event that
a reasonable relationship to school.
Travel to and from school or a school activity, function, or event.
Anywhere conduct
to be a threat or an attempted
or student, or an interference with school
© MTSBA 2022 33101 page 2 of 32 3 • Forging
signature or making any false entry or
4 used or
to be used in connection
5 •
6 mechanical device which may
7 a
without
8 •
misconduct which
9 unauthorized sharing
exam responses or
10 accessing websites or electronic resources
11 coursework,
12 13 These grounds stated above for disciplinary action apply whenever
14 reasonably related to school or school activities,
15 set forth below:16 17 • On
after
18 is
19 • Off
20 bears
21 •
22 •
may reasonably be considered
23 intimidation of bullying of a staff member
24 purposes or an educational function.25 26 Disciplinary Measures27 28 Disciplinary measures include but are not limited to:29 • Expulsion30 • Suspension31 • Detention, including Saturday school32 • Clean up duty33 • Loss of student privileges34 • Loss of bus privileges35 • Notification to juvenile authorities and/or police36 • Restitution for damages to school property37 38 No District employee or person engaged by the District may inflict or cause to be inflicted39 corporal punishment on a student. Corporal punishment does not include reasonable force40 District personnel are permitted to use as needed to maintain safety for other students, school41 personnel, or other persons or for the purpose of self defense.42 43 Non-Disciplinary Measures44 45 The Superintendent or designee is authorized to assign a student to non disciplinary offsite46
instruction pending the results of an investigation or for reasons related to the safety or well
being of students and staff. During the period of non disciplinary offsite instruction, the student
will be permitted to complete all assigned schoolwork for full credit. The assignment of non
disciplinary offsite instruction does not preclude the Superintendent or designee from
disciplining a student who has, after investigation, been found to have violated a School District
policy, rule, or handbook provision.
Delegation of Authority
The Board grants authority to any teacher and to any other school personnel to impose on
students under their charge any disciplinary measure, other than suspension or expulsion,
corporal punishment, or in school suspension, that is appropriate and in accordance with policies
and rules on student discipline. The Board authorizes teachers to remove students from
classrooms for disruptive behavior.
Cross Reference: 3300 Suspension and Expulsion
Sexual Harassment of Students
Bullying, Harassment
Bullying, Harassment
Legal Reference:
16 11 302(1)(7), MCA
20 4 302, MCA Discipline and punishment of pupils
definition of corporal punishment penalty
20 5 202, MCA Suspension and expulsion
45 8 361, MCA Possession or allowing possession of
weapon in school building exceptions
seizure and forfeiture or return
definitions
637, MCA Possession or consumption of tobacco
products, alternative nicotine products, or
vapor products by persons under 18 years of
age is prohibited unlawful attempt to
purchase penalties
U.S.C.
in
of
Regulation
© MTSBA 2022 33101 page 3 of 32 3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14
15
16
17 18
19 3225
20 3226
21 5015
22 23
§
Definitions24 §
25
26 defense27 §
28 §
29
30 penalties
31 authorized
32 § 45 5
33
34
35
36
37 29
§ 701 Rehabilitation Act
197338 § 45 8 213, MCA Privacy
communications39 Title 16, Chapter 12 MCA Montana Marijuana
and40 Taxation41 42
Promulgated on: 9/2009
on: 02/20/2018
Student commits code of conduct violation for which the disciplinary consequence would result in removal from the student’s placement for ten (10) consecutive school days or less.
School personnel may assign the consequence applicable to non disabled students for a similar period of time, not to exceed ten (10) consecutive school days. Reg. 300.520(a)(1)(i).
During the first (1st) ten (10) cumulative school days in one (1) school year, the school does not have to provide any services to the student if non disabled students would not receive services. Reg. 300.121(d)(1).
School personnel may continue to remove the student for disciplinary reasons for up to ten (10) school days at a time throughout the same school year for separate incidents of misconduct, so long as the removals do not constitute a change of placement under Reg. 300.519(b) and are those which would be applied to non disabled students. Reg. 300.520(a)(1)(i).
A series of disciplinary removals, each for ten (10) consecutive school days or less, may result in a change of placement if they cumulate to more than ten (10) school days in one (1) school year. School personnel should analyze the length of each removal, the proximity of the removals to each other, and the total amount of time the child is removed. Reg. 300.519(b). If a removal would result in a change of placement, a manifestation determination review (MDR) must first be done. Reg. 300.523(a).
Beginning with the eleventh (11th) day of disciplinary removals in a school year, educational services must be provided. Reg. 300.520(a)(1)(ii); Reg. 300.121(d)(2)(i)(A). If the removal does not result in a change of placement, school personnel, in consultation with the student’s special education teacher, determine the services to be provided. Reg. 300.121(d)(3)(i).
The educational services to be provided must meet the standard of enabling the student to appropriately progress in the general curriculum and appropriately advance toward achieving the goals in the IEP. Reg. 300.121(d)(2)(i)(A).
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3310P - R STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 page 1 of 87 Discipline of Students With Disabilities8 9 Code of Conduct Violations by Students With Disabilities, Resulting10 in Disciplinary Consequences of Ten (10) School Days or Less11 12 13 14 15 16 ↓17 18 19 20 21 ↓22 23 24 25 26 27 ↓28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 ↓37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 ↓45 46
Beginning with the eleventh (11th) day of disciplinary removals in a school year, the IEP Team must address behavioral issues. If the removal does not result in a change of placement, the IEP Team must meet within ten (10) business days of first removing the student for more than ten (10) school days in a school year, to develop a plan to conduct a functional behavioral assessment, if one was not conducted before the behavior that resulted in the removal. Reg. 300.520(b)(1)(i).
After the functional behavioral assessment is completed, the IEP Team meets as soon as practicable to develop a behavioral intervention plan to address the behavior and implement the plan. Reg. 300.520(b)(2).
If the student is assigned subsequent disciplinary removals in a school year for ten (10) days or less that do not result in a change of placement, the IEP Team members (including the parent) informally review the behavior intervention plan and its implementation to determine if modifications are necessary. Reg. 300.520(c)(2).
If the student’s IEP already includes a behavior intervention plan, within ten (10) business days of first removing the student for more than ten (10) school days in a school year, the IEP Team must meet to review the behavior interven tion plan and its implementa tion, and modify the plan and its implementation as necessary to address the behavior. Reg. 300.520(b)(1)(ii).
If one or more team members believe modifications are needed, the IEP Team must meet to modify the plan and its implementation to the extent the IEP Team deems necessary. Reg. 300.520(c)(2).
Student violates code of conduct, and the recommended disciplinary consequence would result in a removal from the current educational placement for more than ten (10) consecutive school days (alternate placement, expulsion). This constitutes a change of placement. Reg. 300.519(a).
The recommended disciplinary consequence may be for a removal from the current educational placement for less than ten (10) consecutive school days, but may constitute a change of placement because the student has already been removed for disciplinary reasons for ten (10) or more school days in the current school year, and the length of each removal, their proximity to each other, and the total amount of time the student has been removed result in a change of placement. Reg. 300.519(b).
© MTSBA 2017 18 3310P1 page 2 of 82 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ↓12 13 14 15 16 17 ↓18 19 20 ← ←21 22 23 24 ↓25 26 27 28 29 30 Code of Conduct Violations by Students With Disabilities for Which Recommended31 Disciplinary Consequences Would Result in Change of Placement for More32 Than Ten (10) School Days (Excluding Drug and Weapon Offenses)33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 ↓42 43
School personnel may remove from current educational placement for ten (10) school days or less (Reg. 300.520(a)(1)(i)) and recommend further discipline according to the code of conduct. (The ten (10) day or less alternative must be one equally applicable to non disabled. See pp. 1 2 for educational services to be provided during a short removal.) If a criminal act has been committed, charges may be filed, and law enforcement authorities to whom the crime was reported must be provided special education and disciplinary records to the extent disclosure is permitted by FERPA. Sec. 1415(k)(9). Reg. 300.529.
At the time the decision is made to take this action, school personnel must notify parent of decision and provide procedural safeguards notice in Reg. 300.504. Sec. 1415(k)(4)(A)(i); Reg. 300.523(a)(1).
Within ten (10) business days, IEP Team and other qualified personnel must meet and review relationship between disability and the behavior subject to disciplinary action (manifestation determination review MDR). Sec. 1415(k)(4)(A); Reg. 300.523(a)(2), (b). If there has been no previous functional behavioral assessment and creation of a behavior intervention plan, the IEP Team must develop an assessment plan. Reg. 300.520(b)(1)(i). As soon as practicable after the assessment, the IEP Team must meet again to develop and implement the behavior intervention plan. Reg. 300.520(b)(2). If the IEP contains a behavior intervention plan, the IEP Team reviews the plan and its implementation and modifies them as necessary to address the behavior. Reg. 300.520(b)(1)(ii).
For the MDR, the IEP Team must look at all information relevant to the behavior subject to discipline, such as evaluation and diagnostic results, including such results and other relevant information from the parent, observation of the student, and the student’s IEP and placement. The misbehavior is not a manifestation of the disability, if the IEP Team finds that in relationship to the misbehavior subject to discipline:
• The IEP and placement were appropriate;
• Consistent with the content of the student’s IEP and placement, special education services, supplementary aids, and behavior intervention strategies were actually provided;
• The disability did not impair the ability of the student to understand the impact and consequences of the misbehavior; and
• The disability did not impair the ability of the student to control the misbehavior. Sec. 1415(k)(4)(C); Reg. 300.523(c).
If the IEP Team determines any of the standards were not met, the misbehavior was a manifestation of the disability, and no punishment may be assessed. Reg. 300.523(d). If IEP Team identified deficiencies in IEP, placement, or implementation, it must take immediate steps to remedy Reg. 300.523(f).
© MTSBA 2017 18 3310P1 page 3 of 82 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ↓13 14 15 16 17 ↓18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 ↓26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 ↓37 38 39 40 41 ↓42 43
If the IEP Team determines the misbehavior was not a manifestation of the disability, regular disciplinary consequences may be applied to the student, except that the student must continue to be provided a free appropriate public education. Sec. 1415(k)(5)(A); Sec. 1412 (a)(1)(A); Reg. 300.121(a); Reg. 300.524(a). The campus must ensure that special education and disciplinary records are transmitted for consideration by the school district person making the final determination regarding the disciplinary action. Sec. 1415(k)(5)(B); Reg. 300.524(b).
Parent may appeal a finding that the misbehavior was not a manifestation of the disability. The hearing is expedited before a special education hearing officer, who applies the same standards as the IEP Team. Sec. 1415(k)(6); Reg. 300.525(a), (b).
Parent may appeal decision to place student in forty five (45) day interim placement. The hearing is expedited before a special education hearing officer, who applies the standards regarding a dangerous student in Reg. 300.521 Sec. 1415(k)(6)(B)(ii); Reg. 300.525(b)(2).
When a parent requests a hearing in a drug or weapon case to challenge the interim alternative placement or the manifestation determination, student remains in interim placement until decision of hearing officer or forty five (45) days expires, whichever comes first, unless the parent and school agree otherwise. Reg. 300.526(a). Then student returns to current placement (defined as placement prior to interim alternative educational setting). School can ask for expedited hearing before special education hearing officer to prevent this return, if the student is substantially likely to injure self or others. Reg. 300.526(b), (c). The hearing officer applies the standards in Reg. 300.121 Reg. 300.526(c). Hearing officer can order another placement for up to forty five (45) days. Reg. 300.526(c)(3). This procedure may be repeated as necessary. Sec. 1415(k)(7); Reg. 300.526(c)(4).
The standard the educational services must meet is to enable the child to appropriately progress in the general curriculum and appropriately advance toward achieving the goals in the IEP. Reg. 300.121(d)(2)(i)(B); Reg. 300.524(a). The IEP Team must determine what services are necessary to meet this standard. Reg. 300.121(d)(3)(ii).
Weapon Offenses by Students With Disabilities
Student carries weapon to school, or possesses, uses, sells, or solicits sale of illegal or controlled substance on school property or at a school function.
Illegal drug controlled substance. Excludes legally used and possessed prescription drugs. Sec. 1415(k)(10)(B); Reg. 300.520(d)(2).
Controlled substance drug or substance in 21 U.S.C. § 812(c), Schedules I V. Sec. 1415(k)(10)(A); Reg. 300.520 (d)(1).
Weapon A firearm and more. Something used for or readily capable of causing death or serious bodily injury. Excludes pocket knife with blade of 2½ inches or less. Sec. 1415(k)(10)(D); Reg. 300.520(d)(3).
© MTSBA 2017 18 3310P1 page 4 of 82 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 Drug and
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 ↓42 43
School personnel may remove from current educational placement for ten (10) school days or less, and recommend further discipline according to the code of conduct. Sec. 1415(k)(1)(A)(i); Reg. 300.520(a)(1)(i). (The ten (10) day or less alternative must be one equally applicable to non disabled students. See pp. 1 2 for education services to be provided during a short removal.) If a criminal act has been committed, charges may be filed, and special education and disciplinary records will be transmitted to law enforcement authorities to whom the crime was reported, to the extent disclosure is permitted by FERPA Sec. 1415(k)(9); Reg. 300.529.
At time decision is made to take this disciplinary action, school personnel must notify parent of decision and provide procedural safeguards notice in Reg. 300.504. Sec. 1415(k)(4)(A)(i); Reg. 300.523(a)(1).
The forty five (45) day alterna tive interim placement must:
• Enable student to progress in general curriculum, although in another setting;
• Enable student to continue to receive those services and modifications, includ ing those described in the student’s IEP, that will enable the student to meet the goals set out in that IEP; and
Within ten (10) business days, IEP Team must meet and may extend the removal by placing student in appropriate interim alternative educational setting applicable to non disabled student for same amount of time non disabled student would be assigned, but not more than forty five (45) calendar days. Sec. 1415 (k)(1)(A)(ii) and (3)(A); Reg. 300.520(a)(2); Reg. 300.522(a). IEP Team must review the behavior intervention plan, if one exists, and its implementation and modify, as necessary, to address behavior. Reg. 300.520(b)(1)(ii). If there has been no previous functional behavioral assessment and creation of behavior intervention plan, IEP Team must develop assessment plan. Sec. 1415(k)(1)(B); Reg. 300.520(b)(1)(i). As soon as practicable after the assessment, the IEP Team must meet again to develop and implement the behavior intervention plan. Reg. 300.520(b)(2). The IEP Team and other qualified personnel must review the relationship between disability and the behavior subject to disciplinary action (manifestation determination review MDR). Sec. 1415(k)(4)(A); Reg. 300.523 (a)(2)(b).
• Include services and modifications designed to address the drug or weapon offense so that it does not recur. Sec. 1415(k)(3)(B); Reg. 300.522; Reg. 300.121 (d)(2)(ii).
Comments to regulations: Students may be subject to multiple forty five (45) day interim placements for separate drug and weapon offenses. The forty five (45) day interim placement may be completed even if drug or weapon offense was manifestation of disability. If misbehavior was not a manifestation of disability, regular disciplinary consequence can be applied in addition to forty five (45) day interim placement.
© MTSBA 2017 18 3310P1 page 5 of 82 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ↓14 15 16 17 18 19 ↓20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 ↓39 40
For the MDR, the IEP Team must look at all information relevant to the behavior subject to discipline, such as evaluation and diagnostic results, including such results and other relevant information from the parent, observation of the student, and the student’s IEP and placement. The misbehavior is not a manifestation of the disability if the IEP Team finds that, in relationship to the misbehavior subject to discipline:
• The IEP and placement were appropriate;
• Consistent with the content of the student’s IEP and placement, special education services, supplementary aids and services, and behavior intervention strategies were actually provided;
• The disability did not impair the ability of student to understand the impact and consequences of the misbehavior;
• The disability did not impair the ability of the student to control the misbehavior.
Sec. 1415(k)(4)(C); Reg. 300.523(c).
If the IEP Team determines any of the standards were not met, the misbehavior was a manifestation of the disability, and no punishment may be assessed. Reg. 300.523(d). If IEP Team identifies deficiencies in IEP, placement, or implementation, it must take immediate steps to remedy. Reg. 300.523(f).
Parent may appeal a finding that the misbehavior was not a manifestation of the disability. The hearing is expedited before a special education hearing officer, who applies the same standards as the IEP Team. Sec. 1415(i)(6); Reg. 300.525 (a), (b).
If IEP Team finds no manifestation and changes placement to comply with the disciplinary recommendation, parent may appeal the placement decision. The hearing is expedited before a special education hearing officer. Sec. 1415(k)(6)(A); Reg. 300.525(a)(2).
If the IEP Team determines the misbehavior was not a manifestation of the disability, regular disciplinary consequences may be applied to the student, except that the student must continue to be provided a free appropriate public education. Sec. 1415(k)(5)(A); Sec. 1412(a)(1)(A). Reg. 300.121(a). Reg. 300.524(a). The campus must ensure that special education and disciplinary record are transmitted for consideration by the school district person making the final determination regarding the disciplinary action. Sec. 1415(k)(5)(B); Reg. 300.524(b).
During appeals, stay put applies. Reg. 300.524(c). If child is substantially likely to injure self or others in the current placement, the school can request an expedited hearing and request the hearing officer to remove to an interim alternative educational place ment for up to forty five (45) days. Standards to be met are those in Sec. 1415(k)(2) and Reg. 300.521 The standard the education services must meet is to enable the child to appropriately progress in the general curriculum and appropriately advance toward achieving the goals in the IEP. Reg. 300.121 (d)(2)(i)(B); Reg. 300.524(a). The IEP Team must determine what services are necessary to meet this standard. Reg. 300.121 (d)(3)(ii).
© MTSBA 2017 18 3310P1 page 6 of 82 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 ↓20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 or28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
and
Dangerous to Self or Others
or weapon offense, the penalty for which would result in expulsion
IDEA discipline procedures are followed for a non
removal from
student’s
more than ten (10) school days.
IEP Team meets, determines no manifestation and recommends discipline proceed. Parent disagrees and requests a due process hearing. Stay put applies, and child stays in the current placement, unless school acts to change the placement. Reg. 300.524.
School requests hearing officer to change the placement during the pendency of the hearing because of the likelihood of injury to self or others. Sec. 1415(k)(2); Reg. 300.521.
Hearing officer holds expedited hearing to consider request. School has burden of proof to show by more than a preponderance of the evidence that maintaining the child in the current placement is substantially likely to result in injury to self or others. Sec. 1415(k)(2)(A), (10)(D); Reg. 300.521(a). Hearing officer must also:
• Consider the appropriateness of the current placement.
• Consider whether the school has made reasonable effort to minimize the risk of harm in the current placement, including the use of supplemental aids and services.
• Determine that the interim alternative setting proposed by the school personnel, in consultation with special education teacher:
o Enables the student to participate in the general curriculum, although in another setting;
o Enables the student to continue to receive those services and modifications, including those described in the student’s current IEP, that will enable the student to meet the goals set out in the IEP; and
o Include services and modification designed to address the behavior so that it does not recur.
Sec. 1415(k)(2); Reg. 300.521(b), (c), (d); Reg. 300.522(b); Reg. 300.121(d)(2)(ii)(B).
If all requirements are met, hearing officer may order a change of placement to the interim alternative educational setting for up to forty five (45) days. Sec. 1415(k)(2); Reg. 300.521.
If parent appeals forty five (45) day interim alternative placement by IEP Team in drug or weapon case, hearing officer applies these standards in expedited hearing. Sec. 1415(k)(6)(B)(ii); Reg. 300.525 (b)(2).
© MTSBA 2017 18 3310P1 page 7 of 82 3 Students
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ↓12 13 14 15 ↓16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 ↓39 40 41 42 43 ↓44 45
drug
or
the
placement for
Student returns to his or her current placement (the placement prior to the interim alternative educational setting) at end of forty five (45) days, if no decision has been issued by hearing officer in pending due process hearing. If school believes it would be dangerous for student to return to current placement while hearing is still pending, school may request another expedited hearing to again place student in forty five (45) day interim placement while hearing continues to be pending. Reg. 300.526(b), (c)(4). Hearing officer holds same type of hearing initially held when hearing officer ordered first forty five (45) day interim placement. Sec. 1415(k)(7); Reg. 300.526. Any subsequent forty five (45) day interim setting must meet the standards in Reg. 300.522.
© MTSBA 2017 18 3310P1 page 8 of 82 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Promulgated on:
District may establish a risk assessment team for students whose behavior may pose a risk to
the safety of school staff or students.
shall:
guidance to students, faculty, and staff regarding recognition of threatening or
aberrant behavior that may represent a risk to the community, school, or self;
persons with expertise in counseling, instruction, school administration, and law
Identify members of the school community who should be informed of behavior;
Implement school board policies for the assessment of and intervention with students
plans;
behavior poses a risk to the safety of school staff or students including response
Utilize available forms and procedures.
District employees, volunteers, and contractors are required to report any expressed risks or
behavior that may represent a risk to the community, school, or self. In cases determined to be
appropriate, teams shall follow established procedures for referrals to community services,
boards, or health care providers for evaluation or treatment when appropriate.
Upon a preliminary determination that a student poses a risk of violence or physical harm to self
or others, a risk assessment team shall immediately report its determination to the superintendent
or designee. The superintendent or designee shall immediately attempt to notify the student’s
parent or legal guardian. Nothing in this policy shall prevent a District employee from acting
to address an imminent risk
The superintendent may establish a committee charged with oversight of the risk assessment
teams. An existing committee may be designated to assume the oversight responsibility;
any such team shall include individuals with expertise in human resources, education,
school administration, mental health, and law enforcement.
Regardless of risk assessment activities, disciplinary action and referral to law enforcement are
to occur as required by school board policy and Montana law. The District may, in accordance
with the provisions in Policy 3600P, release student records or information in connection with an
emergency, without parental consent, if the knowledge of such information is necessary to
protect the health or safety of the student or other persons.
© MTSBA 2022 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
8/9/223 Reviewed on:4 3310P1 STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 Student Risk Assessments8 9 The
10
11 12 Each team
13 1. Provide
14
15 2. Include
16 enforcement.17 3.
18 4.
19 whose
20
and21 5.
22 23 All
24
25
26
27 28
29
30
31
32 immediately
33 34
35
36 however,
37
38 39
40
41
42
43
44 45
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
on:
on:
It is the policy of the School District to comply with the federal Gun Free Schools Act of 1994
and Section 20 5 202 (2), MCA, pertaining to students who bring a firearm to, or possess a
firearm at, any setting that is under the control and supervision of the school district.
The District does not allow students to possess firearms on District property or at any setting that
is under the control and supervision of the District. In accordance with Section 20-5-202 (3),
MCA, a teacher, superintendent, or a principal shall suspend immediately for good cause a
student who is determined to have brought a firearm to, or possess a firearm at, any setting that is19 under the control and supervision of the District. The Policy does not govern conduct in a20 student's home, a locked vehicle, a parking lot, or a commercial business when the student is
participating in an online, remote, or distance learning setting. In accordance with Montana law,
a student who is determined to have brought a firearm to, or possess a firearm at, any setting that23 is under the control and supervision of the school district must be expelled from school for a
period of not less than 1 year.
For the purposes of the firearms section of this policy, the term “firearm” means (A) any weapon
(including a starter gun) which will or is designed to or may readily be converted to expel a
projectile by the action of an explosive; (B) the frame or receiver of any such weapon; (C) any
firearm muffler or firearm silencer; or (D) any destructive device pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 921 (4)
term does not include an antique firearm pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 921 (16).
on a case by case basis, the Board of Trustees will convene a hearing to review the
circumstances and, in the discretion of the Board, may authorize the school
to modify the requirement for expulsion of a student
a disability who has been expelled pursuant
section
be made in accordance with the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act.
holding a hearing to determine if a student has violated this Policy, the Board shall, in a
timely manner, notify the student if the student is an adult or notify the parent or
guardian of a student if the student is a minor that the student may waive the student's privacy
hearing.
requesting that the hearing be held in public and invite other individuals to attend the
expelling a student
hold a due process hearing that
presentation of a summary of the information leading to the allegations and an
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3311 - R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 37 Firearms and Other Weapons8 9 Firearms10 11
12
13
14 15
16
17
18
21
22
24
25 26
27
28
29
30 Such
31 32 However,
33 underlying
34 administration
35 36 A decision to change the placement of a student with
37 to this
must
38 39 Before
40 clear and
41
42 interest by
43
44 45 Before
under this Policy, the Board shall
46 includes
47
opportunity for the student to respond to the allegations. The student may not be expelled unless
the trustees find that the student knowingly, as defined in Section 1 1 204, MCA, brought a
firearm to school or possessed a firearm at school.
When a student subject to a hearing is found to have not violated this Policy, the student's school
record must be expunged of the incident.
The provisions of this Policy do not require the Board to expel a student who has brought a
firearm to school or possesses a firearm at school if the firearm is secured in a locked container
approved by the school district or in a locked motor vehicle the entire time the firearm is at
school, except while the firearm is in use for a school sanctioned instructional activity.
Possession of Weapons other than Firearms
The District does not allow students to possess other weapons on District property or at any
setting that is under the control and supervision of the District. Any student found to have
possessed, used or transferred a weapon on school property will be subject to discipline in
accordance with the District’s discipline policy. For purposes of this section, “weapon” means
any object, device, or instrument designed as a weapon or through its use is capable of
threatening or producing bodily harm or which may be used to inflict self injury, including but
not limited to air guns; pellet guns; BB guns; fake (facsimile) weapons; all knives; blades; clubs;
metal knuckles; numchucks (also known as nunchucks); throwing stars; explosives; fireworks;21 mace or other propellants; stun guns; ammunition; poisons; chains; arrows; and objects that have22 been modified to serve as a weapon.
No student shall possess, use, or distribute any object, device, or instrument having the25 appearance of a weapon, and such objects, devices, or instruments shall be treated as weapons,26 including but not limited to weapons listed above which are broken or non functional, look alike27 guns; toy guns; and any object that is a facsimile of a real weapon. No person shall use articles28 designed for other purposes (i.e., lasers or laser pointers, belts, combs, pencils, files, scissors,29 etc.) to inflict bodily harm and/or intimidate, and such use will be treated as the possession and30 use of a weapon.
Definitions, Exceptions and Referral to Law Enforcement
The District may refer to law enforcement for immediate prosecution any student who possesses,
carries, or stores a weapon in a school building as specified in Section 45 8 361, MCA. In
addition the District will refer for possible prosecution a parent or guardian of any minor
violating this policy on grounds of allowing a minor to possess, carry, or store a weapon in a
school building. For the purposes of this section of the policy, “school property” means within
school buildings, in vehicles used for school purposes, or on owned or leased school land or
grounds. “Building” specifically means a combination of any materials, whether mobile,
portable, or fixed, to form a structure and the related facilities for the use or occupancy by
persons or property owned or leased by a local school district that are used for instruction or for
student activities as specified in Section 50 60 101(2), MCA and Section 45 8 361, MCA. The
term is construed as though followed by the words "or part or parts of a building" and is
considered to include all stadiums, bleachers, and other similar outdoor facilities, whether
or permanently fixed.
© MTSBA 2017 18
1
2
3 4
5
6 7
8
9
10
11 12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
23 24
31 32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45 temporary
46
The Board of Trustees may grant persons and entities advance permission to possess, carry, or
store a weapon in a school building. All persons who wish to possess, carry, or store a weapon
in a school building must request permission of the Board at a regular meeting. The Board has
sole discretion in deciding whether to allow a person to possess, carry, or store a weapon in a
school building.
This section does not apply to a law enforcement officer acting in the officer’s official capacity
or an individual previously authorized by the Board of Trustees to possess a firearm or weapon
in a school building.
The Board of Trustees shall annually review this policy and update this policy as determined
necessary by the trustees based on changing circumstances pertaining to school safety.
Cross Reference: 3310 Student Discipline
4332 Conduct of School Property
5332 Personal Conduct
Legal Reference: § 20 5 202, MCA Suspension and expulsion
§ 45 8 361, MCA Possession or allowing possession of
a weapon in a school building
20 U.S.C. § 7151, et seq. Gun Free Schools Act of 1994
18 U.S.C. § 921 Definitions
ESSA, Section 4141 Gun Free Requirements
© MTSBA 2017 18 1
2
3
4
5
6 7
8
9
10 11
12
13 14 15
16
17
18 19
20
21
22
23
24
25 26 27
Adopted on:
Reviewed on:
on: 02/20/2018
Curricular Participation Code
co curricular activities in District schools are organized to allow for the fullest possible
participation for those students willing to make a definite commitment to co curricular activities.
Participating in co-curricular activities is viewed by the District as a worthwhile endeavor to
enhance adolescent development Co curricular means all activities, inclusive, offered by the
District in addition to the curricular offerings. The important goals of the co curricular activities
are to offer participants direction in developing healthful living habits, discipline, leadership,
teamwork, citizenship skills, and respect for structure, rules, and responsibilities. It is to these
ends that a “Code” is established for those students choosing to take part in the co curricular
activities program. Every student who chooses or is chosen to be a participant in a co curricular
activity will be offered the opportunity to practice, and whenever possible, to participate in
events, contests and activities relative to their demonstrated abilities.
Specific eligibility and conduct rules are provided to each student participating in any co
curricular activity by means of the Student Activity Handbook. Students and/or parents will be
required to acknowledge receipt of the Student Activity Handbook and a permission slip
acknowledging the risks inherent in participation.
References: § 20 5 201, MCA Duties of pupils sanctions
ARM Board of Trustees
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3
4 3340 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 Co
8 9 The
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20 21
22
23
24
25 26 27 28 Legal
29 10.55.701,
30 31 32
Adopted on:
may arrange each year
include but not be
be provided to all students. Such services
of procedures at each building for isolation and temporary care of students
become ill during the school day;
services of a
Scoliosis
staff, students, and parents;
as provided by the Department of Public Health and Human Services.
will receive written notice of any screening result which indicates a condition that
might interfere or tend to interfere with a student’s progress.
general the District will not conduct physical examinations of a student without parental consent to
do so or by court order, unless the health or safety of the student or others is in question. Further,
will be notified of the specific or approximate dates during the school year when screening
by the District is conducted as well as notification of requirements of the District’s
policy on physical examinations and screening of students, at least annually at the beginning of the
school year and within a reasonable period of time after any substantive change in the policy, which
as a condition of attendance.
Administered by the school and scheduled by the school in advance.
to
the immediate health and safety of the student or other students.
submit to
in
follow the rules of
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 3410 STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 Student Health/Physical Screenings/Examinations8 9 The Board
for health services to
10 may
limited to:11 12 1. Development
13 who
14 2. Consulting
qualified specialist for
15 3. Vision and hearing screening;16 4.
screening;17 5. Immunization
18 19 Parents/guardians
20
21 22 In
23
24 parents
25 administered
26
27
28 is:29 1. Required
30 2.
31 3. Not necessary
protect
32 33 Parents or eligible students will be given the opportunity to opt out of the above described34 screenings.35 36 Students who wish to participate in certain extracurricular activities may be required to
a37 physical examination to verify their ability to participate in the activity. Students participating
38 activities governed by the Montana High School Association will be required to
39 that organization, as well as other applicable District policies, rules, and regulations.40 41 Legal Reference: § 20 3 324(20), MCA Powers and duties42 20 U.S.C. 1232h(b) General Provisions Concerning Education43 44 45
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
on:
on: 8/10/21
Student Immunization
The Board requires all students to present evidence of their having been immunized against the
following diseases: varicella, diphtheria, pertussis (whooping cough), poliomyelitis, measles
(rubeola), mumps, rubella, and tetanus in the manner and with immunizing agents approved by
the department. Haemophilus influenza type “b” immunization is required for students under
age five (5). Upon initial enrollment, an immunization status form shall be completed by the
student’s parent or guardian. The certificate shall be made a part of the student’s permanent
record.
A student who transfers into the District may photocopy immunization records in the possession
of the school of origin. The District will accept the photocopy as evidence of immunization.
thirty (30) days after a transferring student ceases attendance at the school of origin, the
school shall retain a certified copy for the permanent record and send the original immunization
records for the student to the school district to which the student transfers.
Exemptions from one or more vaccines shall be granted for medical reasons upon certification by
a licensed or certified health care provider in a manner provided by Section 20 5 405, MCA.
Exemptions for religious reasons must be filed in a manner provided by Section 20-5-405, MCA.
The statement for an exemption shall be maintained as part of the student’s immunization record
in accordance with FERPA as specified in Policy 3600P.
students who are enrolled under an exemption and have a disease listed in this Policy, have
been exposed to a disease listed in this Policy, or may be exposed to a disease listed in this
while attending school may be excluded from the school by the local health officer or the
DPHHS until the excluding authority is satisfied that the student no longer risks contracting or
that disease.
administrator may allow the commencement of attendance in school by a student who has
not been immunized against each disease listed in Section 20 5 403, MCA, if that student has
received one or more doses of varicella, polio, measles (rubeola), mumps, rubella, diphtheria,
pertussis, and tetanus vaccine, except that Haemophilus influenza type “b” vaccine is required
only for children under 5 years of age.
District shall exclude a student for noncompliance with the immunization laws and properly
notify the parent or guardian. The local health department may seek an injunction requiring the
parent to submit an immunization status form, take action to fully immunize the student, or file
for personal or medical
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3413 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7
8 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17
18
19 Within
20
21
22 23
24
25
26
27
28 29 All
30
31 Policy
32
33 transmitting
34 35 The
36
37
38
39
40 41 The
42
43
44 an exemption
reasons.45 46
This policy does not apply to or govern vaccinations against COVID 19. The Board does not
require immunization against COVID 19 in order to enroll in the District in accordance with
Montana law. District officials shall not inquire about the COVID 19 vaccination status of
students, employees, or visitors. District officials shall not make decisions regarding access to
District services for students, employees, or visitors based upon an individual’s COVID 19
vaccination status. Students enrolled in dual credit courses in accordance with District policies
be subject to distinct immunization requirements of the applicable post secondary
institution.
Legal Reference: § 20 3 324(20), MCA Powers and duties
§ 20 5 402 426, MCA Health
20 5 403, MCA
Immunization required release and
acceptance of immunization records
20 5 405, MCA Exemptions
418
General Legislative Session
© MTSBA 2017 18
1
2
3
4 5
6
7 may
8
9 10
11
12 §
13
14 §
15 Chapter
2021
16 17
Exemption Statement
Form HES 101A Montana Schools
questions, contact the Montana Department of Immunizations at (406) 444 5580
A prospective student seeking to enroll in a Montana school is not required to receive any immunizations for which they are medically contraindicated. The Medical Exemption Statement, may be completed by a qualifying healthcare provider and utilized as an exemption. In lieu of this form, a written and signed statement from a qualifying healthcare provider will also be accepted under the conditions outlined in ARM 37.114.715.
Pursuant to HB 334 (Ch. 294, L. 2021), a qualifying healthcare provider means a person who: (1) is licensed, certified, or authorized in any U.S. State or Canada to provide health care; (2) is authorized within the person’s scope of practice to administer the immunization(s) to which the exemption applies; and (3) has previously provided health care to the student or has administered a vaccine to which the student has had an adverse reaction. Once completed, this form should be filed at the student’s school along with their most current immunization record.
Student Name: Parent/Guardian Name:
Student Address: Student Date of Birth:
(Measles, Mumps,
Rubella)
For
Select the vaccine(s) needing medical exemption, then provide a brief description of the contraindication or precaution for each vaccine: □ DTaP (Diphtheria, Tetanus, and Pertussis) □ MMR
and
□ Tdap (Diphtheria, Tetanus, and Pertussis) □ IPV (Polio) □ Varicella (Chickenpox) □ Other: □ Hib (Haemophilus influenzae type b) Contraindication/Precaution: A complete list of medical contraindications and precautions can be found on the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s website: https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/hcp/acip-recs/general-recs/contraindications.html Duration of exemption: Provider’s Name (print): Title: Phone: Address: Provider’s Signature: Date: Montana Code Annotated Administrative Rules of Montana 20 5 403: MT School Immunization Requirements, Immunization Records 37.114.701 721: Immunization of K 12, Preschool, and Post Secondary Schools 20 5 405: MT School Immunization Requirements, Exemptions Medical
3413F1
Affidavit of Exemption on Religious Grounds
(406)
Sex
If student is under 18, name of parent,guardian, or other person
address
city:
for student’s care andcustody:
I, the undersigned, declare under penalty of perjury thatimmunization against the following is contraryto my religious tenets andpractices(checkallthat apply):
Diphtheria, Pertussis, Tetanus (DTaP, DT, Tdap)
Measles, Mumps and Rubella (MMR)
Haemophilus Influenzae type b (Hib)
I
understandthat:
(chickenpox)
to section 20 5 405, MCA, in the eventof an outbreak of one of the diseases listed above, the above exemptedstudent may be excluded from school by the local health officer or the Departmentof Public Health and Human Services until the student is no longer atrisk for contracting or transmitting thatdisease.
Signature of parent, guardian, or other person
for the abovestudent’s careand custody;orof the student,if 18 or older.
Notary
State
Student's Full Name Birth Date Age
School: ____________________________________________________________________________________
responsible
Street
and
_______________________________________________________________________ Telephone: _________________________________________________________________________________
Polio
Varicella
Other: ____________
also
Pursuant
Date responsible
Subscribed andsworn to before me this _______dayof_________,__________. Signature:
Public for the State of Montana Print Name:Notary Public forthe
of Montana Residing in _________________________ My commission expires _______________ Seal HES 113 revised07/2021
Form HES 113 Montana Schools For questions, contacttheMontanaDepartmentofImmunizationsat
444 5580 3413F2
Alberton Joint School District
in
activities. The Board
when a concussion or head injury
competitive sport athletic
Adopted on: 9/2013
on:
on: 02/20/2018
that concussions and head injuries are
adolescents who participate in sports and other
the risk of catastrophic injuries or death is
not properly evaluated and managed. Therefore,
in the District will be identified by the
with guidelines provided by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services,
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the National Federation of High School (NFHS) and
the Montana High School Association (MHSA), the District will utilize procedures developed by
the MHSA and other pertinent information to inform and educate coaches, athletic trainers,
officials, youth athletes, and their parents and/or guardians of the nature and risk of concussions
head injuries, including the dangers associated with continuing to play after a concussion or
head injury. Resources are available on the Montana High School Association Sports Medicine
page at www.mhsa.org; U.S. Department of Health and Human Services page at: www.hhs.gov;
and; the Centers for Disease and Prevention page at www.cdc.gov/concussion/sports.index.html.
© MTSBA 2017 18 1 Alberton Joint School District #22 3
4 Reviewed
5 3415 R STUDENTS Revised
6 7 Management of Sports Related Concussions8 9 The
#2 recognizes
10 commonly reported injuries
children and
11 recreational
acknowledges
12 significant
is
13 all K 12
activities
14 administration.15 Consistent
16
17
18
19
20 or
21
22
23
24 25 Annually, the district will distribute a head injury and concussion information and sign off sheet26 to all parents and guardians of student athletes in competitive sport activities prior to the student27 athlete's initial practice or competition.28 29 All coaches, athletic trainers, officials, including volunteers participating in organized youth30 athletic activities, shall complete the training program at least once each school year as required31 in the District procedure. Additionally, all coaches, athletic trainers, officials, including32 volunteers participating in organized youth athletic activities will comply with all procedures for33 the management of head injuries and concussions.34 35 Reference: Montana High School Association, Rules and Regulations36 Section 4, Return to Play37 Legal Reference: Dylan Steigers Protection of Youth Athletes Act38 20 7 1301, MCA Purpose39 20 7 1302, MCA Definitions40 20 7 1303, MCA Youth athletes concussion education requirements41 20 7 1304, MCA Youth athletes removal from participation42 following concussion medical clearance required43 before return to participation44 45 Cross Reference: 3415F Student Athlete & Parent/Legal Custodian Concussion Statement46 47
School
Adopted on: 9/2013
on:
on: 02/20/2018
of Sports Related Concussions
Athletic Director or Administrator in Charge of Athletic Duties:
1. Updating: Each spring, the athletic director, or the administrator in charge of athletics if there
is no athletic director, shall review any changes that have been made in procedures required
for concussion and head injury management or other serious injury by consulting with the
MHSA or the MHSA Web site, U.S. DPHHS, and CDCP web site. If there are any updated
procedures, they will be adopted and used for the upcoming school year.
2. Identified Sports: Identified sports include all organized youth athletic activity sponsored by16 the school or school district.
B. Training: All coaches, athletic trainers, and officials, including volunteers shall undergo training18 in head injury and concussion management at least once each school year by one of the following
means: (1) through viewing the MHSA sport specific rules clinic; (2) through viewing the20 MHSA concussion clinic found on the MHSA Sports Medicine page at www.mhsa.org; or by the21 district inviting the participation of appropriate advocacy groups and appropriate sports
governing bodies to facilitate the training requirements
C. Parent Information Sheet: On a yearly basis, a concussion and head injury information sheet24 shall be distributed to the student athlete and the athlete's parent and/or guardian prior to the
student athlete's initial practice or competition. This information sheet may be incorporated into
the parent permission sheet which allows students to participate in extracurricular athletics and
should include resources found on the MHSA Sports Medicine page at www.mhsa.org, U.S.
DPHHS, and CDCP websites.
D. Responsibility: An athletic trainer, coach, or official shall immediately remove from play,
practice, tryouts, training exercises, preparation for an athletic game, or sport camp a student
athlete who is suspected of sustaining a concussion or head injury or other serious injury.
E. Return to Play After Concussion or Head Injury: In accordance with MHSA Return to Play
Rules and Regulations and The Dylan Steigers Protection of Youth Athletes Act a student athlete
who
been removed from play, practice, tryouts, training exercises, preparation for an athletic
game, or sport camp may not return until the athlete is cleared by a licensed health care
(registered, licensed, certified, or otherwise statutorily recorgnized health care
The health care provider may be a volunteer.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint
District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3415P - R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 Management
8 9 A.
10
11
12
13
14
15
17
19
22
23
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
has
35
36 professional
37 professional).
38 39 40 41
Alberton Joint School District
Adopted on: 9/2009
Reviewed on:
on: 02/08/10, 02/20/2018, 8/9/22
Administering Medication
prescribed drugs and medical devices that are controlled by the U.S. Food and Drug
and are ordered by a healthcare provider. It includes over the counter medications
through a standing order by authorized physician or prescribed by the student’s healthcare
provider.
Except in an emergency situation, only a qualified healthcare professional may administer a drug or a
prescription drug to a student under this policy. Diagnosis and treatment of illness and the prescribing of
drugs are never the responsibility of a school employee and should not be practiced by any school
personnel.
Administering Medication
Board shall permit administration of medication to students in schools in its jurisdiction. A school
nurse or other employee who has successfully completed specific training in administration of
medication, pursuant to written authorization of a physician or dentist and that of a parent, an individual
who has executed a caretaker relative educational authorization affidavit, or guardian, may administer
medication to any student in the school or may delegate this task pursuant to Montana law.
Emergency Administration of Medication
the event of an emergency, a school nurse or trained staff member, exempt from the nursing license
requirement under § 37 8 103(1)(c), MCA, may administer emergency medication to any student in need
thereof on school grounds, in a school building, at a school function, or on a school bus according to a
standing order of an authorized physician or a student’s private physician. In the event that emergency
administered to a student, the school nurse or staff member shall call emergency responders
notify the student’s parents/guardians. A building administrator or school nurse shall enter any
individual student medication record and retain the
Assisting Students with Self Administration of Medication
© MTSBA 2022
#21
2
3 3416 STUDENTS Revised
4 5 Page 1 of 56
to Students7 8 “Medication” means
9 Administration
10 prescribed
11
12 13
14
15
16
17 18
19 20 The
21
22
23
24
25 26
27 28 In
29
30
31
32 medication is
33 and
34 medication to be administered in an emergency on an
35 documentation36 37
38 39 A building principal or other school administrator may authorize, in writing, any school employee:40 41 To assist in self administration of any drug that may lawfully be sold over the counter without a42 prescription to a student in compliance with the written instructions and with the written consent43 of a student’s parent or guardian; and44 45 To assist in self administration of a prescription drug to a student in compliance with46 47 48 49
instructions or standing order of an authorized physician or a student’s private
physician and with the written consent of a student’s parent or guardian.
school employee authorized, in writing, assist students with self administration of
medications, may only rely on the following techniques:
• Making oral suggestions, prompting, reminding, gesturing, or providing a written guide
for self-administering medications;
• Handing to a student a prefilled, labeled medication holder or a labeled unit dose
container, syringe, or original marked and labeled container from a pharmacy;
• Opening the lid of a container for a student;
• Guiding the hand of a student to self-administer a medication;
• Holding and assisting a student in drinking fluid to assist in the swallowing of oral
medications;
• Assisting with removal of a medication from a container for a student with a physical
disability that prevents independence in the act.
• Other guidance or restrictions previously provided in writing to the school by a student’s
parent, an individual who has executed a caretaker relative educational authorization
affidavit, or guardian is on file.
Self-Administration or Possession of Asthma, Severe Allergy, or Anaphylaxis Medication
with allergies or asthma may be authorized by the building principal or Superintendent,
in consultation with medical personnel, to possess and self administer emergency medication
during the school day, during field trips, school sponsored events, or while on a school bus. The
shall be authorized to possess and self-administer medication if the following conditions
been met:
• A written and signed authorization from the parents, an individual who has executed a
caretaker
educational authorization affidavit, or guardians for self administration
medication, acknowledging that the District or its employees are not liable for injury
that results from the student self administering the medication.
• The student shall have the prior written approval of his/her primary healthcare provider.
written notice from the student’s primary care provider shall specify the name and
purpose of the medication, the prescribed dosage, frequency with which it may be
administered, and the circumstances that may warrant its use.
• Documentation that the student has demonstrated to the healthcare practitioner and the
•
nurse,
available, the skill
to use and administer the medication.
of a doctor formulated written treatment plan for managing asthma,
allergies, or anaphylaxis
of the student and for medication use by the
© MTSBA 2022 34161 Page 2 of 52 3 written
4
5 6 A
7
8 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
and17
18
19
20
21
22 23
24 25 Students
26
27
28 student
29 have
30 31
32
relative
33 of
34
35
36 The
37
38
39
40 school
if
level necessary
41
Documentation
42 severe
episodes
43 student during school hours.44 45 Authorization granted to a student to possess and self administer medication shall be valid for46
current school year only and shall be renewed annually. A student’s authorization to possess
and self administer medication may be limited or revoked by the building principal or other
personnel.
provided by the parent, an individual who has executed a caretaker relative educational
authorization affidavit, or guardian, and in accordance with documentation provided by the
student’s doctor, backup medication shall be kept at a student’s school in a predetermined
or locations to which the student has access in the event of an asthma, severe allergy, or
anaphylaxis
after using epinephrine during school hours, a student shall report to the school
nurse or other adult at the school who shall provide follow up care, including making a call to
of Other
District shall permit students who are able to self administer specific medication to do so
that all of the following have occurred:
A physician, dentist, or other licensed health care provider provides a written order for
self administration of said medication;
Written authorization for self administration of medication from a student’s parent, an
individual who has executed a caretaker relative educational authorization affidavit, or
guardian is on file;
A principal and appropriate teachers are informed that a student is self administering
prescribed medication.
of Glucagons
employees may voluntarily agree to administer glucagons to a student pursuant to § 20 5
MCA, only under the following conditions: (1) the employee may administer glucagon to a
student only in an emergency situation; (2)the employee has filed the necessary
and acceptance documentation with the District, as required by § 20 5 412(2), MCA,
(3) the employee has filed the necessary written documentation of training with the District,
required by § 20 5 412(4), MCA. Designation of staff is to be made by a parent, and individual
has executed a caretaker relative authorization affidavit, or guardian of a diabetic student, and
employees are under no obligation to agree to designation. Glucagon is to be provided by the
parent or guardian.
Handling and Storage of Medications
that all
delivered by
shall be kept on file.
for keeping by students for
individual who has executed a caretaker
© MTSBA 2022 34161 Page 3 of 52 3 the
4
5 administrative
6 7 If
8
9
10 location
11
emergency.12 13 Immediately
14
15 emergency responders16 17 Self Administration
Medication18 19 The
20 provided
21 22 •
23
24 •
25
26
and27 •
28
29 30 Administration
31 32 School
33 412,
34 diabetic
35 designation
36 and
37 as
38 who
39 school
40
All documentation
41 42
43 44 The Board requires
medications, including those approved
45 self medication, be first
a parent, an
46
relative educational authorization affidavit, or other responsible adult to a nurse or employee
assisting with self administration of medication. A nurse or assistant:
• Shall examine any new medication to ensure it is properly labeled with dates, name of
student, medication name, dosage, and physician’s name;
• Shall develop a medication administration plan, if administration is necessary for a
student, before any medication is given by school personnel;
• Shall record on the student’s individual medication record the date a medication is
delivered and the amount of medication received;
• Shall store medication requiring refrigeration at 36° to 46° F;
• Shall store prescribed medicinal preparations in a securely locked storage compartment;
and
• Shall store controlled substances in a separate compartment, secured and locked at all
times
• All non emergency medication shall be kept in a locked, nonportable container, stored in18 its original container with the original prescription label. Epinephrine, naloxone, and19 student emergency medication may be kept in portable containers and transported by the20 school nurse or other authorized school personnel.
• Food is not allowed to be stored in refrigeration unit with medications.
• Shall notify the building administrator, school district nurse, and parent or guardian of23 any medication error and document it on the medication administration record.
The District shall permit only a forty-five-(45)-school-day supply of a medication for a student to
be stored at a school; and all medications, prescription and nonprescription, shall be stored in27 their original containers.
District shall limit access to all stored medication to those persons authorized to administer
medications or to assist in the self-administration of medications. The District requires every
school to maintain a current list of those persons authorized by delegation from a licensed nurse
to administer medications.
District may maintain a stock supply of auto injectable epinephrine to be administered by a
school nurse or other authorized personnel to any student or nonstudent as needed for actual or
perceived anaphylaxis. If the district intends to obtain an order for emergency use of epinephrine
in a school setting or at related activities, the district shall adhere to the requirements stated in
law.
District may maintain a stock supply of an opioid antagonist to be administered by a school
nurse or other authorized personnel to any student or nonstudent as needed for an actual or
perceived opioid overdose. A school that intends to obtain an order for emergency use of an
opioid antagonist in a school setting or at related activities shall adhere to the requirements in
law.
© MTSBA 2022 34161 Page 4 of 52 3
4
5 6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
21
22
24 25
26
28 29 The
30
31
32
33 34 The
35
36
37
38
39 40 The
41
42
43
44
45 46
Disposal of Medication, Medical Equipment, Personal Protective Equipment
The District requires school personnel either to return to a parent, an individual who has
executed a caretaker relative educational authorization affidavit, or guardian or, with permission
of the parent, an individual who has executed a caretaker relative educational authorization
affidavit, or guardian, to destroy any unused, discontinued, or obsolete medication. A school
nurse, in the presence of a witness, shall destroy any medicine not repossessed by a parent or
guardian within a seven (7) day period of notification by school authorities.
Medical sharps shall be disposed of in an approved sharps container. Building administrators
should contact the school nurse or designated employee when such a container is needed. Sharps
containers are to be kept in a secure location in the school building. Disposal of sharps container,
medical equipment, and personal protective equipment is the responsibility of the school nurse or
designated employee in accordance with the Montana Infectious Waste Management Act and the
manufacture guidelines specific to the container or equipment
Legal Reference:
20 5 412, MCA Definition parent designated adult
administration of glucagons training
20 5 420, MCA Self administration or possession of asthma,
severe allergy, or anaphylaxis medication
20 5 421, MCA Emergency use of epinephrine in school
setting
37-8-103(1)(c), MCA Exemptions limitations on authority
24.159.1601, et seq Delegation of Nurse Duties
20 5 426, MCA Emergency use of an opioid antagonist in
school setting limit on liability
75 10 1001, et seq Infectious Waste Management Act
Safety Requirements
of Trustees
© MTSBA 2022 34161 Page 5 of 52 3
4 5
6
7
8
9
10
11 12
13
14
15
16
17
18 19
§
20
21 §
22
23 §
24
25 §
26 ARM
27 §
28
29 §
30 37.111.812, ARM
31 10.55.701(s), ARM Board
32 33 34
Montana Authorization to Possess or Self-Administer
Asthma, Severe Allergy, or Anaphylaxis Medication
this student to possess or self administer asthma, severe allergy, or anaphylaxis medication while in school,
while at a school sponsored activity, while under the supervision of school personnel, before or after normal school
as while in before school or
from school or school sponsored activities,
physician assistant/advanced practice
a caretaker
Date:
educational
school care on school operated property), or while in transit to or
nurse,
be fully completed by: 1) the prescribing physician/
an authorizing parent, an individual who has executed
affidavit, or legal guardian.
Year:
above named student has
used under the
and
administer the following
or special circumstances):
confirm that this student has been instructed in the proper use of this medication and is able to self administer this
medication without school personnel supervision. I have formulated and provided to the parent/guardian or
caretaker relative a written treatment plan for managing asthma, severe allergies, or anaphylaxis episodes and for
medication use by this student during school hours and school activities.
of Physician/PA/APRN
Number
by Parent, an individual who has executed a caretaker relative educational or medical
authorization affidavit, or Guardian
the parent, individual who has executed a caretaker relative educational or medical authorization affidavit, or30 guardian of the above named student, I confirm that this student has been instructed by his/her health care provider
on the proper use of this/these medication(s). He/she has demonstrated to me that he/she understands the proper use32 of this medication. He/she is physically, mentally, and behaviorally capable to assume this responsibility. He/she
has my permission to self medicate as listed above, if needed. If he/she has used epinephrine during school hours,34 he/she understands the need to alert the school nurse or other adult at the school who will provide follow up care,
including making a 9 1 1 emergency call.
acknowledge that the school district or nonpublic school and its employees and agents are not liable as a result of
any injury arising from the self administration of medication by the student, and I indemnify and hold them
harmless for such injury, unless the claim is based on an act or omission that is the result of gross negligence, willful
and wanton conduct, or an intentional tort.
agree to work with the school in establishing a plan for use and storage of backup medication. This will include a
location to keep backup medication to which my child has access in the event of an asthma, severe
or anaphylaxis emergency. I have provided the following backup medication:
in the event the medication
“self administration form” must be completed,
or the health care provider may rewrite the order on his/her prescription pad, and I, the parent/caretaker
sign the new form
assure the new order is attached.
is my responsibility to pick up any
that is not picked up will be disposed of.
at the end of the school year, and the
school personnel and classroom
and
Mont.
Ann.
© MTSBA 2017 18 3416F1
2
3 For
4
5 activities (such
after
6
this form must
7
registered
and 2)
8
relative
or medical authorization
9 10 Student’s Name:_______________________________ School: ____________________________________11 Sex: (Please circle) Female/Male City/Town: _________________________________12 Birth
_____/_____/_____ School
_________(Must be renewed annually)13 Physician’s Authorization:14 The
my authorization to carry
self
medication:15 Medication: (1) ______________________________ Dosage: (1) ________________________________16 (2) ______________________________ (2) _____________________________17 Reason for prescription(s): _______________________________________________________________________18 Medication(s) to be
following conditions (times
______________19 20 I
21
22
23
24 25 Signature
Phone
Date26 27 Authorization
28
29 As
31
33
35
36 I
37
38
39
40 I
41 predetermined
42 allergy,
__________________43 _________________________________________.44 I understand that
dosage is altered, a new
45
46 relative/guardian, will
and
47 I understand it
unused medication
48 medication
49 I authorize the school administration to release this information to appropriate
50 teachers.51 52 Parent/Guardian, Caretaker Relative Signature: _____________________________ Date:53 54 (Original signed authorization to the school; a copy of the signed authorization to the parent/guardian
health55 care provider) See, generally,
Code
§ 20 5 420.56
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
on:
on:
Communicable
: For purposes of this policy, the term “communicable disease” refers to the diseases identified in
37.114.203, ARM, Reportable Diseases, with the exception of common colds and flu.
In all proceedings related to this policy, the District will respect a student’s right to privacy.
the District is required to provide educational services to all school age children who reside
within its boundaries, it may deny attendance at school to any child diagnosed as having a communicable
disease that could make a child’s attendance harmful to the welfare of other students. The District also
may deny attendance to a child with suppressed immunity in order to protect the welfare of that child
when others in a school have an infectious disease, which, although not normally life threatening, could16 be life threatening to a child with suppressed immunity.
The Board recognizes that communicable diseases that may afflict students range from common
childhood diseases, acute and short term in nature, to chronic, life threatening diseases such as human
immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection. The District will rely on advice of the public health and
medical communities in assessing the risk of transmission of various communicable diseases to determine22 how best to protect the health of both students and staff.
The District will manage common communicable diseases in accordance with Montana Department of
Public Health and Human Services guidelines and communicable diseases control rules. The District may
temporarily exclude from school attendance a student who exhibits symptoms of a communicable disease
that is readily transmitted in a school setting.
who complain of illness at school may be referred to a school nurse or other responsible person
by the Board and may be sent home as soon as a parent or person designated on a student’s
medical authorization form has been notified. The District reserves the right to require a
statement from a student’s primary care provider authorizing a student’s return to school.
a student is afflicted with a serious
notify a school nurse or other
measures to be taken to protect
staff health and safety.
school nurse or other responsible person designated by the Board,
consultation with and on advice of public health officials, will determine which additional staff
any,
need to know of the affected student’s condition.
it
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3417 STUDENTS Revised
5 6
Diseases7 Note
8
9 10
11 Although
12
13
14
15
17 18
19
20
21
23 24
25
26
27
28 29 Students
30 designated
31 emergency
32
33 34 When information is received by a staff member or a volunteer that
35 communicable disease, the staff member or volunteer will promptly
36 responsible person designated by the Board to determine appropriate
37 student and
A
38 after
39 members, if
have
40 41 Only those persons with direct responsibility for the care of a student or for determining appropriate42 educational accommodation will be informed of the specific nature of a condition, if
is determined that43 such individuals need to know this information.44 45 The District may notify parents of other children attending a school that their children have been exposed46 to a communicable disease without identifying the particular student who has the disease.47 48 Legal Reference: 37.114.101, et seq., ARM Communicable Disease Control49 50
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
on:
on:
The Board recognizes its responsibility to all students enrolled in the Alberton Schools to
provide a safe and healthy environment in which they may attend school. One inhibitor to a
healthy environment is the head louse (Pediculus capitis). Head lice infestations must be
addressed in public schools if a healthy environment is to be maintained. Every attempt will be
made to educate students and parents on the prevention and eradication of head lice before and
after infestation is detected.
innocent desire of children to be social and the communicable nature of lice requires
preventive measures by the school district and the public health agency to contain infestations.
Alberton School will work cooperatively with the public health agency to insure that
infestations of head lice are contained and eradicated in the school.
the interest of health and welfare of students enrolled in Alberton, no student will be permitted
to attend classes with the general population if they are infested with head lice.
avoid embarrassment and to contain the infestation, whole classrooms will be checked for
head lice upon the report of possible infestation by a classroom teacher. The administrator,
his/her designee, school nurse or another qualified professional will examine the child in
question and their classmates. Siblings of students found with lice and their classmates will also
be checked if there is suspicion that infestation may exist.
student found with head lice is to be kept out of school until he/she is treated and hair is free
of lice and eggs. Although eggs (nits) cannot spread to other children, they may hatch in 2 3
days and would immediately become communicable. A child may return to school after being
successfully treated so that no live lice are present.
or guardians will be informed of lice infestation by a letter that explains the problem,
lists the procedures for treatment and requirements for reentering school. Every attempt will be
made to contact parents or guardians immediately upon discovery of head lice. Parents will be
asked to come to school to pick up the student and begin treatment immediately.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3420 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 Head Lice8 9
10
11
12
13
14
15 16 The
17
18 The
19
20 21 In
22
23 24 To
25
26
27
28
29 30 The
31
32
33
34 35 Parents
36
37
38
39 40 41 42
Adopted on:
recognizes that schools are responsible for providing first aid or emergency treatment
student in case of sudden illness or injury;
of a parent or guardian.
that
of a parent
a student is injured,
further medical attention is the
be reached in case of an emergency.
number where a parent or
provide immediate care and attention until relieved by a
a nurse, or a doctor. The District will employ its normal procedures to address medical
regard to the existence of a do not resuscitate (DNR) request. A principal
designated staff member will immediately call a parent or parental designee so that the parent
arrange for care or treatment of an injured student. A principal or designated staff member
will call a parent or parental designee so that the parent may arrange for care or treatment of an
injured student.
a student develops symptoms of illness
following:
student from other children
parent or guardian
guardian to pick up the child;
at school, a responsible school official will
a room or area segregated for that purpose;
soon as possible about the illness and request the parent or
thereafter
reached
same
to a hospital.
to the hospital
of the District.
the
telephone to a
a health authority cannot be
of a principal or other
injured student
be taken
any mode of transportation is not the
or a guardian is responsible for
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 3431 STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 Emergency Treatment8 9 The Board
10 to a
however,
11 responsibility
12 13 The District requires
every parent or guardian provide a telephone
14 designee
may
15 16 When
staff will
17 superior,
18 emergencies without
19 or
20 may
21
22
23 24 When
while
25 do the
26 27 Isolate the
to
28 29 Inform a
as
30
and31 32 Report each case of suspected communicable disease the same day by
33 local health authority or as soon as possible
if
34
the
day.35 36 When a parent or guardian cannot be reached, and it is
judgment
37 person in charge that immediate medical attention is required, an
may
38 directly
Transportation
by
39 financial responsibility
Once located, a parent
40 continuing treatment or for making other arrangements.41 42 Legal Reference: ARM 37.111.825 Health Supervision and Maintenance43 44 45 46 47
© MTSBA 2017 18 Accident Report 3431F1 2 This form is to be completed by the appropriate employee(s) as soon as possible after an accident occurs.3 Please Print or Type.4 District Name ______________________________________ School Name _______________________5 Principal’s Name ___________________________________ School Phone _______________________6 Date of Accident: ___________ Time: ____ o AM o PM Supervising Employee _______________7 Claimant’s Name ____________________________________ _________________________ _________________ Last Name First Name Middle Initial Claimant’s Address __________________________________________ __________________ ________________ City State ZIP Code Claimant’s SS # _____________________________ Home Phone Number (_____) __________________________ Claimant’s Age _______ Date of Birth ______________________ Sex __________ Grade ____________________ Parent’s Name (if student) _____________________________ Work Phone Number (_____) _ 8 9 Nature of Injury Place of Accident Body Part Injured o Scratch o Concussion o Classroom o Gymnasium o Ankle o Foot o Leg o Fracture o Head Injury o Hallway o Parking Lot o Arm o Face o Nose o Bruise o Sprain/Strain o Bathroom o Sidewalk o Back o Finger o Teeth o Burn o Cut/Puncture o Cafeteria o Stairs o Neck o Hand o Wrist o Dislocation o Bite o Playground o Athletic Field o Eye o Knee o Shoulder o Other _______________ o Other ______________________ o Other ________________________ Describe accident and injury in detail (attach additional description as necessary):10 11 12 Were efforts made to contact the parent/guardian about the accident? o Yes o No13 Was first aid administered? o Yes o No By whom? _______________________________14 Was the student o Sent home o Sent to physician o Sent to hospital15 Is student covered by Student Accident Insurance? o Yes o No If “yes,” please list Company Name,16 address, and phone number ________________________________________________________17 If medical or hospital treatment was required, please complete the following information. (Attach a18 copy of medical bills, if available.)19 Name and address of doctor or hospital ____________________________________________________20 Witnesses (Name, Address, and Phone) _____________________________21 22 23 Signature/Name of Person Completing the Report Date24
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
on: 02/20/2018
of Student during School
its responsibility
with District
a
care of students during a school day. In
authorized person may remove a student from
school grounds, any school building, or school function during a school day. A person seeking
remove a student from school
proper authority to remove the student.
with anyone,
a
to the administrator of
should not excuse a student from class
approved by the administrator.
must exercise a high order of responsibility for the care of students while in school. The
of a student during the school day may be authorized in accordance with the following
enforcement officers, upon proper identification, may remove a student from school
provided in Policies 4410 and 4411.
Any other agencies must have a written administrative or court order directing the
District to give custody to them. However, employees of the Department of Public Health
Human Services may take custody of a student under provisions of § 41-3-301,
MCA, without a court order. Proper identification is required before the student shall be
released.
date
as to custodial rights,
(or guardians) have the
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3440 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 Removal
Day8 9 The Board recognizes
for the proper
10 accordance
procedures, only
duly
11
12 to
must present evidence satisfactory
13 having
A teacher
14 to confer
unless
request is
15 16 Schools
17 removal
18 procedures:19 20 1. Law
21 as
22 23 2.
24
25 and
26
27
28 29 3. A student shall be released to the custodial parent. When in doubt
30 school enrollment records must be relied upon, as the parents
31 burden of furnishing schools with accurate, up to
information.32 33 4. The school should always check with the custodial parent before releasing the student to34 a non custodial parent.35 36 5. Prior written authorization from the custodial parent or guardian is required before37 releasing a student into someone else’s custody, unless an emergency situation justifies a38 waiver.39 40 6. Police should be called if a visitor becomes disruptive or abusive.41 42 43 Cross Reference: 4410 Relations With the Law Enforcement and Child Protective44 Agencies45 4411 Interrogations and Investigations Conducted by School Officials46 47 48
on: 02/20/2018
on:
on: 8/10/21
Student Organizations:
All curricular student clubs
organizations must be approved by the
or clandestine organizations or groups will not be
Bylaws and rules of curricular student clubs or organizations must not be contrary
Board policy or to administrative rules and regulations.
Procedures in curricular student clubs or organizations must follow generally
democratic practices in the acceptance of members and nomination and
of officers.
Student led and initiated non curricular student groups may meet at school in
accordance with District Policy without the sponsorship of the School District
Social Events
Social events must have prior approval of the administration.
Social events must be held in school facilities unless approved by the Board.
events must be chaperoned at all times.
Attendance at high school social events and dances shall be limited to high school
students, and middle school social events shall be limited to middle school
students, unless prior permission is received from the principal.
Extracurricular
and behavior
MHSA rules
student convicted of a criminal offense may, at the discretion of school
such a period of time as the school officials may
establishing an interscholastic
all sports
all sports
Board directs the administration to:
in the District, with an equal
residents of the school district and who is at least 5
and not more than 19 on or before September 10 of the year
extracurricular activities is sought by such child
of this policy.
inventories
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 3510 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 School Sponsored Student Activities8 9 1.
10 11 a.
or
12 administration. Secret
13 permitted.14 b.
15 to
16 c.
17 accepted
18 election
19 d.
20
21 22 2.
23 24 a.
25 b.
26 c. Social
27 d.
28
29
30 31 3.
Activities32 33 j) Academic
eligibility rules are established by
and34 District policy.35 k) Any
36 officials, become ineligible for
37 decide.38 c. In
program, the
39 i. Open
to all students enrolled
40 opportunity for participation.41 ii Open
to
42 years of age
43 in which participation in
44 in accordance with the provisions
45 iii. Recommend sports activities based on interest
completed by46 the students.47
4 Participation in District Extracurricular Activities by Unenrolled Children
a. Any child identified in Section 3.c.ii of this policy who is attending a nonpublic or home
school meeting the requirements of section 20-5-109:
Is eligible to seek to participate in any extracurricular activity of the District that
is offered to pupils of the district who are of the same age.
Is subject to the same standards for participation as those required of full time
pupils enrolled in the school and the same rules of any interscholastic
organization of which the school of participation is a member as specified in
Section 3.a. and 3.b. of this policy and any related student or activity handbook
Will be assessed for purposes of placement, team formation and cuts using the
same criteria as used for full time pupils enrolled in the District
b. In cases where there is more than one school serving the same age group within District15 boundaries, a child under Section 4 of this policy shall be subject to the same school zone
rules applicable to full time pupils of the District. Participation for one school for one
sport and another school for another sport is prohibited.
c. The academic eligibility for extracurricular participation for a student attending a19 nonpublic school as specified under Section 4.a.ii of this policy shall be attested by the20 head administrator of the nonpublic school. No further verification shall be required.
d. The academic eligibility for extracurricular participation for a student attending a home
school as specified under Section 4 a ii shall be attested in writing by the educator
providing the student instruction with verification by the school principal for the school
of participation. The verification may not include any form of student assessment.
e. Students participating in extracurricular activities under Section 4 of this policy may be
considered part time enrollees for purposes of ANB in accordance with Policy 3150,
3121, and 3121P
of Athletic
athletic teams
who are biologically
designated as one of the
MHSA rules, this Policy,
of Chapter 405 (2021):
States
of
of
100.8(c) due to the enforcement of
© MTSBA 2017 18 1
2 3
4
5 i.
6
7 ii.
8
9
10
11 provisions12 iii.
13
14
16
17
18
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28 29 30 5. Designation
Teams31 32 Unless otherwise prohibited by Policy 3210 or federal law, District sponsored
or33 sports designated for females, women, or girls may not be open to students
34 of the male sex District sponsored athletic teams or events may be
35 following based on biological sex in accordance with applicable
36 federal law, Policy 3210, or the provisions of Section 6
37 38 a. males, men, or boys;39 b. females, women, or girls; or40 c. coed or mixed.41 42 This section of this Policy is void 21 days after the date the United
Secretary
Education43 files a written report with the proper committees of the United States House
Representatives44 and the United States Senate as required by 34 CFR
Chapter45 405 (2021).46
3150 Part Time Attendance
3121 3121P Enrollment and Attendance
3233 Student use of Buildings Equal Access
3550
2332
Clubs
and Religious Activities
3222 Distribution and Posting Materials
3233 Student Use of Buildings Equal Access
4331 Use of School Property for Posting Notices
297
269
405
CFR 100.8(c)
General Legislative Session
General Legislative Session
General Legislative Session
for Effecting
v. Clayton County Georgia, 140 S.Ct. 1731 (2020)
© MTSBA 2017 18 1 Cross Reference: Policy
2 Policy
3 Policy
4 Policy
Student
5 Policy
Religion
6 Policy
7 Policy
8 Policy
9 10 Legal Reference: Chapter
2021
11 Chapter
2021
12 Chapter
2021
13 34
Procedure
Compliance14 Bostock
15 16 17 18 19
Adopted on: 9/2009
Reviewed on:
Revised on: 02/20/2018, 2/11/20
Student Fees and Fines
Within the concept of free public education, the District will provide an educational program for students
as free of costs as possible.
The Board may require fees for actual cost of breakage and for excessive supplies used in commercial,
industrial arts, music, domestic science, science, or agriculture courses. The Board may also charge a
student a reasonable fee for any course or activity not reasonably related to a recognized academic and
educational goal of the District or for any course or activity taking place outside normal school functions.
The Board may waive fees in cases of financial hardship.
The Board delegates authority to the Superintendent to establish appropriate fees and procedures
governing collection of fees and asks the Superintendent to make annual reports to the Board regarding
fee schedules. The Board also may require fees for actual cost of breakage and for excessive supplies
used in commercial, industrial arts, music, domestic science, science, or agriculture courses.
Fines
The District holds a student responsible for the cost of replacing materials or property that are lost or25 damaged because of negligence. A building administrator will notify a student and parent regarding the
nature of violation or damage, how restitution may be made, and how an appeal may be instituted.
Withholding and Transferring Records for Unpaid Fines or Fees
District may not refuse to transfer files to another district because a student owes fines or fees. The
District may not withhold the school schedule of a student because the student owes fines or fees. The
district may withhold the grades, diploma, or transcripts of a current or former student who is responsible
for the cost of school materials or the loss or damage of school property until the student or the student’s
parent or guardian pays the owed fines or fees.
the event a student who owes fines or fees
to another school district in the state and the
District has decided to withhold the student’s grades, diploma, or transcripts from the student and the
student’s parent or guardian, the District
upon receiving notice that the student has transferred to another school district in the state, notify
the 's student’s parent or guardian in writing that the school district to which the has transferred
requested to withhold the student’s grades, diploma, or transcripts until any obligation has
been satisfied;
forward appropriate grades or transcripts to the school district to which the student has
at the same time, notify the school district to which the student has transferred of any financial
obligation of the student and request the withholding of the student’s grades, diploma, or
until any obligations are
the student or the student’s parent or guardian satisfies the obligation, inform the school
district
which the student
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3
4 3520 - R STUDENTS
5 6
7 8
9
10 11 Fees12
13
14
15
16
17 18
19
20
21
22 23
24
26
27 28
29 The
30
31
32
33
34 35 In
transfers
36
37
shall:38 1.
39
40 will be
41
42 2.
43 transferred;44 3.
45
46 transcripts
met;47 4. when
48
to
has transferred49 50
student or parent may appeal the imposition of a charge for damages to the Superintendent and to the
Board.
Legal reference: § 20 1 213 (3), MCA Transfer of school records
20 5 201(4), MCA Duties and sanctions
20 7 601, MCA Free textbook provisions
20 9 214, MCA Fees
© MTSBA 2017 18 A
1
2 3
4 §
5 §
6 §
7 8 9
Adopted
on: 8/10/21
schools and supports their
The Superintendent or designee
Curricular Student Clubs
use District
team name
directly relate to the body of
that are recognized by the District are
the District’s name, a District school’s name, or a District
the District, and raise and deposit funds with the
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
on: 2/11/203 Reviewed on:4 3550 - R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Student Clubs7 8 The Board recognizes that student clubs are a helpful resource for
9 formation. Student clubs must complete an application process.
10 is delegated the authority to approve or deny club applications.11 12
13 14 The Board of Trustees authorize the administration to approve and recognize curricular student15 clubs or organizations in a manner consistent with this policy and administrative procedure16 Curricular Student clubs are those approved student clubs that
17 courses offered by the school Curricular student clubs
18 permitted to
facilities, use
19 school’s
or any logo attributable to
20 District21 22 In order for the administration to approve and recognize a curricular student club the group must23 submit an application to the building administrator containing the following:24 25 1. The organization’s name and purpose.26 27 2. The portion of the curriculum that forms the basis of the club The portion of the28 curriculum that forms the basis of the club or the course offered at the school enhanced29 by the club’s functions. This step is required for consideration as a curricular club.30 Applications that do not satisfy this step may be permitted to meet at the school as a non-31 curricular student group.32 33 3. The staff employee designated to serve as the group’s advisor.34 35 4. The rules and procedures under which it operates.36 37 5. A statement that the membership will adhere to applicable Board policies and38 administrative procedures.39 40 The administration will report to the Board when new curricular student clubs have been41 approved and recognized42 43 Upon approval of a new curricular student club, the administration will notify the District clerk44 so the group may have any funds raised for its operations so designated in accordance with the45 District’s financial practices.46 47
Approved curricular student clubs will appear in the student handbook and other appropriate
district publications. Advisors of new student clubs may be eligible for a stipend in accordance
with applicable collective bargaining agreement provisions and available district resources
curricular student clubs may also have limited access as designated by the
administration to distribute messages through official communications of the district (e g
intercom announcements, district newsletters, group emails, etc.).
Student led and initiated groups of similar interests that do not meet the requirements to be an
curricular student club as outlined in this policy shall be designated as noncurricular
student groups. Noncurricular student groups include any student group that does not directly
relate to the body of courses offered by the District but has a regular meeting schedule and
established operational structure. District employees that are present at meetings in a supervisory
capacity are not eligible for a stipend. Student meetings must be supervised by an adult.
or agents of the District that are present at student group meetings must only serve in
supervisory capacity.
District approves a limited open forum, within the meaning of that term as defined U.S.
Code § 4071, for non curricular student groups to meet on school premises during non
instructional time. Noncurricular student groups wishing to conduct a meeting within this
limited forum are subject to the following fair opportunity criteria, which shall be uniformly
administered consistent with 20 U.S. Code § 4071:
All such meetings must be voluntary and student initiated;
There shall be no sponsorship of the meeting by the District or its agents or employees;
Employees or agents of the District that are present at religious meetings must be only in
nonparticipatory capacity;
All meetings must not materially and substantially interfere with the orderly conduct of
educational activities within the District;
Nonschool persons may not direct, conduct, control, or regularly attend activities of the
non curricular student groups.
defined
a gathering of a group of
engaging in group operations.
with
name,
part of their group’s
school’s
the purposes of discussing group
that does not meet this definition will be
of District
Policy and Procedure.
accordance with
3222.
by the board to have the name of the school to
to the school or District, the District’s
used by
© MTSBA 2017 18 1 35502 Page 2 of 33 4
5
6
7 Approved
8
9
10 11 Non Curricular Student Groups12 13
14 approved
15
16
17
18
19 Employees
20 a
21 22 The
23
24
25
26
27 1.
28 2.
29 3.
30 a
31 4.
32
and33 5.
34
35 36 Meeting is
as
students for
37 beliefs or
An event
38 required to comply
the Community Use
Facilities
39 Fundraising40 41 Noncurricular student groups may post notice of gatherings in
Policy
42 Noncurricular student groups may be authorized
43 appear as
name. A logo attributable
44
or the
team name or mascot may not be
a45 46
of the group by the District.
use the school name does not
name, or a District school’s team name
other
deposit funds with the District.
in accordance with
4331.
in accordance with Policy 3233.
to use the District’s name, a District school’s
mascot, or any logo attributable to the District, and
student gatherings may not post notices or
3222 but may request to post items in accordance with
the District
public funds
to applicable District policies
by recognized curricular student clubs that are
placed in a District account. All public funds
monitored in accordance with state law. Deposits must be reviewed to ensure
appropriateness under district policy.
should be preapproved
© MTSBA 2017 18 1 35502 Page 3 of 33 4 noncurricular group. The permission to post notice of gatherings or
5 constitute sponsorship
6 7 Informal Gatherings8 9 Students are permitted to informally gather at the school
10 Informal gatherings of students are not permitted
11
or
12 raise and
Informal
13
materials
Policy
14 Policy
15 16 Financial Operations17 18 All funds raised by recognized curricular student clubs are subject
19 regarding financial management. All funds raised
20 donated to
become
when
21 must be
22 compliance with equity rules, amateur rules and
23 24 Funds spent by the District will be done in accordance with District purchase order policy and25 spending limits regardless of the source of the donation. All expenditures
26 to ensure equity and auditing standards are met.27 28 The administration is authorized to develop procedures to implement this policy.29 30 Cross Reference: 2332 Religion and Religious Activities31 3210 Equal Education and Nondiscrimination32 3222 Distribution and Posting Materials33 3233 Student Use of Buildings Equal Access34 4331 Use of School Property for Posting Notices35 36 Legal Reference: 20 U.S. Code § 4071 Denial of equal access prohibited37 Section 20 5 203, MCA Secret Organization Prohibited38 39
ALBERTON SCHOOL DISTRICT STUDENT CLUB APPLICATION POLICY 3550F
application is for a new club
This application is to renew an existing club
application is to request approval of a student club at Public Schools. The application must be fully
completed for the application to be considered. Incomplete or incorrectly prepared applications will not be
considered. All applications will be considered in accordance with District Policy 3550 and District guidelines.
of the policy and guidelines can be obtained at: ______. Approved clubs that violate District Policy,
law or federal law are subject to suspension or termination.
Step
General Club Information and Bylaws, Charter, or Statement of Purpose
Proposed Club Name:
Club Supervisor Name:
supervisors do not sponsor or participate in non curricular clubs; however, an adult supervisor must be
present.
Step
Club’s bylaws, charter, or statement of purpose.
attach any documents outlining the rules and procedures under which the club will operate. These documents
may include but are not limited to bylaws, membership expectations, or a national charter. If the documents are not
yet available, drafts may be attached, or a detailed statement of purpose can be provided until documents are
available.
Step
Basis for Curriculum Related Status (For consideration as a curricular club. Groups that do not satisfy this26 step may be permitted to operate as a non curricular student group.)
be approved as a curricular club, the club must be based upon an aspect of the school’s curriculum or the
functions of the club must enhance a course offered at the school. Please attach a description of why the proposed
club should be designated as a curricular club providing specific facts supporting such status.
Step
Time, frequency, location, and notice of anticipated club meetings and functions
attach a statement of the proposed use of school facilities, including at the specific areas or facilities of the
which use is requested and
Step
Attach or describe any
invite
© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2 ___ This
___
3 4 This
5
6
7 Copies
8 Montana
9 10
1.
11 12
_________________________13 14 Proposed
_______________________15 16 Faculty
17
18 19
2.
20 Please
21
22
23
24 25
3.
27 To
28
29
30 31
4.
32 Please
33 school for
the proposed nature of the use of those facilities.
34 examples of materials which the club plans to use to tell students about the club's existence or to
students to35 join.36 37
5. Submission and Acknowledgement38 By signing this application form the students and advisor acknowledge that the club’s members and operations will39 adhere to applicable Board policies and administrative procedures governing curricular clubs.40 41 42 Requesting Student Date Proposed Supervisor Date43 44 FOR SCHOOL DISTRICT USE ONLY45 46 Application Received By: _____________________________ ________ Date: ________________47 48 Approved as Curricular Club By:________________________ ______ Date: ______49 50 Operating as Non Curricular Student Group By:___________________________ Date: ________________51 52 NOTES:53 54 The administration will retain all records related to this application. The administration will report to the55 requesting students, advisor, and Board of Trustees when new curricular student clubs have been approved56 57
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
on:
student records are confidential, and information from them will not be released other
than as provided by law. State and federal laws grant students and parents certain rights,
including the right to inspect, copy, and challenge school records.
District will ensure information contained in student records is current, accurate, clear, and
relevant. All information maintained concerning a student receiving special education services
be directly related to the provision of services to that child. The District may release
information as permitted by law, but parents will have the right to object to release of
information regarding their child. Military recruiters and institutions of higher education may
request and receive the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all high school students,
unless the parent(s) notifies the school not to release this information.
Superintendent will implement this policy and state and federal law with administrative
procedures. The Superintendent or designee will inform staff members of this policy and inform
students and their parents of it, as well as of their rights regarding student school records.
student’s permanent file, as defined by the board of public education, must be permanently
kept in a secure location. Other student records must be maintained and destroyed as provided in
1 212, MCA.
Reference:
Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 34 C.F.R.
MCA
of records by school officer.
Duties
MCA Access to records by parent
of 2001, P.L.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3600 STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 Student Records8 9 School
10
11
12 13 The
14
15 will
16 directory
17
18
19
20 21 The
22
23
24 25 Each
26
27 20
28 29 Legal
Family
30 9931 § 20 1 212,
Destruction
32 § 20 5 201, MCA
and sanctions33 § 40 4 225,
34 10.55.909, ARM Student Records35 No Child Left Behind Act
107 33436 37
Promulgated
on:
8/12/13, 10/08/13,
is educationally
in
to
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
on: 9/20093 Reviewed
4 3600P STUDENTS Revised on: 4/13,
5 02/20/20186 7 Student Records8 9 Maintenance of School Student Records10 11 The District maintains two (2) sets of school records for each student a permanent record and a12 cumulative record.13 14 The permanent record will include:15 16 Basic identifying information17 Academic work completed (transcripts)18 Level of achievement (grades, standardized achievement tests)19 Immunization records (per § 20 5 406, MCA)20 Attendance record21 Statewide student identifier assigned by the Office of Public Instruction22 Record of any disciplinary action taken against the student, which
related23 24 Each student’s permanent file, as defined by the board of public education, must be permanently kept
a25 secure location.26 27 The cumulative record may include:28 29 Intelligence and aptitude scores30 Psychological reports31 Participation in extracurricular activities32 Honors and awards33 Teacher anecdotal records34 Verified reports or information from non educational persons35 Verified information of clear relevance to the student’s education36 Information pertaining to release of this record37 Disciplinary information38 Camera footage only for those students directly involved in the incident39 40 Information in the permanent record will indicate authorship and date and will be maintained in41 perpetuity for every student who has been enrolled in the District. Cumulative records will be maintained42 for eight (8) years after the student graduates or permanently leaves the District. Cumulative records43 which may be of continued assistance to a student with disabilities, who graduates or permanently44 withdraws from the District, may, after five (5) years, be transferred to the parents or
the student if the45 student has succeeded to the rights of the parents.46 47 The building principal will be responsible for maintenance, retention, or destruction of a student’s48 permanent or cumulative records, in accordance with District procedure established by the49 Superintendent.50
Access to Student Records
District will grant access to student records as follows:
The District or any District employee will not release, disclose, or grant access to information
found in any student record except under the conditions set forth in this document.
2. The parents of a student under eighteen (18) years of age will be entitled to inspect and copy
information in the child’s school records. Such requests will be made in writing and directed to
the records custodian. Access to the records will be granted within fifteen (15) days of the
District’s receipt of such request. Parents are not entitled to records of other students. If a record
contains information about two students, information related to the student of the non requesting
parent will be redacted from the record.
In situations involving a record containing video footage, a parent of a student whose record
contains the footage is allowed to view the footage contained in the record but is not permitted to
receive a copy unless the parents of the other involved students provide consent The footage is
not a record of students in the background of the image or not otherwise involved in the
underlying matter.
Where the parents are divorced or separated, both will be permitted to inspect and copy the
student’s school records, unless a court order indicates otherwise. The District will send copies
of the following to both parents at either one’s request, unless a court order indicates otherwise:
Academic progress reports or records;
Health reports;
Notices of parent teacher conferences;
School calendars distributed to parents/guardians; and
Notices about open houses and other major school events, including student parent
student that attains the age of legal majority is an “eligible student” under FERPA. An eligible
student has the right to access and inspect their student records. An eligible student may not
prevent their parents from accessing and inspecting their student records if they are a dependent
of their parents in accordance with Internal Revenue Service regulations.
not be granted to the parent or the student to confidential letters and
admission to a post secondary educational institution, applications
for employment, or receipt of an honor or award, if the student has waived his or her right of
access
being advised of his or her right to obtain the names of all persons making such
letters or statements.
District may grant access to or release information
to school officials
a
student records without prior written
interest in the information. A school
a person employed by the District in an administrative, supervisory, academic, or
support staff position (including, but not limited to administrators, teachers, counselors,
include
service
coaches, and bus drivers), and the board of trustees. A school official may also
volunteer or contractor
employed by the District but who performs an educational
which the District
otherwise use its own employees and who is
© MTSBA 2017 18 1
2 3 The
4 5 1.
6
7 8
9
10
11
12
13
14 15
16
17
18
19
20 21
22
23
24 25 a.
26 b.
27 c.
28 d.
29 e.
30 interaction.31 32 A
33
34
35
36 37 Access will
38 recommendations concerning
39
40
after
41 confidential
42 43 3. The
from
44 consent
with
legitimate educational
45 official is
46
47 paraprofessionals,
48
a
not
49
or function for
would
50
the direct control of the District with respect to the use and maintenance of personally
identifying information from education records, or such other third parties under contract with the
District to provide professional services related to the District’s educational mission, including,
but not limited to, attorneys and auditors. A school official has a legitimate educational interest
in student education information when the official needs the information in order to fulfill his or
her professional responsibilities for the District. Access by school officials to student education
information will be restricted to that portion of a student’s records necessary for the school
official to perform or accomplish their official or professional duties.
4. The District may grant access to or release information from student records without parental
consent or notification to any person, for the purpose of research, statistical reporting, or
planning, provided that no student or parent can be identified from the information released, and
the person to whom the information is released signs an affidavit agreeing to comply with all
applicable statutes and rules pertaining to school student records.
5 The District may grant release of a child’s education records to child welfare agencies without the
prior written consent of the parents.
The District will grant access to or release information from a student’s records pursuant to a
court order
7. The District will grant access to or release information from any student record, as specifically
required by federal or state statute.
8. The District will grant access to or release information from student records to any person
possessing a written, dated consent, signed by the parent or eligible student, with particularity as
to whom the records may be released, the information or record to be released, and reason for the
release. One (1) copy of the consent form will be kept in the records, and one (1) copy will be
mailed to the parent or eligible student by the Superintendent. Whenever the District requests
consent to release certain records, the records custodian will inform the parent or eligible student
of the right to limit such consent to specific portions of information in the records.
District may release student records to the superintendent or an official with similar
in a school in which the student has enrolled or intends to enroll, upon written
request from such official. School
to release of any records or information
released
also include those listed in #3 above.
items 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9, above, the District will
prompt written notice to the parents or eligible student of this intended action. This
include a statement concerning the nature and substance of the records to be
the right to inspect, copy, and challenge the contents.
District may release student records or information in connection with an emergency, without
consent, if the knowledge of such information is necessary to protect the health or safety
the student or other persons.
consideration
make this decision, taking into
nature of the emergency, the seriousness of the threat to the health and safety of
the student or other persons, the need for such records to meet the emergency, and whether the
persons
whom such records are released are in a position to deal with the emergency. The
notify the parents or eligible student, as soon as possible, of the information released,
of the release, the person, agency, or organization to whom the release was made, and the
purpose of the release.
© MTSBA 2017 18 under
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 9
10
11
12
13
14 15
16
17 18 6
19
20 21
22
23 24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31 32 9 The
33 responsibilities
34
officials may
35 36 10 Prior
under
37 provide
38 notification will
39
and
40 41 11 The
42 parental
43 of
The records custodian will
44
the
45
46
to
47 District will
48 date
49
50
District may disclose,
consent, student records or information to the youth
law enforcement authorities, pertaining to violations of the Montana Youth Court Act
criminal laws by the
District will comply with an ex parte order requiring it to permit the U.S. Attorney
or designee to have
the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s).
District
student
precluded
or not
or eligible student,
released
and signature of
to a student’s school records without notice to or consent of
the student’s records. No parent or
of financial hardship.
(including all instances of access
be kept and maintained as part of such records.
of the student record and will be accessible only to the
custodian, or other person. The record of release will include:
custodian.
Name and position of the person obtaining the release or access.
of release or grant of access.
of any consent to such release.
© MTSBA 2017 18 1 12. The
without parental
2 court and
3 or
student.4 5 13. The
6 General
access
7
8 9 14. The
charges a nominal fee for copying information in
10
will be
from copying information because
11 12 15 A record of all releases of information from student records
13 granted, whether
records were copied) will
14 This record will be maintained for the life
15 parent
records
16 17 a. Information
or made accessible.18 b. Name
the records
19 c.
20 d. Date
21 e. Copy
22 23 Directory Information24 25 The District may release certain directory information regarding students, except that parents may26 prohibit such a release. Directory information will be limited to:27 28 Student’s name29 Address30 Telephone listing31 Electronic mail address32 Photograph (including electronic version)33 Date and place of birth34 Major field of study35 Dates of attendance36 Grade level37 Enrollment status (e.g., undergraduate or graduate; full time or part time)38 Participation in officially recognized activities and sports39 Weight and height of members of athletic teams40 Degrees41 Honors and awards received42 Most recent educational agency or institution attended43 44 The notification to parents and students concerning school records will inform them of their right to45 object to the release of directory information. The School District will specifically include information46 about the missing children electronic directory photograph repository permitting parents or guardians to47 choose to have the student's photograph included in the repository for that school year; information about48 the use of the directory photographs if a student is identified as a missing child; and information about49 how to request the student's directory photograph be removed from the repository.50 51
Military Recruiters/Institutions of Higher Education/Government Agencies
Pursuant to federal law, the District is required to release the names, addresses, and telephone
numbers of all high school students to military recruiters and institutions of higher education upon
request.
Montana Superintendent of Public Instruction may release student information to the Montana
Commissioner of Higher Education and Montana Department of Labor and Industry for research purposes
after entering into agreement with Commissioner and Department. If the Superintendent of Public
Instruction offers a statewide assessment that serves as a college entrance exam, the student’s personally
information may be released to colleges, state contracted testing agencies, and scholarship
organizations with student consent.
The notification to parents and students concerning school records will inform them of their right to
object to the release of this information.
Student Record Challenges
The District shall give a parent or eligible student, on request, an opportunity for a hearing to challenge
content of the student’s education records on the grounds that the information contained in the education
records is inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the privacy rights of the student.
The hearing required by 34 C.F.R. 99.21 must meet, at a minimum, the following requirements:
• The District shall hold the hearing within a reasonable time after it has received the request for
the hearing from the parent or eligible student.
• The District shall give the parent or eligible student notice of the date, time, and place, reasonably
in advance of the hearing.
• The hearing may be conducted by any individual including an official of the District who does
not have direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
• The District shall make its decision in writing within a reasonable amount of time after the
hearing.
• The decision must be based solely on the evidence presented at the hearing, and must include a
summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision.
statement
position on
part of the record for as long as
it discloses the portion of the record to
U.S.C.
1232g (2011); 34 C.F.R.
© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3
4
5 6 The
7
8
9
10 identifiable
11
12 13
14
15 16
17 18
19
20
21 22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33 34 The parent or eligible student has:35 36 • The right to present evidence and to call witnesses;37 • The right to cross examine witnesses;38 • The right to counsel;39 • The right to a written statement of any decision and the reasons therefor;40 41 The parents may insert a written statement of reasonable length describing their
disputed42 information. The school will maintain the statement with the contested
43 the record is maintained and will disclose the statement whenever
44 which the
relates.45 46 47 Legal Reference: Family Education Rights and Privacy Act, 20
§
48 99 (2011), 34 C.F.R. 99.20 2249 § 20 5 201, MCA Duties and sanctions50
§ 40 4 225, MCA Access to records by parent
41 3 201, MCA Reports
41 5 215, MCA Youth court and department records notification of
20 7 104
school
and public availability of public school
data reporting availability for timely
use to improve instruction.
ARM Student records
ARM Student Discipline Records
250 (2019) Electronic Director Photograph Repository
© MTSBA 2017 18
1 §
2 §
3
4 §
Transparency
5 performance
6
7 10.55.909,
8 10.55.910,
9 Chapter
10 11 12
Student Directory Information Notification
© MTSBA 2017 18
1 Please sign and return this form to the school within ten (10) days of the receipt of this form ONLY if you2 do not want directory information about your child disclosed to third parties in accordance with the3 Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). If we receive no response by that date, we will4 disclose all student directory information at our discretion and/or in compliance with law5 6 7 Date8 9 Dear Parent/Eligible Student:10 This document informs you of your right to direct the District to withhold the release of student directory11 information for _______________________________________________.12 Student’s Name13 Following is a list of items this District considers student directory information14 Please review School District Policy 3600P for complete information15 16 NOTE: If information such as a student’s name, grade level, or photograph, and other listed17 information is to be withheld, the student will not be included in the school’s yearbook, program18 events, and similar School District publications or other statewide programs related to student19 safety, research, and scholarship. Please review School District Policy 3600P for complete20 information.21 22 23 Parent/Eligible Student’s Signature Date24 If you do NOT want directory information provided to the following, please check the appropriate box. Institutions of Higher Education, Potential Employers, Armed Forces Recruiters, Government Agencies Other Student’s name Enrollment status (e.g., undergraduate or Address graduate; full time or part time) Telephone listing Participation in officially recognized activities Electronic mail address and sports Photograph (including electronic version Weight and height of members of athletic teams Date and place of birth Degrees Major field of study Honors and awards received Dates of attendance Most recent educational agency or institution Grade level attended
a
of parent or legal guardian, date of birth,
standardized tests), immunization
District
in writing or
of
of a permanent or
student to a local
seeks to or intends to enroll within
request. The files to be forwarded
that is, name and address of a student, name
work completed, level of achievement
special education records, and any
taken against a student that are educationally related.
transfer
(5)
(5) day time period.
or
the District will notify a requestor,
and will provide reasons why the District is unable to comply with a
District also will include in that notice the date by which requested
be transferred. The District will not refuse to transfer records because a student owes
© MTSBA 2017 18 1 Alberton Joint School District #22 3 Adopted on: 9/20094 Reviewed on: 02/20/20185 3606 R STUDENTS Revised on:6 7 8 9 10 11 Transfer of Student Records12 13 The District will forward by mail or by electronic means a certified copy
14 cumulative file of any student and a file of special education records
any
15 educational agency or accredited school in which a student
16 five (5) working days after receipt of a written or electronic
17 must include education records in
permanent file
18
academic
19 (grades,
records,
20 disciplinary actions
21 22 When the
cannot
records within five
days,
23
electronically,
24 five
The
25 records will
26 fines
fees.27 28 29 30 Cross Reference: 3413 Student Immunization31 3600 3600P Student Records32 3606F Records Certification33 34 Legal Reference: § 20 1 213, MCA Transfer of school records35 36 37
of
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed on: 02/20/20184 3608 - R STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Receipt of Confidential Records12 13 Pursuant to Montana law, the District may receive case records of the Department of Public14 Health and Human Services and its local affiliate, the county welfare department, the county15 attorney, and the court concerning actions taken and all records concerning reports
child abuse16 and neglect. The District will keep these records confidential as required by law and will not17 include them in a student’s permanent file.18 19 The Board authorizes the individuals listed below to receive information with respect to a20 District student who is a client of the Department of Public Health and Human Services:21 • Superintendent22 • Principal23 • Counselor24 25 When the District receives information pursuant to law, the Superintendent will prevent26 unauthorized dissemination of that information.27 28 29 30 Cross Reference: 3600 3600P Student Records31 32 Legal Reference: § 41 3 205, MCA Confidentiality disclosure exceptions33 34 35
Adopted on: 9/2009
on: 02/20/2018
on: 10/08/2013, 8/9/22
District makes Internet access and interconnected computer systems and equipment available to
students and faculty. The District provides equipment and electronic networks, including access
the Internet, as part its instructional program and to promote educational excellence by facilitating
sharing, innovation, and
District expects all students to take responsibility for appropriate and lawful use of this access,
including good behavior online. The District may withdraw student access to its equipment, network and
to the Internet when any misuse occurs. District teachers and other staff will make reasonable efforts to
supervise use of equipment, network, and Internet access; however, student cooperation is vital in
exercising and promoting responsible use of this access.
of District equipment and electronic networks will be consistent with the curriculum adopted by the
District, as well as with varied instructional needs, learning styles, abilities, and developmental levels of
students, and will comply with selection criteria for instructional materials and library materials. Staff
members may use the Internet throughout the curriculum, consistent with the District’s educational goals.
Educational Purposes Only. All use of the District’s equipment and electronic network must be:
in support of education and/or research, and in furtherance of the District’s stated educational
or (2) for a legitimate school business purpose. Use is a privilege, not a right. Students
and staff members have no expectation of privacy in any materials that are stored, transmitted, or
via the District’s electronic network or District computers. The District reserves the
right to monitor, inspect, copy, review, and store, at any time and without prior notice, any and all
usage of the equipment and computer network, and Internet access and any and all information
received in connection with such usage.
Uses of Equipment and
that violate
law
others
considered
violate the law, including but not
offering for sale or use
use of which is prohibited by the District’s
or
others to violate the law; intruding
© MTSBA 2022 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3612 R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 page 1 of 27 District Provided Access to Electronic Information, Services, Equipment, and Networks8 9 General10 The
11 District
12 to
13 resource
communication.14 15 The
16
17
18
19
20 21 Curriculum22 Use
23
24
25
26 27 Acceptable Uses28 29 1.
30 (1)
31 goals;
32
33 received
34
35
36 transmitted or
37 38 2. Unacceptable
Network. The following are
39 unacceptable uses and constitute a violation of this policy:40 41 A. Uses
the
or encourage
to
42 limited to transmitting offensive or harassing messages;
43 any substance the possession or
44 student discipline policy; viewing, transmitting,
downloading pornographic45 materials or materials that encourage
into46
networks or computers of others; and downloading or transmitting
confidential, trade secret information, or copyrighted materials.
B. Uses that cause harm to others or damage to their property, including but not
limited to engaging in defamation (harming another’s reputation by lies);
employing another’s password or some other user identifier that misleads message
recipients into believing that someone other than you is communicating, or
otherwise using his/her access to the network or the Internet; uploading a worm,
virus, other harmful form of programming or vandalism; participating in
“hacking” activities or any form of unauthorized access to other computers,
networks, or other information.
C. Uses that jeopardize the security of student access and of the computer network or
other networks on the Internet.
D. Uses that are commercial transactions. Students and other users may not sell or
buy anything over the Internet. Students and others should not give information
to others, including credit card numbers and social security numbers.
The District makes no warranties of any kind, express or implied, in connection with its
provision of access to and use of its equipment, computer networks and the Internet provided23 under this policy. The District is not responsible for any information that may be lost, damaged,24 or unavailable when using the equipment, network, or for any information that is retrieved or25 transmitted via the Internet. The District will not be responsible for any unauthorized charges or
fees resulting from access to the Internet. Any user is fully responsible to the District and will27 indemnify and hold the District, its trustees, administrators, teachers, and staff harmless from any
and all loss, costs, claims, or damages resulting from such user’s access to its equipment,
computer network, and the Internet, including but not limited to any fees or charges incurred
through purchase of goods or services by a user. The District expects a user or, if a user is a
minor, a user’s parents or legal guardian to cooperate with the District in the event of its
initiating an investigation of a user’s use of access to its equipment, computer network, and the
Internet.
result in a loss of
may result in other disciplinary or legal
principal will make all decisions regarding whether a user has violated this policy
related rules or regulations
decision
may deny, revoke, or suspend access at any time, with
© MTSBA 2022 36121 page 2 of 22 3 the
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18 19 Warranties/Indemnification20 21
22
26
28
29
30
31
32
33
34 35 Violations36 37 Violation of this policy will
access and
38 action. The
39 and any
and
40 that
being final.41 42 43
STUDENT INTERNET ACCESS AND EQUIPMENT USE CONDUCT AGREEMENT
student, regardless of age,
read
sign
have read, understand, and agree to abide by the terms of the Alberton School District’s policy
District Provided Access to Electronic Information, Services, Equipment, and
(Policy No. 3612). Should I commit any violation or in any way misuse my access to
the District’s equipment, computer network and/or the Internet, I understand and agree that my
privilege
be revoked and school disciplinary action may be taken against me
payment of costs associated with damaged equipment.
or Legal Guardian.
applicant is under 18 years of age, a parent/legal guardian must
also read and sign this agreement.)
the parent or legal guardian of the above named student, I
read, understand, and agree that my child shall comply with the terms of the District’s
policy regarding District-Provided Access to Electronic Information, Services, Equipment, and
Networks for the student’s access to the District’s equipment computer network and/or the
Internet. I understand that access is being provided to the students for educational purposes only.
I also understand that it is impossible for the school to restrict access to all offensive
and controversial materials and understand my child’s responsibility for abiding by the policy. I
signing this Agreement and agree to accept full responsibility for supervision of my child’s
use of his/her equipment and access account
and when such access is not in the school setting.
hereby give my child permission to use the building approved account to access the District’s
computer network and the Internet.
equipment or networks shall
understand any negligence arising out of my student’s use
attributed to me as comparative negligence within the
of Section 27 1 702, MCA.
further accept that
5 201,
costs to repair or replace damages
© MTSBA 2022 3612F1 2
3 4 Every
must
and
below:5 6 I
7 regarding
8 Networks
9
10 access
may
11 including
12 13 User’s Name (Print): ________________________ Home Phone:________________________14 User’s Signature: ___________________ Date: ______________________________15 Address:_________________________________________16 17 Parent
(If
18
As
19 have
20
21
22
23 However,
24
25 am
26
if
27 I
28
I
29 of
be
30 meaning
I
any
31 to equipment or networks in accordance Section 20
MCA32 33 Parent/Legal Guardian (Print): _____________________________________________________34 Signature: _____________________35 Home Phone: ___________________ Address: _______________________36 Date: _____37 38 This Agreement is valid for the _________________ school year only.39
not attempt to
of
to
the purpose of
the District;
Privileges
a right,
(b)
use of
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
on:
on: 8/9/22
Equipment, and Networks
consistent with the District’s goal of promoting
innovation, and communication. These
or proscribed behaviors by users. However, some specific
user
follow these procedures will result in the loss of
legal action.
equipment and electronic networks must be: (a)
and consistent with the educational objectives of
use.
District’s
administrator (and/or
has violated these
decision is final.
and electronic networks is a privilege,
in cancellation of those privileges. The
make all decisions regarding whether or not a
may deny, revoke, or suspend access at any time.
© MTSBA 2022 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3612P R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 47 District-Provided Access to Electronic Information, Services,
8 All use of equipment and electronic networks shall be
9 educational excellence by facilitating resource sharing,
10 procedures do
state all required
11 examples are provided. The failure
any
to
12 privileges, disciplinary action, and/or appropriate
13 14 Terms and Conditions15 1. Acceptable Use Access
the District’s
16 for
education or research
17
or
for legitimate business
18 19 2.
The
the
equipment
20 not
and inappropriate use will result
21 system
principal) will
22 user
procedures and
23 That
24 25 3. Unacceptable Use The user is responsible for his or her actions and activities involving26 the equipment and network. Some examples of unacceptable uses are:27 28 a. Using the equipment and network for any illegal activity, including violation of29 copyright or other contracts, or transmitting any material in violation of any30 federal or state law;31 32 b. Unauthorized downloading of software, regardless of whether it is copyrighted or33 devirused;34 35 c. Downloading copyrighted material for other than personal use;36 37 d. Using the equipment or network for private financial or commercial gain;38 39 e. Wastefully using resources, such as file space;40 41 f. Hacking or gaining unauthorized access to files, resources, or entities;42 43 g. Invading the privacy of individuals, which includes the unauthorized disclosure,44 dissemination, and use of information of a personal nature about anyone;45 46 h. Using another user’s account or password;47
without his/her consent;
the equipment
or private advertising;
Accessing, submitting, posting, publishing, or displaying any defamatory,
profane,
oriented, threatening, racially
the
to abide
the generally accepted rules of
not limited to the following:
Be polite. Do not become abusive in messages to others.
appropriate language. Do not swear or use vulgarities or any other
not reveal personal information, including the addresses or telephone
of students
Recognize that electronic mail (e
not use the network in
not private. People who operate the
relating to or in support of illegal
way that would disrupt its use by other users.
all communications and information accessible via the network to be
of any kind, whether expressed or
not be responsible for any
from delays, non deliveries,
or the user’s errors or
the Internet is at the user’s own risk.
the accuracy or quality of
© MTSBA 2022 3612P1 page 2 of 42 3 4 i. Posting material authored or created by another,
5 6 j. Posting anonymous messages;7 8 k. Using
or network for commercial
9 10 l.
11 inaccurate, abusive, obscene,
sexually
12 offensive, harassing, or illegal material; and13 14 m. Using
equipment or network while access privileges are suspended or15 revoked.16 17 4. Network Etiquette The user is expected
by
18 network etiquette. These include but are
19 20 a.
21 22 b. Use
23 inappropriate language.24 25 c. Do
26 numbers,
or colleagues.27 28 d.
mail) is
29 system have access to all mail. Messages
30 activities may be reported to the authorities.31 32 e. Do
any
33 34 f. Consider
35 private property.36 37 5. No Warranties The District makes no warranties
38 implied, for the service it is providing. The District will
39 damages the user suffers. This includes loss of data resulting
40 missed deliveries, or service interruptions caused by its negligence
41 omissions. Use of any information obtained via
42 The District specifically denies any responsibility for
43 information obtained through its services.44 45 46
6. Indemnification The user agrees to indemnify the District for any losses, costs, or
damages, including reasonable attorney fees, incurred by the District, relating to or
arising out of any violation of these procedures.
7. Security Network security is a high priority. If the user can identify a security problem
on the Internet, the user must notify the system administrator or building principal. Do
not demonstrate the problem to other users. Keep your account and password
Do not use another individual’s account without written permission from
that individual. Attempts to log on to the Internet as a system administrator will result in
cancellation of user privileges. Any user identified as a security risk may be denied
access to the network.
8. Vandalism Vandalism will result in cancellation of privileges, and other disciplinary
action. Vandalism is defined as any malicious attempt to harm or destroy equipment,
data of another user, the Internet, or any other network. This includes but is not limited
to uploading or creation of computer viruses.
9. Telephone Charges The District assumes no responsibility for any unauthorized charges
or fees, including telephone charges, long distance charges, per minute surcharges, and/
or equipment or line costs.
Copyright Web Publishing Rules Copyright law and District policy prohibit the
republishing of text or graphics found on the Web or on District Websites or file servers,
without explicit written permission.
each republication
a Website or file server) of a graphic or text file that
the bottom of the page
how and when permission was granted.
also include the Web address of the original source.
and staff engaged in producing Web pages must provide library media
mail or
provided.
The absence of a copyright
“fair use”
before the Web pages are
of the status of “public domain” documents must be
be interpreted as permission to copy
the permission.
considered a source
reports in classrooms are less stringent and
© MTSBA 2022 1 3612P2 page 3 of 43 4
5
6
7 8
9
10
11 confidential.
12
13
14
15 16
17
18
19
20 21
22
23
24 25 10.
26
27
28 29 a. For
(on
30 was produced externally, there must be a notice at
31 crediting the original producer and noting
32 If possible, the notice should
33 34 b. Students
35 specialists with e
hard copy permissions
36 published. Printed evidence
37
38 39 c.
notice may not
40 the materials. Only the copyright owner may provide
The41 manager of the Website displaying the material may not be
of42 permission.43 44 d. The
rules governing student
45 permit limited use of graphics and text.46
permission from both the
access is limited to only those “acceptable uses,” as detailed in these procedures.
safety is almost assured if users will not engage in “unacceptable uses,” as
detailed in these procedures, and will otherwise follow these procedures.
Staff members shall supervise students
students are using District Internet access,
ensure that the students abide by the Terms and Conditions for Internet access, as
contained in these procedures.
District computer with Internet access has a filtering device that blocks entry to
visual depictions that are: (1) obscene; (2) pornographic; or (3) harmful or inappropriate
for students, as defined by the Children’s Internet Protection Act and determined by the
or designee.
The district shall provide age appropriate instruction
students regarding appropriate online
instruction shall include, but not be limited to: positive interactions with
online, including on social networking sites and in chat rooms; proper online social
etiquette; protection from online predators and personal safety; and how to recognize and
respond to cyberbullying and other threats.
© MTSBA 2022 1 3612P2 page 4 of 43 4 e. Student work may only be published if there is written
5 parent/guardian and the student.6 7 8 Internet Safety9 10 1. Internet
11 Internet
12
13 14 2.
while
15 to
16
17 18 3. Each
19
20
21 Superintendent
22 23 4.
to
24 behavior. Such
25 others
26
27
28 29 5. The system administrator and principal shall monitor student Internet access.30 31 32 33 Legal Reference: Children’s Internet Protection Act, P.L. 106 55434 Broadband Data Services Improvement Act/Protecting Children in35 the 21st Century Act of 2008 (P.L. 110 385)36 20 U.S.C. § 6801, et seq. Language instruction for limited English37 proficient and immigrant students38 47 U.S.C. § 254(h) and (l) Universal service39 40 41
School
Adopted on: 9/2009
on:
on: 02/20/2018
possession and use of cellular phones, pagers, and other electronic signaling devices on
grounds, at school sponsored activities, and while under the supervision and control of
is a privilege which will be permitted only under the circumstances described
no time will any student operate a cell phone or other electronic device with video
in a locker room, bathroom, or other location where such operation may violate the
right of another person.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint
District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3630 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 Cell Phones and Other Electronic Equipment8 9 10 Student
11 school
12 District employees
13 herein. At
14 capabilities
15 privacy
16 17 18
Alberton Joint School District #2
Adopted on: 2/11/20
School District will comply with the Montana Pupil Online Personal Information Protection
The School District shall execute written agreements with operators who provide online
applications for students and employees in the school district The School District will execute
written agreements with third parties who provide digital educational software or services,
including cloud based services, for the digital storage, management, and retrieval of pupil
The written agreements will require operators and third parties to the School District for
K 12 purposes or the delivery of student or educational services to comply with Montana and
federal law regarding protected student information All pupil records accessed by the operator
or third party during the term of the agreement or delivery of service to the application will
continue to be the property of and under the control of the school district
Operators of Online Applications
Operators providing online applications to the School District shall not target advertising to
students, sell student information, or otherwise misuse student information. Operators shall not
use information to amass a profile about a pupil, except in furtherance of K 12 school
purposes. Operators shall not sell a pupil's information, including protected information unless
authorized by law. Operators shall not disclose protected information unless the disclosure is
made in accordance with School District policy, state or federal law, or with parent consent.
Operators shall implement and maintain reasonable security procedures and practices appropriate
to the nature of the protected information and safeguard that information from unauthorized
access, destruction, use, modification, or disclosure. Operators shall delete a pupil's protected
information if the school or district requests the deletion of data under the control of the school
or district.
Third Parties Providing Software and Services
providing digital education software and services to the School District shall certify
that pupil records will not be retained or available to the third party upon completion of the terms
of the agreement. Furthermore, third parties shall not use any information in pupil records for
any purpose other than those required or specifically permitted by the agreement with the
operator. Third parties shall not use personally identifiable information in pupil records to
engage in targeted advertising.
© MTSBA 2017 18 1 2
3 4
5 Reviewed on:6 3650 STUDENTS Revised on:7 8 9 10 11 Pupil Online Personal Information Protection12 13 Compliance14 The
15 Act.
16
17
18
19 records.
20
21
22
23
24 25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37 38
39 Third parties
40
41
42
43
44
45 46
Third parties providing digital education software and services to the School District shall
provide a description of the means by which pupils may retain possession and control of their
own pupil generated content. Third parties shall provide a description of the procedures by
which a parent, legal guardian, or eligible pupil may review personally identifiable information
in the pupil's records and correct erroneous information. Third parties shall provide a description
of the actions the third party will take, including the designation and training of responsible
individuals, to ensure the security and confidentiality of pupil records. Third parties shall provide
a description of the procedures for notifying the affected parent, legal guardian, or pupil if 18
years of age or older in the event of an unauthorized disclosure of the pupil's records;
Failure to Comply and Legal Review
An operator’s or third party’s failure to honor the law, agreement or School District policy will
result in termination of services. The School District will report any operator who fails to honor
the law to the appropriate authorities for criminal prosecution
All contracts and agreements executed under this agreement will be reviewed by the School
District’s legal counsel.
Cross Reference: Policy 3600 Student Records
3650F Model Agreement
Legal Reference: Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 34 C.F.R.
Montana Pupil Online Personal Information Protection Act, Title 20,
chapter 7, part 13, MCA
© MTSBA 2017 18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
11
12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 Policy
20 21
22 9923
24
25 26
ALBERTON JOINT SCHOOL DISTRICT #2
= required 4000 SERIES COMMUNITY RELATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
R 4120 Public Relations 4210 School Support Organizations 4211 School Name and Imagery
4301 Visitors to Schools
R 4310 Public Complaints and Suggestions 4315 Spectator Conduct and Sportsmanship for Athletic and Co Curricular Events
R 4316 Accommodating Individuals with Disabilities 4320 Contact with Students
R 4330 Community Use of School Facilities
4330F School Facilities Grounds Use and Liability Release Agreement
4331 Use of School Property for Posting Notices
4332 Conduct on School Property
4340 Public Access to District Records
4410 Relations with Law Enforcement and Child Protective Agencies
4411 Interrogation and Investigations Conducted by School Officials
4520 Cooperative Programs with Other Districts and Public Agencies 4550 Registered Sex Offenders
© MTSBA 2017 18
R
1
on:
District will strive to maintain
and staff to
express their needs and
with the public to enable
to the community and provide a means for citizens
the Board and staff.
Superintendent will establish and maintain a communication process within the school
between it and the community.
public
program will provide for
releases at appropriate times, arrange for media coverage of District programs and events,
for regular direct communications between individual schools and the citizens they
serve, and assist staff in improving their skills and understanding in communicating with the
public.
solicit community opinion through parent organizations, parent teacher
open houses, and other events or activities which may bring staff and citizens
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed
02/20/20184 4120 - R COMMUNITY RELATION Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Public Relations12 13 The
effective two way communications
14 the Board
interpret schools’ needs
15 to
expectations to
16 17 The
18 system and
Such
information
19 news
20 provide
21
22
23 24 The District may
25 conferences,
26 together.27 28 29 30 Legal Reference: Art. II, Sec. 8, Montana Constitution - Right of participation31 Art. II, Sec. 9, Montana Constitution Right to know32 33 34
on:
on:
on:
are a helpful resource for
parent, teacher, and student
determine District policy, their
they first receive the
permitted to use the District’s
name or any logo attributable to the
approval during a duly constituted Board
Unauthorized use of the District school’s team name, logo, or imagery is strictly
The District reserves the right to seek all available legal remedies for unauthorized
use of the District school’s name, logo, or imagery.
state law and MHSA By Laws,
along with consent
granted if the organization has
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 4210 COMMUNITY RELATION Revised
02/20/20185 6 42107 page 1 of 38 School Support Organizations, Boosters and Fundraising9 10 The Board recognizes that parent, teacher, and student organizations
11 schools and supports their formation and vitality. While
12 organizations have no administrative authority and cannot
13 suggestions and assistance are always welcome.14 15 School Support Organizations16 17 Parent or booster organizations are recognized by the Board and
18 name, a District school’s name, or a District school’s team
19 District, provided
Board’s
20 meeting.
21 prohibited.
22
23 24 In order for the School District to comply with the federal law,
25 Rules and Regulations, Board recognition as a parent or booster organization
26 to use one of the above mentioned names or logos will be
27 approved and submitted bylaws containing the following:28 29 1. The organization’s name and purpose. Acceptable purposes may include enhancement of30 students’ educational experiences, assistance to meet educational needs of students,31 support of academic clubs, or enrichment of extracurricular activities.32 33 2. The rules and procedures under which it operates.34 35 3. A statement that the membership will adhere to applicable Board policies and36 administrative procedures when working on District premises or with District officials or37 programs.38 39 4. A statement that membership is open and unrestricted and the organization will not40 engage in discrimination based on someone’s innate characteristics or membership in a41 protected classification.42 43 5. A statement that the District is not, and will not be, responsible for the organization’s44 business or the conduct of its members.45 46 47
A designation of the organization’s treasurer. A statement that the organization will
maintain finances consistent with General Finance Principles in a manner open to review
by any member of the organization or the school district.
7. A recognition that money given to a school cannot be earmarked for any particular
expense. Booster organizations may make recommendations, but cash or other valuable
consideration must be given to the District to use at its discretion. The Board’s legal
obligation to comply with Title IX by providing equal athletic opportunity for members
both genders will supersede an organizations recommendation.
A recognition that the School District reserves the right to reject any and all donations.
Permission to use one of the above-mentioned names, logos or imagery may be suspended by the
administration and rescinded by the Board for failure to comply with this policy. Authorization
to use one of the above mentioned names, logos, or imagery does not constitute permission to act
as the District’s representative. At no time does the District accept responsibility for the actions
of any parent or booster organization, regardless of whether it was recognized and/or permitted
to use any of the above mentioned names or logos.2 The Superintendent shall designate an
administrative staff member to serve as the liaison to parent or booster organization. The liaison
will serve as a resource person and provide information about school programs, resources,
policies, problems, concerns, and emerging issues. Building staff may be encouraged to
participate in the organizations.
Boosters or Donors
boosters or donors not covered by the bylaws of an organization governed by this
policy may still assist in school operations. The Board encourages the involvement of local
communities in school activities and operations. In order for the School District to comply with
the federal law, state law and MHSA By-Laws, Rules and Regulations, individual boosters or
donors must honor the following provisions:
The individual must have prior approval must be granted by the Board for use of the
District’s name, logo, or imagery.
The School District may not accept booster organization assistance that creates vast gender differences or a school board may face claims that it has violated Title IX. Title IX’s focus is on equal funding opportunities, equal facility availability, similar travel and transportation treatment, comparable coaching, and comparable publicity (34 C.F.R. Part 106).
2 Booster organizations present potential liabilities to a school district beyond loss of funds, because they seldom are properly organized (they generally are not incorporated or otherwise legally recognized), carry no insurance, raise and handle large sums of money, and organization members hold themselves out as agents of the school (after all, no funds could be raised but for the school connection). A disclaimer, such as the one presented here, may not be sufficient. A district may take several actions, after discussion with its attorney, to minimize liability, such as adding a requirement to item 6 above that the organization: (1) operate under the school’s authority (activity accounts); or (2) be properly organized and demonstrate fiscal responsibility by being a 501(c)(3) organization, obtaining a bond, and/or arranging regular audits. Ultimately, the best way to minimize liability is to be sure that the district’s errors and omissions insurance covers parent organizations and booster organizations.
© MTSBA 2017 18 42101 Page 2 of 32 3 6.
4
5
6 7
8
9
10
11 of
112 13 8.
14 15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25 26 Individual
27 28 Individual
29
30
31
32
33 34 1.
35
36 1
procedures when
may not violate federal law, state law, District policy or MHSA By Laws,
Regulations.
individual
individual
that
donors
is not, and will not be, responsible for the
conduct.
cannot be earmarked for any particular
make recommendations, but cash or other
the District to use at its discretion in accordance
laws. The Board’s legal obligation to comply with Title IX by providing
athletic opportunity for members of both genders will supersede any individual’s
the right to
by recognized organizations are subject to applicable School District
management.
endeavors are generally viewed as beneficial
coordinated with district goals, initiatives, and existing plans. The District reserves the
right to reject any and all
by recognized organizations that are donated to the School District become
funds when placed in a School District account. All public funds must be monitored in
with state law. Donations must be reviewed to ensure compliance with equity rules,
rules and appropriateness
law
conditions are in
district policy. Donations may be conditional under
order
should be
© MTSBA 2017 18 42101 Page 3 of 32 3 2. The individual must comply with Board policies and administrative
4 submitting donations.5 6 3. The individual
7 Rules and
8 9 4. The
acknowledges the District
10 individual booster or donor’s business or their
11 12 5. The
acknowledges
donations
13 expense. Individual boosters or
may
14 valuable consideration must be given to
15 with applicable
16 equal
17 recommendation.18 19 6. The District reserves
reject any and all donations.20 21 Fundraising22 23 All donations completed
24 policies regarding financial
Funding
25 when
26
donations.27 28 All funds raised
29 public
30 accordance
31 amateur
under
32 state
if
compliance.33 34 Funds spent by the School District will be done in accordance with District purchase
policy35 and spending limits regardless of the source of the donation. All expenditures
36 preapproved to ensure equity and auditing standards are met.37 38 39 Legal Reference: § 20 6 601, MCA Power to accept gifts40 § 2 2 103 2(3)., MCA Definitions41 § 2 2 104, MCA Rules of conduct for public officers,42 legislators, and public employees43 44 45
of the District’s name, a District school’s name, or a District school’s team name or mascot
logo or imagery
to the District by any group, individual, business, entity, or
occur only after securing the Board’s written approval as documented during a
constituted Board meeting.
logo, or imagery
use of the District school’s team name, mascot,
District reserves the right to seek all available legal
unauthorized use of the District school’s name, logo, mascot, or imagery
Policy History:
on:
on:
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton School District1 2 COMMUNITY RELATIONS 42113 4 District and School Name, Logo, Imagery and Colors5 6 Use
7 or any
attributable
8 organization may
9 duly
Unauthorized
10
is strictly prohibited. The
11 remedies for
12 13 14
15 Adopted on: 8/10/2116 Reviewed
17 Revised
18 19 20
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed on:4 4301 COMMUNITY RELATION Revised on: 02/20/20185 6 7 8 9 10 11 Visitors to Schools12 13 The District encourages visits by parents and citizens to all District buildings. All visitors shall14 report to the principal’s office on entering any District building. Conferences with teachers15 should be held outside school hours or during the teacher’s conference or preparation time.16 17 18 19 20 21
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 4310 - R COMMUNITY RELATION Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Public Complaints and Suggestions12 13 The Board is interested in receiving valid complaints and suggestions. Public complaints and14 suggestions shall be submitted by the Uniform Complaint Procedure to the appropriate level staff15 member or District administrator. Each complaint or suggestion shall be considered on its merits.16 17 Unless otherwise indicated in these policies or otherwise provided for by law, no appeal may be18 taken from any decision of the Board.19 20 21 22 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure23 24 25 26
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 4315 COMMUNITY RELATION Revised on: 12/10/195 6 7 Visitor and Spectator Conduct8 9 Any person, including an adult, who behaves in an unsportsmanlike or inappropriate manner10 during a visit to the school or a school event may be ejected from the event and/or denied11 permission to access school buildings or property or school events as determined by the Board of12 Trustees. Examples of unsportsmanlike or inappropriate conduct include but are not limited to:13 14 • Using vulgar or obscene language or gestures;15 • Possessing or being under the influence of any alcoholic beverage or illegal substance;16 • Possessing a weapon;17 • Fighting or otherwise striking or threatening another person;18 • Failing to obey instructions of a security officer or District employee; and19 • Engaging in any illegal or disruptive activity.20 • Other violations of District Policy.21 22 The Superintendent is authorized to temporarily restrict access to school buildings or property23 and recommend to the Board of Trustees denial of future admission to any person by delivering24 or mailing a notice by certified mail with return receipt requested, containing:25 26 1. Date, time, and place of a Board hearing;27 28 2. Description of the unsportsmanlike conduct; and29 30 3. Proposed time period admission to school buildings or property or school events will be31 denied.32 33 Cross Reference: 4301 Visitors to School34 35 Legal Reference: § 20 1 206, MCA Disturbance of school penalty36 § 20 4 303, MCA Abuse of teachers37 § 45 8 101, MCA Disorderly conduct38 § 45 8 351, MCA Restriction on Local Government Regulation of39 Firearms40 Article X, section 8 Montana Constitution41 42 43 44
Disabilities
on:
individuals with
of a service, program, or
Title II Coordinator and, in
that capacity, is directed to:
District compliance efforts, recommend necessary modifications to the Board,
maintain the District’s final Title II self evaluation document and keep it available
public inspection for at least three (3) years after its completion date (for districts
fifty (50) or more full or part time employees).
plans to
available to any
school-sponsored function, program, or
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed on:4 4316 - R COMMUNITY RELATION Revised
02/20/20185 6 7 Accommodating Individuals With Disabilities8 9 Individuals with disabilities will be provided opportunity to participate in all school sponsored10 services, programs, or activities on a basis equal to those without disabilities and will not be11 subject to illegal discrimination.12 13 The District may provide auxiliary aids and services when necessary to afford
14 disabilities equal opportunity to participate in or enjoy the benefits
15 activity.16 17 The Superintendent is designated the Americans with
Act
18
19 20 1. Oversee
21 and
22 for
23 having
24 25 2. Institute
make information regarding Title II protection
26 interested party.27 28 An individual with a disability should notify the Superintendent or building principal if they have29 a disability which will require special assistance or services and what services are required. This30 notification should occur as far as possible before the
31 meeting.32 33 Individuals with disabilities may allege a violation of this policy or of federal law by reporting it34 to the Superintendent, as the Title II Coordinator, or by filing a grievance under the Uniform35 Complaint Procedure.36 37 38 39 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure40 41 Legal Reference : Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 12111, et seq., and 12131,42 et seq.; 28 C.F.R. Part 35.43 44
on:
on:
purposes.
are entrusted to the schools for educational purposes. Although educational purposes
a broad range of experiences, school
must not assume license to allow
contact with students by persons not employed by the District for educational
may arrange for guest speakers
approve school assemblies
appropriate topics relative to the curriculum.
specific educational topics of interest and
to the school program. The District normally does not permit other types of contact by
non school personnel.
authorized by the building administrator or otherwise required by District policy or state
and federal law, the District will not allow access to the schools by outside individuals, entities,
businesses, service providers, or organizations desiring to use the captive audience in a school
information, sales material, special interest purposes or delivery of services to students or
groups of students that are unrelated to District operations.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
2/11/203 Reviewed
4 4320 COMMUNITY RELATIONS Revised on:5 6 7 8 Contact With Students9 10 Students
11 encompass
officials
12 unapproved
13
14 15 Teachers
on
16 Principals may
on
17 relevance
18
19 20 Unless
21
22
23 for
24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
on: 9/2009
on: 02/20/2018
on: 10/08/2013
Use of School Facilities
Board wishes to make school facilities available to responsible community organizations,
associations, and individuals for appropriate civic, cultural, welfare, educational, or recreational
which do not interfere with the delivery of education and the best interests of the
The Board recognizes the investment that the community has made in the District
and facilities and wishes for such buildings and facilities to be temporarily used under
such provisions and control as the District may see necessary to impose. To the greatest extent
District facilities should be used by citizens of the community, so long as the
educational programs of the District are not hindered. The District shall provide an equal right
of access to the Boy Scouts and other designated patriotic youth groups as provided any other
youth group.
Superintendent will develop procedures to manage community use of school facilities,
which will be reviewed and approved by the Board. Use of school facilities requires the
Superintendent’s approval and is subject to the procedures established by the Superintendent.
Reference: § 20-7-805, MCA Recreational use of school facilities secondary
Chapel v. Center Moriches Union Free School Dist., 113 S.Ct.
20 6 602, MCA Trustee’s power over property
USC
7905 Boy Scouts of America Equal Access Act
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 4330 - R COMMUNITY RELATION Revised
5 6 7 Community
8 9 The
10
11 activities
12 District.
13 buildings
14
15 possible,
16
17
18
19 20 The
21
22
23 24 25 Legal
26 Lamb’s
27 214128 §
29 20
§
30 31 32
alcoholic beverages,
the
Premises and Conditions
or other drugs are sold or consumed on
organization or individual or any of its employees, patrons, agents,
members.
no illegal games of chance or lotteries
be
no functional alteration of the premises or functional changes in the use of such premises
be made without specific written consent of the District.
adequate supervision is provided by the requesting organization or individual to ensure
care and use of District facilities.
presence of weapons, including firearms, must be previously reviewed and approved by the
Board of Trustees in accordance with Montana law.
Rent and Deposit
requesting organization or individual agrees to pay the District, as rent for the premises and
as payment for special services (if any) provided by the District, the sum of $___
and this shall be due _ _ days in advance. The requesting organization or individual shall be27 responsible for the actual cost of repair or replacement, including costs, disbursements, and expenses,
resulting while it has use of the premises.
Indemnification
requesting organization or individual, by signature below, hereby guarantees that the
organization shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the District and any of its employees or agents,
from any liability, expenses, costs (including attorney’s fees), damages, and/or losses arising out of inj ury
or death to any person or persons or damage to any property of any kind in connection with the
organization or individual’s use of the District facility, which are not the result of fraud, willful injury to a
person or property, or willful or negligent violation of a law on the part of the School District. The
undersigned organization or individual accepts and assumes all such risks and hazards and does hereby
release the School District from any and all liability including, but not limited to bodily i njury, personal
injury, and/or property damage which are not the result of fraud committed, willful injury to a person or
property, or willful or negligent violation of a law on the part of the School District.
of the facility shall provide the
liability
and
a certificate of insurance and endorsement to their
and policy
shall name the District as an
for comprehensive general liability
injuries to or death of any person or damage to or loss of property arising out of or in any
from the described use of the facility. The insurance shall provide for amounts not less than
for bodily injury or death to any one person or resulting from any one accident, and
$1,000,000 for property damage in any one accident or the policy may provide a combined single limit
bodily injury and property damage for $1,000,000.
or refuse to
certificate shall contain a provision that the
written notice at least 10 days before the
© MTSBA 2017 18 4330F1 SCHOOL FACILITIES/GROUNDS USE AND LIABILITY RELEASE AGREEMENT2 Alberton Joint School District #23 4 Organization or Individual Requesting Facility Use: _______________5 Facility Requested: ________________________________________6 Date and Hours of Requested Use: ________________________________________________7 Purpose of Use: ______________________________8 Will there be an admission fee? ______ If so, how much? _______________________________9 10
11 Conditions of Facilities Use Use of District facilities is conditioned upon the following covenants:12 1. That no
tobacco, nicotine products,
13 the premises by
requesting
14 or
15 2. That
will
permitted.16 3. That
17 shall
18 4. That
19 proper
20 5. The
21
22 23
24 The
25
____,26
28
29 30
31 The
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41 42 Insurance43 The user
District with
44 property and
policy. Said certificate
endorsement
45 additional insured. The certificate
policy shall show coverage
46 insurance for
47 way resulting
48 $1,000,000
49
50 for
The
51 insurer not cancel
renew without giving the District
52
of the cancellation
Special Events Coverage
The district requires the event holder to purchase a special event liability policy for the event, and to name
the district as an additional insured on the policy. The event holder should provide the district with a
certificate insurance outlining the coverage limits and that the district has been named as an additional
insured on the policy.
be purchased.
coverage limits of $1,000,0000 per occurrence and $2,000,000
Assumption of Risk
The requesting organization agrees to indemnify, release and hold harmless the District, inclusive of its
employees, administration, board of trustees, and insurers form any and all civil liability involving any
and all forms of injury except those that may arise as a result of willful, wanton or reckless conduct by the
District or its agents adding unwarranted danger to participation in such event.
The requesting organization understands that the District will take all reasonable precautions to insure the
risk of injury to individuals accessing the facilities or grounds is minimized. However, even though these
precautions are taken there is still a chance of injury, and in rare instances even severe injury and death.
requesting organization understands the risks involved.
School District DOES NOT provide medical insurance for any individuals who choose to access and
use the facilities.
Non Discrimination
The District will consider requests for use of district facilities for political purposes and activity in
accordance with Montanan law. The requesting organization or individual agrees to abide by non
discrimination clauses as contained in the Montana Human Rights Act and the Governmental Code of
Fair Practices.
District’s Rights
District reserves the right to cancel this Agreement, when it is determined by the District that
the facilities are needed for school purposes.
© MTSBA 2017 18 effective date
or non renewal.1 2
3
4
5
6
Minimum
7 aggregate should
8 9
10
11
12
13
14 15
16
17
18 The
19 20 The
21
22 23
24
25
26
27
28 29
30 The
31
32 33 34 35 DATED this _____ day of _______________, 20__.36 37 __________School District: Requesting Organization or Individual:38 39 By __________________________ By40 Address ___________________________41 Phone42 Additional Obligations ________________________________________________________43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
have a
standards of this policy.
organization’s
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton School District1 2 COMMUNITY RELATIONS 43313 4 Use of School Property for Posting Notices5 6 Non school related organizations or individuals that are not associated with student curricular clubs7 or student non curricular groups may request permission of the building principal to display posters8 in the area reserved for community posters or to have flyers distributed to students. The building9 principal shall only authorize distribution or posting of information that is determined to
direct10 benefit or relationship to students enrolled in the school and meets the
11 12 Posters and/or flyers must be student oriented and have the sponsoring
name13 prominently displayed. The District will not permit the posting or distribution of any material that14 would:15 16 • Disrupt the educational process;17 18 • Violate the rights of others;19 20 • Invade the privacy of others;21 22 • Infringe on a copyright;23 24 • Violate District policy, procedure, or administrative directive;25 26 • Be obscene, vulgar, or indecent; or27 28 F. Promote violence, discriminatory conduct, the use of drugs, alcohol, tobacco, or certain29 products that create community concerns.30 31 No commercial publication shall be posted or distributed unless the purpose is to further a school32 activity, such as graduation, class pictures, or class rings.33 34 If permission is granted to distribute materials, the organization must arrange to have copies35 delivered to the school. Distribution of the materials will be arranged by administration. Under no36 circumstances shall individuals not employed by the District be given access to the building for the37 purposes of posting notices or distributing information.38 39 All student materials must be reviewed and approved by the Superintendent or designee in40 accordance with Policy 3222.41 42 Cross References: Policy 3222 Distribution and Posting of Student Materials43 44 Policy History:45 Adopted on: 8/10/2146 Reviewed on:47 Revised on:48 49
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed on:4 4332 COMMUNITY RELATIONRevised on: 11/8/10, 02/20/218, 12/10/195 6 7 Conduct on School Property8 9 In addition to prohibitions stated in other District policies, no person on school property shall:10 11 • Injure or threaten to injure another person;12 13 • Damage another’s property or that of the District;14 15 • Violate any provision of the criminal law of the state of Montana or town or county ordinance;16 17 • Smoke or otherwise use tobacco or nicotine products, and alternative nicotine and vapor18 products as defined in 16 11 302, MCA, or other similar products;19 20 • Consume, possess, or distribute alcoholic beverages, illegal drugs, or possess weapons21 (as defined in Policy 3310/3311) at any time;22 23 • Impede, delay, or otherwise interfere with the orderly conduct of the District’s educational24 program or any other activity occurring on school property;25 26 • Enter upon any portion of school premises at any time for purposes other than those which are27 lawful and authorized by the Board; or28 29 • Willfully violate other District rules and regulations.30 31 “School property” means within school buildings, in vehicles used for school purposes, or on owned or32 leased school grounds. District administrators will take appropriate action, as circumstances warrant.33 34 Cross Reference: 3310 Student Discipline35 3311 Firearms and Weapons36 37 Legal Reference: Pro Children Act of 1994, 20 U.S.C. § 608138 Smoke Free School Act of 199439 16 11 302, MCA Definitions40 § 20 1 220, MCA Use of tobacco product in public school building or on41 public school property prohibited42 § 20 5 410, MCA Civil penalty43 § 45 8 351, MCA Restriction on Local Government Regulation of44 Firearms45 Article X, section 8 Montana Constitution46 47 48 49
of
records”
individual’s
any writing,
be
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
on:
full access to
of the District. Public access to District
procedures.
photostating, photographing, etc. (including
has been made or received by the District in connection with the
of official business and presented for informative value or as evidence of a
and all other records required by law to be filed with the District. “District records”
include personal notes and memoranda of
which remain in the sole possession of the
which are not generally accessible or revealed to other persons.
Superintendent will serve as the public records
with responsibility and authority
ensuring compliance with the display, indexing, availability, inspection, and copying
of state law
policy.
this
coordinator, the Superintendent will authorize the
and copying of District records only in accordance with the criteria set forth in this
with Title
MCA,
make available for public
those containing the
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 4340 COMMUNITY RELATION Revised on:5 6 Page 1 of 27 Public Access to District Records8 9 Within limits
an
right of privacy, the public will
afforded
10 information concerning administration and operations
11 records shall be afforded according to appropriate administrative
12 13 “District
include
printing,
14 electronic mail), which
15 transaction
16 transaction,
17 do not
staff
18 maker and
19 20 The
coordinator,
21 for
22 requirements
and
policy. As
23 inspection
24
25 26 In accordance
2, Chapter 6,
the District will
27 inspection and copying all District records or portions of records, except
28 following information:29 30 1. Personal information in any file maintained for students. Information in student records31 will be disclosed only in accordance with requirements of the Family Educational Rights32 and Privacy Act of 1974 and adopted District policy.33 34 2. Personal information in files maintained for staff, to the extent that disclosure will violate35 their right to privacy.36 37 3. Test questions, scoring keys, or other examination data used to administer academic tests.38 39 4. The contents of real estate appraisals made for or by the District relative to the40 acquisition of property, until the project is abandoned or until such time as all of the41 property has been acquired, but in no event will disclosure be denied for more than three42 (3) years after appraisal.43 44 4. Preliminary drafts, notes, recommendations, and intra District memoranda in which opinions45 are expressed or policies formulated or recommended, except a specific record46
not be exempt when publicly cited by the District in connection with any District
action.
Records relevant to a controversy to which the District is a party, but which would not be
available to another party under the rules of pretrial discovery, for cases pending
resolution.
or portions of records, the disclosure of which would violate personal rights of
Records or portions of records, the disclosure of which would violate governmental
interests.
If the District denies any request, in whole or in part, for inspection and copying of records, the
District will provide the requesting party with reasons for denial.
If the record requested for inspection and/or copying contains both information exempted from
disclosure and non exempt information, the District shall, to the extent practicable, produce the
record with the exempt portion deleted and shall provide written explanation for the deletion.
District will not provide access to lists of individuals, which the requesting party intends to
use for commercial purposes or which the District reasonably believes will be used for
purposes if such access is provided. However, the District may provide mailing lists
of graduating students to representatives of the U.S. armed forces and the National Guard for
purpose of recruitment.
not
in the public interest
irreparably
to
of records otherwise
it is determined reasonable cause exists to believe disclosure would
substantially or irreparably damage any person or would
© MTSBA 2017 18 43401 Page 2 of 22 3 shall
4
5 6.
6
7
8 9 7. Records
10 privacy.11 12 8.
13
14 15
16
17 18
19
20
21 22 The
23
24 commercial
25
26
27 28 The coordinator is authorized
seek an injunction to prevent disclosure
29 suitable for disclosure, when
30
be
and would
31 substantially or
damage vital governmental functions.32 33 34 35 Legal Reference: Title 20, Ch. 6, MCA School districts36 Title 2, Ch. 6, Part 10, MCA37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
on:
on: 2/11/20
Relations With Law Enforcement and Child Protective Agencies
staff is primarily responsible for maintaining proper order and conduct in the schools. Staff shall be
responsible for holding students accountable for infractions of school rules, which may include minor
violations of the law, occurring during school hours or at school activities. When there is substantial
threat to the health and safety of students or others, such as in the case of bomb threats, mass
with threat of violence, individual threats of substantial bodily harm, trafficking in
prohibited drugs, or the scheduling of events where large crowds may be difficult to handle, the law
agency shall be called upon for assistance. Information regarding major violations of the
law shall be communicated to the appropriate law enforcement agency.
District will strive to develop and maintain cooperative working relationships with the law
enforcement agencies. Procedures for cooperation between law enforcement, child protective, and school
authorities will be established. Such procedures will be made available to affected staff and will be
periodically revised.
County or Regional Interdisciplinary Child Information and School Safety Team
District will participate in the Mineral County Regional interdisciplinary child information and
school safety team established by Section 52 2 211, MCA. This team consists of county level
representatives of the youth court, the county attorney, the department of public health and human
services, the county superintendent of schools, the sheriff, the chief of any police force, the
superintendents of public school districts in the County, and the department of corrections.
purpose of the team
able
“to facilitate the
use
limited to abused
of information
child
neglected
sharing of information that one or more team
of their professions and occupations,
delinquent youth, and youth in need of
of school safety.”
the
students in the School District. The
safety
of
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 4410 COMMUNITY RELATIONS Revised
5 6 7
8 9 The
10
11
12
13 demonstrations
14
15 enforcement
16
17 18 The
19
20
21
22 23
24 25 The
26
27
28
29
30 31 The
is
exchange and
32 members may be
to
in serving a
in the course
33 including but not
or
children,
34 intervention, and
relating to issues
35 36 The Superintendent is authorized to participate in the formation of and request information from
37 interdisciplinary child information and school safety team regarding
38 Superintendent shall utilize this authority on a regular basis to ensure the
and security
the39 District.40 41 Cross Reference: 4313 Disruption of School Operations42 43 Legal Reference: § 20 1 206, MCA Disturbance of school penalty44 § 52 2 211, MCA County Interdisciplinary Child Information and45 School Safety Team46 47 Cross Reference: 4313 Disruption of School Operations48 49 Legal Reference: § 20 1 206, MCA Disturbance of school penalty50 51
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
on:
Interrogation and Investigations Conducted by School Officials
administration has the authority and duty to conduct investigations and to question students
to infractions of school rules, whether or not the alleged conduct is a violation of
criminal law. The administration shall determine when the necessity exists that law enforcement
be asked to conduct an investigation of alleged criminal behavior which jeopardizes the
safety of other people or school property or which interferes with the operation of the schools.
instances when the administration has reasonable suspicion that a violation of district policy or
the student code of conduct has been violated, the administrator will investigate. The
will notify the suspected rule violator(s) or potential witness(es) to the infraction.
suspected student shall be advised orally or in writing of the nature of the alleged offense
and of the evidence against the student. Circumstances may arise where it would be advisable to
have another adult present during questioning of students.
Investigations by Law Enforcement
a student becomes involved with law enforcement officers due to events outside of the
environment and officers must interact with a student, the officer(s) is requested to confer
with the student off school district property when he/she is being investigated for conduct not
under the jurisdiction of the school. If this cannot be arranged the following steps shall be taken
cooperate with the authorities.
The officer shall contact the school principal
his/her
or
principal
student’s
with Law Enforcement
present proper identification in all
the law enforcement officer, school principal or
law enforcement officer, principal or assistant
during any
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 4411 COMMUNITY RELATION Revised on:5 6 Page 1 of 37 8
9 10 The
11 pertaining
12
13 officers
14
15 16 In
17
18 administrator
19 The
20
21
22 23
24 25 When
26 school
27
28
29 to
30 31 a.
and
32 occasions upon
arrival on school premises.33 34 b. Parents
guardians shall be notified by
35 assistant
as soon as possible. The
36 37 c. The
parent or guardian should be present, if practicable,
38 interrogation on school premises.39 40 Cooperation
41 42 Although cooperation with law enforcement officers will be maintained, it is the preference of43 the District that it will not normally be necessary for law enforcement officers to initiate and44 45 46 47
conduct any investigation and interrogation on the school premises, during school hours,4 pertaining to criminal activities unrelated to the operation of the school. It is preferred that only5 in demonstrated emergencies, when law enforcement officers find it necessary, will they conduct6 such an investigation during school hours. These circumstances might be limited to those in7 which delay might result in danger to any person, flight of a person reasonably suspected of a8 crime from the jurisdiction or local authorities, destruction of evidence, or continued criminal9 behavior.
No school official, however, should ever place him/herself in the position of interfering with a12 law enforcement official in the performance of his or her duties as an officer of the law. If the13 law enforcement officials are not recognized and/or are lacking a warrant or court order, the14 building principal shall require proper identification of such officials and the reason(s) for the15 visit to the school. If the principal is not satisfied, he/she shall attempt to notify the16 Superintendent and the officer’s superior, documenting such action.
In all cases, the officers shall be requested to obtain prior approval of the principal or other19 designated person before beginning such an investigation on school premises. The administrator20 shall document the circumstances of such investigations as soon as practical. Alleged behavior21 related to the school environment brought to the Principal’s attention by law enforcement22 officers shall be dealt with under the provisions of the two previous sections.23
Taking a Student into Custody
officials shall not release students to law enforcement authorities voluntarily unless the
student has been placed under arrest or unless the parent or guardians and the student agree to the
release. When students are removed from school for any reason by law enforcement authorities,
every reasonable effort will be made to notify the student’s parents or guardians immediately.
Such effort shall be documented. Whenever an attempt to remove a student from school occurs
without an arrest warrant, court order, or without acquiescence of the parent or guardian, or the
student, the administrator shall immediately notify a superior of the law enforcement officers
involved to make objection to the removal of the student and shall attempt to notify the parent or
guardian of the student. The Superintendent’s office shall be notified immediately of any
removal of a student from school by law enforcement officers under any circumstances.
it is necessary to take a student into custody on school premises and time permits, the law
officer shall be requested to notify the principal and relate the circumstances
necessitating such action. When possible, the principal shall have the student summoned to the
office where the student may be taken into custody. In all situations of interrogations,
or service of subpoenas of a student by law enforcement officers on school premises, all
steps shall be taken to ensure a minimum of embarrassment or invasion of privacy of
student and disruption to the school
© MTSBA 2017 18 44111 Page 2 of 32 3
10 11
17 18
24
25 26 School
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36 37 When
38 enforcement
39
40 principal’s
41 arrest
42 practicable
43 the
environment.44 45 46
enforcement officers may be requested to assist in controlling disturbances of the school
which the Principal or other school administrator has found to be unmanageable by
school personnel and which disturbances have the potential of causing harm to students, other
persons, or school property. Staff members may also notify law enforcement officials.
potential of possible disturbance includes members of the public who have exhibited
or illegal conduct on school premises or at a school event held on school property,
who have been requested to leave by an administrator or staff member, but have failed or
refused to do so.
Legal Reference:
20 1 206, MCA Disturbance of school penalty
20 5 201, MCA Duties and sanctions
45 8 101, MCA Disorderly conduct
© MTSBA 2017 18 44111 Page 3 of 32 3 Disturbance of School Environment4 5 Law
6 environment
7
8
9 10 Such
11 undesirable
12 and
13
14 15 16
§
17 §
18 §
19 20 21 22 23
on: 9/2009
on:
on: 8/2011, 02/20/2018
have
of the Interlocal
educational advantage of the
units of local government, the
an analysis of each cooperative
agreements shall comply with
with assurances that all parties to the agreement
authority to engage in the activities contemplated by the agreement.
District may enter into interlocal agreements with a unit of the Montana University System,
public community college, and/or tribal college, which would allow students enrolled in the 11th
and 12th grades to attend and earn credit for classes not available in the District. Tuition and fees,
if assessed, will be provided for in the interlocal agreement.
District may enter into an
superintendents,
shares a teacher or
providing for the sharing of teachers,
professional persons licensed under Title 37, MCA. If the
with another district(s), the District’s share of such
teacher’s or specialist’s compensation will be based on the total number of instructional hours
expended by the teacher or the specialist in the District.
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 4520 COMMUNITY RELATION Revised
5 6 7 Cooperative Programs with Other Districts and Public Agencies8 9 Whenever it appears to the economic, administrative, and/or
10 District to participate in cooperative programs with other
11 Superintendent will prepare and present for Board consideration
12 proposal.13 14 When formal cooperative agreements are developed, such
15 requirements
Cooperation Act,
16
legal
17 18 The
19
20
21
22 23 The
interlocal agreement
24 specialists,
or other
25 District
specialist
26
27
28 29 30 31 Legal Reference: §§ 7 11 101, et seq., MCA Interlocal Cooperation Act32 § 20 3 363, MCA Multidistrict agreements33 §§ 20 7 451 through 456, MCA Authorization to create full service34 education cooperatives35 §§ 20 7 801, et seq., MCA Public recreation36 37 38
Adopted on: 02/20/2018
on:
Registered Sex Offenders
State of Montana has determined that perpetrators of certain sex crimes pose a continuing
threat to society as a whole even after completion of their criminal sentences. Recognizing that
the safety and welfare of students is of paramount importance, the Alberton Joint School District
#2 declares that, except in limited circumstances, Alberton Joint School District #2 should be off
limits to registered sex offenders.
any other Board policy, individuals listed by the State of Montana as registered
sex offenders are ineligible for employment in any position within the Alberton Joint School
#2. However, the Superintendent shall have discretion consistent with other Board
policies to recommend an individual whose name has been expunged from the Sex Offender
Registry.
District hereby declares that no registered sex offender may come on, about, or within any
District owned buildings or property except as otherwise provided in this policy. If an
administrator becomes aware that such a sex offender is on, about, or within school property, the
administrator shall direct the sex offender to immediately leave the area. The Board authorizes
the administrator to request the assistance of the appropriate law enforcement authorities to
secure the removal of any registered sex offender from the area. If a registered sex offender
disregards the terms of this policy or the directives of the school administrator, then the
Superintendent is authorized to confer with counsel and to pursue such criminal or civil action as
may be necessary to enforce compliance with this policy.
policy shall not be construed to impose any duty upon any administrator or any other
of the District to review the Sex Offender Registry or to screen individuals coming on
or within school property to ascertain whether they are on the Registry. This policy shall only
apply when administrators are actually aware that the person in question is on the Sex Offender
and that the offender’s victim was a minor.
of this
from the Registry.
coming on, about, or
that a sex offender’s name should be
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 4550 COMMUNITY RELATION Revised on:5 6 Page 1 of 27
8 9 The
10
11
12
13
14 15 Employment16 17 Notwithstanding
18
19 District
20
21
22 23 School Off Limits24 25 The
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34 35 This
36 employee
37
38
39 Registry
40 41 The provisions
policy prohibiting a registered sex offender from
42 within school property shall not apply in the event
43 expunged
44 45 46 47
In the event that a registered sex offender whose victim was a minor has a child attending the
District, the administrator of the school where the child attends shall be authorized to modify this
policy’s restrictions to permit the parent to drop off and pick up the child from school and to
come onto campus to attend parent teacher conferences. However, the parent may not linger on
or about school property before or after dropping off his or her child, and the parent is prohibited
from being in any part of the school building except the main office.
policy does not impose a duty upon the administrator of any school or any other employee
of the District to review the Sex Offender Registry and the school system’s directory information
to ascertain whether a registered sex offender may have a child attending school in the District.
The provisions of this policy shall apply only if an administrator actually becomes aware that a
parent of a student at the school is a registered sex offender.
To facilitate voluntary compliance with this policy, administrators are encouraged to speak with
any affected parents upon learning of their status as registered sex offenders to communicate the
restrictions of this policy. At all times, the administrator shall endeavor to protect the privacy of
the offender’s child.
In the event of a truly exceptional situation such as graduation, a parent on the Sex Offender
may ask the Superintendent for a waiver of this policy to permit the parent to attend
these special events. It is the intent of the Board, however, that these special circumstances be
truly unusual and infrequent occurrences.
© MTSBA 2017 18 45501 Page 2 of 22 3 Rights of Parents on the Sex Offender Registry4 5
6
7
8
9
10
11 12 This
13
14
15
16
17 18
19
20
21
22 23
24 Registry
25
26
27 28 29 30 Legal Reference: § 46-23-501, MCA Sexual or Violent Offender Registration Act31 www.doj.mt.gov/svor/ Sexual or Violent Offender Registry32 33 34
TABLE OF CONTENTS
R
R
Reassignments, Transfers
Administrative
ALBERTON JOINT SCHOOL DISTRICT #2 R = required 5000 SERIES PERSONNEL
5002 Accommodating Individuals with Disabilities R 5010 Equal Employment Opportunity and Non Discrimination R 5012 Sexual Harassment/Sexual Intimidation in the Workplace 5015 Bullying/Harassment/Intimidation 5120 5120P 5120F Hiring Process and Criteria 5121 Applicability of Personnel Policies 5122 Fingerprints and Criminal Background Investigations 5122F Applicant Rights and Consent to Fingerprint 5125 Whistle Blowing and Retaliation 5130 Staff Health 5140 Classified Employment and Assignment 5210 Assignments,
5220 Prohibition on Aiding Sexual Abuse
5222 Evaluation of Non
Staff 5223 Personal Conduct 5224 Political Activity 5226 Drug Free Workplace R 5228-5228P Transportation Drug Testing 5231 5231P Personnel Records 5232 Abused and Neglected Child Reporting 5250 Termination from Employment/Non Renewal of Employment 5254 Payment of Employer Contributions and Interest on Previous Service 5255 Disciplinary Action 5314 Substitutes 5321 5321P Leaves of Absence 5322 Military Leave R 5325 Breastfeeding Workplace R 5328 Family Medical Leave 5329 5329P Long Term Illness/Temporary Disability 5330 Maternity Leave 5331 Insurance Benefits for Employees 5333 Holidays 5334 5334P Vacations R 5336 Fair Labor Standards Act 5430 Volunteer Agreement Form 5450 Employee use of Electronic Mail, Internet, Networks, and District Equipment
5450F 5450P Acceptable Use of Electronic Networks 5500 Payment of Wages Upon Termination R 5510 HIPAA 5630 Employee Use of Mobile Devices
Adopted
regard to
compensation,
Disabilities Act
keep
modifications, and
available for public
Title
of the
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 5002 - R PERSONNEL Revised on:5 6 7 Accommodating Individuals With Disabilities and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 19738 9 It is the intent of the District to ensure that qualified employees with disabilities under Section 504 of the10 Rehabilitation Act of 1973 are identified, evaluated, and provided with appropriate accommodations or11 other positive actions in assistance.12 13 The District will not discriminate against a qualified individual on the basis of disability in
job14 application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee
job15 training, or other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment.16 17 The Superintendent is designated the Section 504 and Americans with
Title II18 Coordinator and, in that capacity, is directed to:19 20 1. Oversee District compliance efforts, recommend to the Board necessary
21 maintain the District’s final Title II self evaluation document and
it
22 inspection.23 24 2. Make information regarding Title II protection available to any interested party.25 26 3. Coordinating and monitoring the district’s compliance with Section 504 and
II
ADA,27 as well as state civil rights requirements regarding discrimination and harassment based on28 disability.29 30 4. Overseeing prevention efforts to avoid Section 504 and ADA violations by necessary actions,31 including by not limited to, scheduling Section 504 meetings, implementing and monitoring32 Section 504 plans of accommodation and providing information to employees and supervisors.33 34 5. Implementing the district’s discrimination complaint procedures with respect to allegations of35 Section 504/ADA violations, discrimination based on disability, and disability harassment; and36 37 6. Investigating complaints alleging violations of Section 504/ADA, discrimination based on38 disability, and disability harassment.39 40 The District’s procedure for resolution of complaints alleging violation of this policy is set forth in Policy41 1700.42 43 44 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure45 46 Legal Reference: Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 12111, et seq., and 12131, et seq.;47 28 C.F.R. Part 35.48 49
Joint School District
Adopted on: 9/2009
Reviewed on:
Revised on: 10/08/13,
School District will provide equal employment opportunities to all persons regardless of race, creed,
religion, color, or national origin or because of age, physical or mental disability, marital status, or sex
the reasonable demands of the position do not require an age, physical or mental disability.
The District will make reasonable accommodation for an individual with a disability known to the
District, if the individual is otherwise qualified for the position, unless the accommodation would impose
undue hardship on the District.
who believe they have not received equal employment opportunity or have been retaliated against
should report their claims to the Superintendent through the Uniform Complaint Procedure. Claims of
sex or disability discrimination will be handled thorough the District’s Title IX, Section 504, or ADA
Grievance Procedures. All other claims will be handled through the Uniform Complaint Procedure. No
employee or applicant will be discriminated against because he or she initiated a complaint, was a
witness, supplied information, or otherwise participated in an investigation or proceeding involving an
alleged violation of this policy or State or federal laws. The District reserves the right to take action
against any individual who knowingly false accusations or knowingly provides false information.
complaints about behavior that may violate this policy shall be promptly investigated.
District shall not retaliate against an employee
the denial of
other
complaining about not receiving equal
practices, participating in a proceeding
otherwise opposing discrimination.
Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 621, et seq.
with Disabilities Act, Title I, 42 U.S.C. §§ 12111, et seq.
Pay Act, 29 U.S.C.
206(d)
Reform and Control Act, 8 U.S.C. §§ 1324(a), et seq.
Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. §§ 791, et seq.
VII of the Civil Rights Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000(e), et seq.; 29 C.F.R.,
of the Education Amendments, 20 U.S.C. §§ 1681, et seq.;
Constitution, Art. X,
goals and
Rights Act
in
governmental units
of state
local government
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton
#21 2
3
4 5010 - R PERSONNEL
5 02/20/20186 7 Equal Employment Opportunity and Non Discrimination8 9 The
10
11 when
12 13
14
15
16 17 Persons
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25 26 All
27 28 The
for
29 employment opportunities or
unlawful discriminatory
30 regarding
equal employment opportunities, or
31 32 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure33 34 Legal Reference: Age Discrimination in Employment
35 Americans
36 Equal
§
37 Immigration
38 Rehabilitation
39 Title
40 Part 160141 Title IX
3442 C.F.R., Part 10643 Montana
§ 1 Educational
duties44 § 49 2 101, et seq, MCA Human
45 § 49 2 303, MCA Discrimination
Employment46 § 49 3 102, MCA What local
affected47 §49-3-201, MCA Employment
and
48 personnel.49 50
will strive to provide
Adopted on:
on:
on: 12/11/11, 02/20/2018
of unwelcome sexual advances,
or communications constituting sexual
state and federal law.
conduct of a sexual nature
Submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an
Submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as a basis for employment
affecting that individual;
conduct has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with the individual’s work
or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment.
harassment prohibited by this
includes electronic, verbal or physical conduct. The terms
“intimidating,” “hostile,” or “offensive” include but are not limited to conduct that has the effect of
humiliation, embarrassment, or discomfort. The District will evaluate sexual harassment in light of all
circumstances.
of this policy
result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination of
person who knowingly makes false accusation regarding sexual harassment will
likewise be subject to disciplinary action,
to and including termination of employment.
in filing a complaint. An
Complaint
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
9/20093 Reviewed
4 5012 - R PERSONNEL Revised
5 6 7 Sexual Harassment/Sexual Intimidation in the Workplace8 9 The District
employees a work environment free
10 requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct
11 harassment, as defined and otherwise prohibited by
12 13 The District prohibits its employees from engaging in any
when:14 15 •
16 individual’s employment;17 •
18 decisions
or19 • Such
20 performance
21 22 Sexual
policy
23
24
25
26 27 A violation
may
28 employment. Any
29
up
30 31 Employees who believe they may have been sexually harassed or intimidated should contact the Title IX32 Coordinator, building principal or Superintendent, who will assist them
33 individual with a complaint alleging a violation of this policy shall follow the Uniform
34 Procedure.35 36 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure37 38 Legal Reference: Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000(e), 29 C.F.R.39 § 1604.1140 Title IX of the Education Amendments, 20 U.S.C. §§ 1681,41 Montana Constitution, Art. X, § 1 Educational goals and duties42 § 49 2 101, MCA Human Rights Act43 Harris v. Fork Lift Systems, 114 S.Ct. 367 (1993)44 45 46
Bullying/Harassment/Intimidation
strive to provide a
be tolerated.
parties”
but are not limited
environment. Bullying,
by third parties, are strictly prohibited and
or intimidation via electronic
coaches, school volunteers, parents, school
contractors, or others engaged in District business, such as employees of
or organizations participating in cooperative work programs with the District,
others not directly subject to District control at inter district and intra District athletic
or other school events.
“District” includes District facilities, District premises, and non-District property if the
employee is at any District sponsored, District approved, or District related activity or
function, such as field trips or athletic events, where the employee is engaged in District
business.
“Harassment, intimidation, or bullying” means any act that substantially interferes with
employee’s opportunities or work performance, that takes place on or immediately
to school grounds, at any school-sponsored activity, on school-provided
or anywhere such conduct may reasonably be considered to be a threat or
attempted intimidation of a staff member or an interference with school purposes or an
educational function, and that has the effect of:
of
harm to the
of this
or
violation of this policy
or the District
he/she
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 5015 PERSONNEL Revised on:5 6 Page 1 of 27
8 9 The Board will
positive and productive working
10 harassment, or intimidation between employees or
11 shall not
This includes bullying, harassment,
12 communication devices.13 14 Definitions15 16 • “Third
include
to
17 visitors, service
18 businesses
19 and
20 competitions
21 22 •
23
24
25
26 27 •
28 an
29 adjacent
30 transportation,
31 an
32
33 34 a. Physically harming an employee or damaging an employee’s property;35 b. Knowingly placing an employee in reasonable fear
physical
36 employee or damage to the employee’s property; or37 c. Creating a hostile working environment.38 39 Reporting40 41 All complaints about behavior that may violate this policy shall be promptly investigated. Any42 employee or third party who has knowledge of conduct in violation
policy
feels
43 has been a victim of harassment, intimidation, or bullying in
is44 encouraged to immediately report his/her concerns to the building principal
45 Administrator, who have overall responsibility for such investigations. Complaints against the46
principal shall be filed with the Superintendent. Complaints against the Superintendent
District Administrator shall be filed with the Board, via written communication to the Board
may be provided a summary of the findings of the investigation and, as
appropriate, that remedial action has been taken.
be responsible for ensuring that notice of this policy is provided
staff and third parties.
whose behavior is found to be in violation of this policy will be subject to discipline up to
including termination of employment. Third parties whose behavior is found to be in
of this policy shall be subject to appropriate sanctions as determined and imposed by
District Administrator or the Board. Individuals may also be referred to law enforcement
officials.
Retaliation and Reprisal
is prohibited against any person who reports or is thought to have reported a
files a complaint, or otherwise participates in an investigation or inquiry. Such
shall be considered a serious violation of Board policy, whether or not a complaint is
substantiated.
charges shall also be regarded as a serious offense and will result in
action or other appropriate sanctions.
Reference: Admin. R. Mont.
Board of Trustees
R. Mont. 10.55.801(1)(d) School Climate
© MTSBA 2017 18 50151 Page 2 of 22 3 building
4 or
5 Chair.6 7 The complainant
8
9 10 Responsibilities11 12 The District Administrator shall
13 to
14 15 Consequences16 17 Staff
18 and
19 violation
20 the
21
22 23
24 25 Retaliation
26 violation,
27 retaliation
28
False
29 disciplinary
30 31 32 33 Legal
10.55.701(3)(g)
34 Admin.
35 36 37
Alberton Joint School District #2
Adopted on: 9/2009
Reviewed on:
PERSONNEL Revised on: 02/20/2018, 2/11/20, 11/24/20
Hiring Process and Criteria
Vacant positions may be advertised in District only or through media sources. Unless stated in a negotiated
agreement with staff, a vacancy need not be advertised as determined by the Superintendent. The
administration will create and maintain standard operating procedures for the hiring process. These procedures
will be approved by the Board of Trustees. The District shall hire the person who best meets the criteria
consistent with budget and staffing requirements, and shall comply with Board policy on equal employment
opportunities and veteran’s preference. The Superintendent shall maintain current job descriptions for each
position in the District. All applicants must complete the District application in order to be considered for
employment, including a written authorization for a criminal background investigation. Applications shall be16 kept for 2 years after submission pursuant to law.
Every applicant must provide the District with written authorization for a criminal background investigation.
The Superintendent will keep any conviction record confidential as required by law and District policy. The20 district will create a determination sheet from the criminal history record. The determination sheet will be kept21 on file at the District Office. The Criminal History Record with no disqualifiers will be shredded on site
immediately after review. The Criminal History Record with disqualifiers will be retained on file at the23 District Office according to law. Every newly hired employee must complete an Immigration and24 Naturalization Service form, as required by federal law.
The District requires contracted certified staff to hold valid Montana teacher or specialist certificates endorsed
for the roles and responsibilities for which they are employed. Failure to meet this requirement shall be just
cause for termination of employment. No salary warrants may be issued to a staff member, unless a valid
certificate for the role to which the teacher has been assigned has been registered with the county
superintendent within sixty (60) calendar days after a term of service begins. Every teacher and administrator
under contract must bring their current, valid certificate to the personnel office at the time of initial
as well as at the time of each renewal of certification.
class
as necessary.
endorsement of certificates, and will
custodian of records also will retain a copy of each valid
a contracted certified employee in that employee’s personnel file.
the Superintendent’s designee
demeanor, collegiality,
to these
the
inquire of past employers about
limited to: title, role, reason for leaving, work ethic,
of students first, and suitability for the position in the
considered as part of the screening and hiring
© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3
4 5120
5 6 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
17 18
19
22
25 26 Certification27
28
29
30
31
32
33 employment,
34 35 The custodian of records will register all certificates, noting
and
36 update permanent records
The
37 certificate of
38 39 Reference Checks40 The Board authorizes the Superintendent or
to
41 an applicant’s employment on topics including but not
42 punctuality,
putting
interests
43 District. Responses
inquiries should be documented and
44 process.45 46 Cross Reference: 5122 Fingerprints and Criminal Background Investigations47 48 Legal Reference:§ 20 4 202, MCA Teacher and specialist certification registration49 § 39 29 102, MCA Point preference or alternative preference in initial hiring50 for certain applicants substantially equivalent selection51 procedure52
the
in
years of age or older to be volunteers or
to be fingerprinted under the National Child
(NCPA/VCA)
provide written
Fingerprint Form at 5122F. Applicants shall
at 5120F. The Applicant Rights and Consent to
years or for the length of employment, which ever is
File.
Missoula and Mineral Counties.
identify the individual, position
will process the fingerprints and send them
the primary
is responsible for ensuring CJIS Policy
is also responsible of any
a regular basis.
CRISS
change in
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton School District1 2 PERSONNEL 5120P3 Page 1 of 24 5 Federal Background Check Fingerprint and Information Handling Procedure6 7 Who needs to be fingerprinted: All individuals 18
8 recommended for hire by the School District need
9 Protection Act and Volunteers for Children’s Act
.10 11 The School District will obtain a signed waiver from all applicants and
12 communication of Applicant Rights and Consent to
13 also be provided the Applicant Privacy statement
14 Fingerprint Form will be kept on file for 5
15 longer. The form will be filed
the employees Personnel
16 17 Basis to Collect and Submit Fingerprints for Purposes of Federal Background Check18 19 Fingerprints are obtained via local law enforcement agencies in
20 21 A spreadsheet of those fingerprinted is kept by the School District to
22 being hired for, date of fingerprint, date print received and date print billed.23 24 The School District staff that have received training by CRISS
25 to
DOJ.26 27 LASO28 29 Arra Rausch has been appointed as the Local Agency Security Officer and acts as
point of30 contact between the School District and CRISS. Arra Rausch
31 compliance by all authorized recipients within the School District LASO
32 Privacy and Security Agreements with those who do not use CHRI on
Any
33 appointment of the LASO or other authorized personnel will be reported to
immediately.34 35 36 Access of CHRI37 38 All background results are received by Arra Rausch through the State File Transfer Service. Results are39 printed and stored in a locked filing cabinet in the business office until a determination for employment is40 made. Only authorized personnel that have undergone Privacy and Security Information have access to41 printed criminal history record information. Authorized recipients of CHRI include42 43 Superintendent Jeffery Crews and the Business manager Arra Rausch44 45 Printed background checks are reviewed by the Business Manager (name) and a determination form is46 completed. If any adverse results are present on the background check, it is given to the Superintendent,47 and Principal for final determination of eligibility. (Entity Name) utilizes a determination form and the48 CHRI is then shredded.49 50 Determination Procedures51
staff that have been trained by CRISS and granted access to criminal history record information
receive the background results through their Montana State File Transfer account.
are reviewed for determination of eligibility to hire.
adverse reports are presented to the appropriate administrator for final approval.
noted on a determination form and kept in a locked file cabinet
Retention and Storage Procedure
criminal history record information
stored in a locked filing cabinet within the business office. Only
personnel, Superintendent, Principal, and the Business Manager as noted in this policy have access to
information.
being reviewed.
personnel are present during the determination process when the criminal record is
background checks are stored until a final determination for employment has been made, two weeks or less.
determination form is then completed and CHRI is then destroyed in accordance with the Destruction Procedure
in this document.
Dissemination
School District does not disseminate criminal history record information with any other agency. A
of our determination form
be provided to outside agencies upon request.
the end of the retention and storage period outlined in this document, all CHRI and related information is
on site by a company that come to our location. Authorized personnel witness the shredding of the CHRI.
Applicant procedures for challenging or correcting their record
applicants are given the opportunity to challenge or complete their record before a final determination is made.
of
report.
record
is then given
days to contact the state or
which the record was created to make
the allotted time, the applicant must then provide the School District with a copy of the corrected
by and notarized by the State Identification Bureau. The fee associated for a copy of the
by the State
allow
LASO)
report this to CRISS
include
be the responsibility of the applicant.
that are not directly involved in
of the authorized receiving department,
CRISS with an incident response form. The
nature of the incident,
well as our agencies plan to ensure that
internal reprimands that may have resulted from
does not get repeated.
© MTSBA 2017 18 1 Personnel
2 will
3 Results
4 Any
5 Determination is
6 7
8 9 All
is
10 authorized
11 this
Only authorized
12
13 14 Printed
15 A
16 outlined
17 18
Procedure19 20 The
21 copy
can
22 23 Destruction Procedure24 25 At
26 shredded
27 28
29 30 All
31 32 Applicants wishing to challenge their record are given a copy
the background
33 34 The applicant
10
agency in
35 corrections. After
36 background report provided
37 state
provided
Identification Bureau will
38 39 Policy and procedures for misuse of CHRI40 41 The School District does not
dissemination of CHRI to persons or agencies
42 the hiring and determination process. If CHRI is disseminated outside
43 (agency
will
immediately and provide
44 incident response form will
the
any
45 the incident, as
this incident
46 47 Training Procedure48 49 Local Agency Security Officer (LASO)50 Signed user agreement between district and CRISS51 Privacy and Security Training52 CRISS training on CHRI required to receive background reports53 54
Alberton School District
© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2 District Contact Address Line #13 District Contact Position Address Line #24 City, State, Zip Code5 6 7 Determination of Eligibility for Hire Policy 5120F8 9 (DATE)10 11 RE: [NAME OF APPLICANT]12 13 In regards to the determination of eligibility for hire/licensure; based on the minimum criteria as14 specified in the ____ School District Applicant Background Check Procedure, the individual15 listed below:16 17 18 19 Name Date of Birth20 21 ¨ Meets eligibility criteria22 ¨ Does NOT meet eligibility criteria23 24 Please contact _____ School District with any questions regarding this determination or to be25 provided with a copy of the ____ School District Applicant Background Check Procedure.26 27 28 29 30 Determination Completed By:31 32 33 Signature Printed Name34 35 36 Title Date37 38 39
Dissemination Log Policy 5120F
For
Date
Instructions: A log entry must be made every time you share with another qualified entity any information you obtained from a criminal history records check through the Montana Department of Justice (MDOJ) or the FBI. This includes the sharing of “No Record” information. The Dissemination Log must be retained for four (4) years from the date of the entry, and it must be made available to MDOJ and FBI auditors.
Reminder: Criminal history record information received from MDOJ or the FBI under NCPA/VCA and/or Public Law 92 544, shall be used or shared only for the screening of current or prospective Montana employees, volunteers, contractors, and/or vendors of QUALIFIED ENTITIES, pursuant to these laws.
Person Making Dissemination
Name and Date of Birth on Disseminated Information
Receiving Entity As Verified by CHRI Auditor (Name, Phone Number, Person)
Disseminated by Telephone, Fax, Mail?
Date Qualified Entity Status Verified by ID
© MTSBA 2017 18
1
national criminal history fingerprint based background checks under Policy 5120P2 3 4
5
Privacy Act Statement Policy 5120F
This privacy act statement is located on the back of the FD 258 fingerprint card.
Authority: The FBI’s acquisition, preservation, and exchange of fingerprints and4 associated information is generally authorized under 28 U.S.C. 534. Depending on the
nature of your application, supplemental authorities include Federal statutes, State6 statutes pursuant to Pub. L. 92 544, Presidential Executive Orders, and federal7 regulations. Providing your fingerprints and associated information is voluntary;8 however, failure to do so may affect completion or approval of your application.
Principal Purpose: Certain determinations, such as employment, licensing, and security
clearances, may be predicated on fingerprint based background checks. Your
fingerprints and associated information/biometrics may be provided to the employing,
investigating, or otherwise responsible agency, and/or the FBI for the purpose of
comparing your fingerprints to other fingerprints in the FBI’s Next Generation
Identification (NGI) system or its successor systems (including civil, criminal, and latent
fingerprint repositories) or other available records of the employing, investigating, or
otherwise responsible agency. The FBI may retain your fingerprints and associated
information/biometrics in NGI after the completion of this application and, while
retained, your fingerprints may continue to be compared against other fingerprints
submitted to or retained by NGI.
Routine Uses: During the processing of this application and for as long thereafter as your
fingerprints and associated information/biometrics are retained in NGI, your information
may be disclosed pursuant to your consent, and may be disclosed without your consent as
permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974 and all applicable Routine Uses as may be
published at any time in the Federal Register, including the Routine Uses for the NGI
system and the FBI’s Blanket Routine Uses. Routine uses include, but are not limited to,
disclosures to: employing, governmental or authorized non governmental agencies
responsible for employment, contracting, licensing, security clearances, and other
suitability determinations; local, state, tribal, or federal law enforcement agencies;
criminal justice agencies; and agencies responsible for national security or public safety.
© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3
5
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20 21
22
23